Frutteto 55-70-75-90-100 Ii

FRUTTETO 100
USE AND MAINTENANCE
FRUTTETO 75
FRUTTETO 90
FRUTTETO 55
FRUTTETO 70
Head offices
V.le Ing F. Cassani, 15
24047 Treviglio (BG)
Tel. 0363/4211
Www.same-tractors.com
PREFACE
The manual describes options and equipment levels available throughout

the various markets and therefore some of the items covered may not
apply to your tractor.
Follow the instructions carefully.
SAME Service Centres are always at your disposal with advice and
assistance to help you use and maintain your tractor correctly.
No liability can be accepted for any injury or damage resulting from
operations that are perfomed in a manner other than that described in this
publication, or from the improper use of the tractor, or from poor
workmanship in the carrying out of maintenance operations or from failure
to observe the instructions given.
This Manual must always be kept with the tractor. Keep it with care. If in the
future you will sell your tractor, please forward this Manual to the new
tractor owner
II
Table of contents
• Table of contents · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · III
• SECTION 1 - Safety · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XIV

• Introduction to Safety · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XV
• Safety· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XV
• A Word to the Operator · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XV
• Danger, Warning, Caution · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XV
• Decals · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XVI
• Follow a Safety Programme· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XVII
• For Safe Operation · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XVII
• General safety rules · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XVII
• Protective Structures· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXIII
• Roll Over Protective Structures · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXIII
• Operation · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXIII
• Damage to the ROPS · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXIV
• Cab · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXIV
• Prepare for Safe Operation · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXV
• Protect Yourself · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXV
• Risks from exposure to noise · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXV
• Know Your Equipment· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXVI
• Use all Available Protective and Safety Devices· · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXVI
• Check the Equipment · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXVII
• Clean the Tractor· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXIX
• Protect the Environment · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXIX
• Servicing the Tractor · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXX
• Starting · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXX
• Warn Personnel before Starting · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXX
• Mount and Dismount Safely · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXI
• Start Safely · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXI
• Follow Recommended Starting Procedures · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXII
• Test the Controls · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXII
• Starting Fluid · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXII
• Work Safely · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXIII
• Making the Right Moves · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXIII
• Follow Safe Operating Practices · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXIII
• Watch out for Others· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXIV
• Risk of Overturning · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXVI
• To Avoid Side Overturns · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXVI
• To Avoid Rear Overturns · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXVII
• General Operating Hazards · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXVIII
• Implements and Attachments · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XXXIX
• Safety - Towing · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XL
• Road Transport · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XLI
• Rules of the Road · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XLI
• After Operation· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XLIII
• Welding work on the tractor body· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XLIII
• Safety instructions for the installation of supplementary
equipment and/or electronic components. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XLIV
• Safety and operational decals · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XLV
III
• International symbols (Part. 1) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · LIV
• International symbols (Part. 2) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · LV
• International symbols (Part. 3)· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · LVI
• Metric conversion · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · LVII
• Conversion tables · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · LVIII
• NOTES · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · LX
• SECTION 2 - REPLACEMENT PARTS· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 1

• Tractor serial number · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 1
• Engine serial number · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 2
• Tractor identification plate· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 2
• Original replacement parts · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 3
• SECTION 3 - USE · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 5
• Checking the tractor prior to starting work · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 5
• Checking the engine oil level· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 7
• Access to the driving position · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 9
• Steering wheel adjustment · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 10
• Adjusting the driver’s seat · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 11
• KAB XH2 type seat · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 11
• “BOSTROM XH2” seat type · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 12
• “BOSTROM XH2 U5” seat type · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 12
• GRAMMER MSG 83/8 type seat · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 13
• “ GRAMMER MS 93/8 ” type seat with pneumatic suspension · · · · 14
• Seat belts · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 16
• Adjusting the rearview mirrors · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 18
• Instrument panel with mechanical hour meter · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 19
• Fuel gauge · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 20
• Engine temperature gauge · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 20
• Analogue multimeter · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 21
• Digital multimeter· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 22
• Pilot lights' · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 23
• Controls to the left of the steering wheel · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 25
• Controls to the right of the steering wheel · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 27
• Engine shut-off · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 29
• Control levers of the side auxiliary hydraulic control valves · · · · · · · 29
• Electrohydraulic control for front power-lift · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 29
• Front windscreen-wiper control · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 30
• Front and rear windscreen washer pump control · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 30
• Flashing light switch · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 30
• Battery disconnection switch · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 31
• Worklights (front and rear)· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 31
• Cab ceiling lamp · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 31
• To disconnect the battery, perform the following operations:· · · · · · · 32
• Ignition switch · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 33
• Engine - first 100 work hours · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 34
• Starting · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 36
• Engine shut down · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 37
• Cold starting · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 38
• Emergency starting through auxiliary battery · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 39
• Turbocharging· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 40
• Control pedals· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 41
IV
• Clutch control pedal· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 41
• Brake control pedals · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 42
• Handbrake lever · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 43
• Accelerator pedal · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 43
• Electronic rpm control - hand throttle · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 44
• Gearbox controls · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 47
• Gearshifting positions · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 48
• Transmission speed selection · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 49
• Gearbox SYNCROPOWER· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 50
• Rear and front differential lock (optional equipment on platform
models) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 53
• Mechanical control (models with platform only)· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 53
• Electro-hydraulic control · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 53
• Front-wheel drive · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 54
• Mechanical control (models with platform only)· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 54
• Electro-hydraulic control · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 54
• Separate brakes valve · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 55
• Power take-off· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 57
• Rear power take-off (540-1000 r.p.m.)· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 59
• 540/1000 rpm / Syncro selector · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 59
• 540/1000 rpm selector· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 60
• “ECONOMICAL P.T.O. 750 r.p.m.” · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 60
• P.T.O. mechanical clutch control · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 61
• Rear P.T.O. electro-hydraulic clutch control (See the figure
on page 31) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 61
• Front power take-off (1000 r.p.m.) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 61
• Front P.T.O. clutch command · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 61
• Rear hydraulic power-lift · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 62
• Controls · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 63
• Raising and lowering the implement · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 64
• Transporting with raised implement· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 64
• Working with position control
(rotary harrows, cultivators, manure spreaders, etc.) · · · · · · · · · · · · 64
• Working with draft control (ploughs, rippers, trenchers, etc.) · · · · · · 64
• Working with surface and underground implements with
simultaneous draft and position control - Mix control · · · · · · · · · · · · 64
• Working with floating position (e.g. sowing machine) · · · · · · · · · · · · 65
• Ground control to connect implements · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 65
• Ajustment of power-lift sensitivity · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 66
• Adjustment of implement’s lowering speed · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 66
• Front hydraulic power-lift· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 67
• Three-Point hitch · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 68
• Lifting rod adjustment · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 68
• Top link adjustment · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 68
• Adjustment of the telescopic stabilisers· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 69
• Three-point hitch with right tie rod and stabilizers with
hydraulic adjustment · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 70
• Auxiliary hydraulic services control valve · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 74
• Nomenclature · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 75
• Types of auxiliary hydraulic service control valve · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 78
• The controls· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 79
• Example connection and operation of a double-acting cylinder · · · · 82
• Connection of an implement to the auxiliary hydraulic
service couplers · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 85
V
• Converting a control valve from double-acting to single-acting · · · · · 88
• Example of connection to a single-acting cylinder · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 89
• Operation of hydraulic devices that require a constant flow
of oil (e.g. hydraulic motors) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 90
• Directional control valve with lateral hydraulic ways · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 91
• Class “A” drawbar (optional) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 92
• Towing hitch · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 93
• Class “C” towing hitch · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 94
• Class “D" and ”D2" towing hitches · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 95
• Cramer towing hitch · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 97
• Category 2 rear drawbar · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 98
• Front towing hitch · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 98
• Body · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 101
• Cab · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 103
• Ventilation · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 104
• Heating system · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 105
• Front door hatch· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 111
• Rear door hatch · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 111
• Sun roll-up canvas · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 111
• Rear window wiper control· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 111
• Cab ceiling · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 111
• Access flap providing an opening through which cables
for external equipment · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 112
• Tool box · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 112
• Hazard warning sign (optional) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 112
• Wheel chock (optional) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 112
• Active carbon air filter (optional) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 113
• SECTION 4 - WHEELS · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 115

• Track adjustment · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 115
• Tyre inflation pressures · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 116
• Row crop tires · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 117
• Running direction of tires · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 118
• Adjusting steering stops· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 118
• Adjustable track wheels · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 119
• Permissible tyre combinations· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 120
• Track width adjustment for wheels with adjustable rims · · · · · · · · · · · 121
• Front wheels · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 121
• Rear wheels · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 122
• Front wheel track adjustment (2-W.D. Tractor) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 128
• Tyres for 2-wheel drive tractors · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 128
• Ballast · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 129
• Front ballast plates · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 129
• Ballasting by filling the tyres with water + antifreeze solution · · · · · 130
• Filling the tyre with water · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 131
• Draining water from the tyre · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 131
• Hydraulic trailer braking · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 132
• SECTION 5 - MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 133

• Maintenance intervals · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 136
• Maintenance and inspection schedule · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 138
• Fuel storage · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 141
VI
• Refueling · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 141
• Refueling at the end of the day · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 141
• FUEL TANKS (standard and auxiliary) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 142
• Engine maintenance · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 143
• Raising the engine hood · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 144
• Removal of the side panels · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 144
• Cleaning the front grille · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 145
• Checking the engine oil level· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 146
• Changing the engine oil· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 146
• Changing the engine oil filters · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 148
• Changing the fuel filters· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 148
• Draining water from the fuel filter · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 149
• Draining the water from the fuel prefilter · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 150
• Bleeding air from the fuel system · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 150
• Fuel · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 152
• Air filter · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 153
• Cleaning the air filter · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 154
• Engine cooling system · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 156
• AKROS FREEZE liquid coolant· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 156
• Changing the coolant/antifreeze mixture and flushing
the cooling system · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 157
• Thermostat · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 157
• Cleaning the oil cooler · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 158
• Adjusting belt tension · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 160
• Clutch maintenance · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 161
• Bleeding air from the hydraulic clutch circuit · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 161
• Maintenance of the gearbox, differential and rear reduction units · · · 162
• Procedure for changing the transmission oil filters · · · · · · · · · · · · · 163
• Checking the transmission oil level · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 164
• Changing the oil · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 165
• To change the oil, proceed as follows: · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 166
• Maintenance of the rear axle · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 167
• Greasing · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 167
• Maintenance of the hydrostatic power steering · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 167
• Bleeding air from the hydraulic system · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 168
• Greasing the steering cylinders · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 168
• Front axle 2wd · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 169
• Axle oscillation bushings · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 169
• Hub reduction units · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 169
• Steering knuckle pins · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 169
• Steering cylinders · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 169
• Maintenance of the front driving axle · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 170
• Differential · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 170
• Hub reduction units · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 171
• Front axle oscillation bushings · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 172
• Checking operation of the differential lock controls · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 172
• Maintenance of the front and rear brakes · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 173
• Checking the braking action · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 173
• Bleeding air from the hydraulic braking system
(to be carried out in the workshop) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 173
• Adjusting the handbrake · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 176
• P.T.O. CLUTCH· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 177
• Adjusting the free travel of the P.T.O. control lever -
Model with mechanical control · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 177
VII
• Adjusting the free travel of the P.T.O. control lever -
Model with hydrostatic control · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 177
• Maintenance of the front P.T.O.· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 178
• Checking the oil level (see the figure on the next page) · · · · · · · · · 178
• Changing the oil · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 178
• Hydraulic power-lift · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 179
• Maintenance of the 3-point linkage · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 180
• Rear 3-point linkage · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 180
• Greasing · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 180
• Adjusting the power-lift maximum height · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 181
• Windscreen washer · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 182
• Windscreen and rear screen wipers · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 182
• Maintenance of the climate control system· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 183
• Cab air filter · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 184
• Maintenance of the air conditioning system · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 185
• Inspecting the radiator-condenser · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 185
• Air conditioning system check · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 186
• Air conditioning system compressor · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 187
• Service valves of the air conditioning system · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 187
• General cleaning of the tractor · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 188
• Cleaning with detergents · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 189
• Cleaning with compressed air · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 189
• SECTION 6 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 190

• Battery · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 190
• Checking the battery · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 190
• Fuse box · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 192
• Fuse box · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 194
• Parts list of electrical system· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 197
• Cab electrical system · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 203
• Cab fuse box· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 203
• Electrical diagram - cab air conditioning unit · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 204
• Lights · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 205
• Cleaning the headlights and sidelights · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 205
• Bulb replacement · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 205
• Headlight alignment · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 210
• Horizontal adjustment · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 211
• Vertical adjustment · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 211
• SECTION 7 - STORAGE OF THE TRACTOR· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 212

• Operations prior to garaging the tractor for a long period · · · · · · · · · · 212
• Preparing the tractor for use after a long period of storage · · · · · · · · 213
• SECTION 8 - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 214

• Engine· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 214
• Engine· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 215
• Gearbox and P.T.O. clutch · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 215
• Gearbox · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 216
• Rear P.T.O. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 216
• Front P.T.O. · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 216
VIII
• SYNCHRONIZED P.T.O.· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 217
• Front axle · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 218
• Brakes· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 218
• Steering· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 218
• Rear hydraulic lift · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 219
• Front lift · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 219
• Hydraulic system · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 219
• Driving position · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 219
• Cab · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 220
• Electrical system · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 220
• Dimensions and weights · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 221
• Unladen weight of tractor (without ballast) · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 224
• Unladen weight of tractor (with ballast)· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 224
• Maximum permissible loads · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 225
• Maximum trailerable loads · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 225
• Ballast weights · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 226
• Speed tables · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 226
• Speed tables FRUTTETO II 55 · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 227
• Speed tables FRUTTETO II 70 - 75· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 235
• Speed tables FRUTTETO II 90 - 100 · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 243
• Attachment of implements to the tractor · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 251
• SECTION 9 - FAULT DIAGNOSIS· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 257

• Engine· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 257
• Gearbox · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 259
• Rear power take-off · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 260
• Front driving axle · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 260
• Brakes· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 261
• Hydraulic lift · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 261
• Auxiliary hydraulic systems· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 262
• Diagnostics socket · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 263
• APPENDIX · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · A
• IMPORTANT! ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Combination of tractor and mounted implement · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · A
• Combination of tractor and mounted implement · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · B
• Determination of the total weight, the axle loads, the tyre load carrying
capacity and the necessary minimum ballasting · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · B
• Consideration of rear mounted implement and front/rear
combinations · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · C
• Front mounted implement · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · C
IX
IMPORTANT
1 - DO NOT use the tractor before having read and understood this
manual in its entirety. The purchaser and user is in fact responsible for
reading this Use and Maintenance manual and for following the safety
precautions and the instructions for use and maintenance herein.
2 - Make sure that you are familiar with all the safety instructions on the
warning notices represented in this manual and on the tractor. If you do not
understand any of the instructions, contact your authorised dealer to
obtasin further clarification.
3 - If this tractor is to be lent or hired out to anyone, it is the owner’s

responsibility to ensure that any prospective users have read and fully
understood the Use and Maintenance manual before using the tractor,
and that they have received suitable instruction on the safe and correct
use of the vehicle.
4 - The operator is responsible for the daily inspection of the tractor and its
maintenance. He must make sure that any parts that could render
continued use of the tractor unsafe or cause excessive wear or damage of
other components are repaired or replaced. NEVER attempt to carry out
repairs or adjustments unless qualified to do so.
5 - When new parts are required, it is important that only genuine parts are
used.
Extensive damage may occur as a result of the fitment of parts of inferior
quality. Customer are advised that warranty expires immediately if not
genuine parts are used.
6 - These tractor are designed solely for use in customary agricultural

operations (intended use). Use in any other way is considered as contrary
to the intended use. The tractor maker accepts no liability for any damage
or injury resulting from misuse and these risks must be borne solely by the
user.
X
NOTE
Since the production process may be modified subsequent to the printing
of this manual, the instructions, illustrations, specifications or other
information in this manual may not correspond exactly to your tractor.
In accordance with the Company’s policy of continuous improvement to its

machines, alterations in the specifications of machines may be made at
any time without notice.
To the owner of the new SAME tractor
Practical experience in the field is the key to the success of your new
SAME tractor, both as regards the design and the assembly. For many
years, SAME tractors have been used for the widest range of applications
in all possible conditions. However, even the best products require care
and maintenance.
To get the very best from your tractor, read this manual carefully before
undertaking any work or maintenance operations. Make sure you
understand all the safety notices affixed to the tractor or reported in this
manual. Keep this manual in a safe place where it is ready to hand for
consultation. Do not attempt to carry out any repairs or adjustments
unless competent to do so. Do not hesitate to contact your Dealer if you
require further information or assistance.
This manual has been prepared with the aim of helping the owner and/or
operator to carry out all the operations related to the use and maintenance
of the tractor.
XI
IMPORTANT: THE SAFETY SEAL ON THE ENGINE GOVERNOR IS
APPLIED BY THE MANUFACTURER AND ENSURES THAT THE
POWER OUTPUT OF YOUR TRACTOR DOES NOT EXCEED THE
DECLARED AND APPROVED VALUE.ANY TAMPERING WITH THIS
SEAL ON THE GOVERNOR WILL VOID THE WARRANTY FOR THE
ENTIRE TRACTOR WITH IMMEDIATE EFFECT.
WARNING: IN SOME OF THE ILLUSTRATIONS USED IN THIS

OPERATOR INSTRUCTION BOOK, PANEL OR GUARDS MAY HAVE
BEEN REMOVED FOR CLARITY. NEVER OPERATE THE TRACTOR
WITHOUT THESE COMPONENTS IN POSITION. IF THE REMOVAL OF
PANEL OR GUARDS IS NECESSARY TO MAKE A REPAIR, THEY
MUST BE REPLACED BEFORE OPERATION.
CE - This symbol certifies that the tractor has undergone and

passed the electromagnetic compatibility test.
WA R N I N G : D I E S E L E N G I N E E X H A U S T A N D S O M E O F I T S
CONSTITUENTS ARE KNOWN TO SOME STATES TO CAUSE
CANCER, BIRTH DEFECTS AND OTHER REPRODUCTIVE HARM.
XII
WA R N I N G : B AT T E RY P O S T S , T E R M I N A L S A N D R E L AT E D
A C C E S S O R I E S C O N TA I N L E A D A N D L E A D C O M P O U N D S ,
CHEMICALS KNOWN TO THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA TO CAUSE
CANCER AND BIRTH DEFECTS OR OTHER REPRODUCTIVE HARM.
WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING.
WARNING: A NATURALLY ASPIRATED ENGINE, WHEN WORKING,

CAUSES RISK OF SPARKES. IT’S DANGEROUS ON ALL FOREST,
BRUSH OR AGRICULTURAL CROP COVERED LAND. KEEP IN MIND
TH AT Y O U R TR A C TO R I S N O T E Q U I P P E D W I T H A R AT E D
QUALIFIED SPARK ARRESTER.
This manual is divided into nine main sections: safety, tractor identification
data, instructions for use, wheel and tyres, lubricants and routine
maintenance, electrical system, storage instructions, technical
specifications, fault diagnosis.
A table of contents appears in the previous pages.
There is an alphabetical index at the back of the manual.
References to the ‘left’, ‘right’, front or rear of the vehicle are in the sense of
a person in the driver’s seat facing forwards.
XIII
SECTION I SAFETY/DECALS/SYMBOL
SECTION 1 - Safety
Safety Alert Symbol and Terms

This safety alert symbol means ATTENTION! BECOME ALERT! YOUR
SAFETY IS INVOLVED!
The safety alert symbol identifies important safety messages on

machines, safety signs, in manuals, or elsewhere.
When you see this symbol, be alert to the possibility of personal injury
or death.
Follow the instructions in the safety message.
Why is SAFETY important to you?

ACCIDENTS DISABLE and KILL
ACCIDENTS are COSTLY
ACCIDENTS can be AVOIDED
Tractor and Implement Safety

The tractor is a source of power - Mechanical and Hydraulic.
On its own, the tractor is of little practical value. Only when used in
conjunction with an implement or other attachment does it become a
working unit.
This instruction book is compiled to cover those safe working practices
that are associated with the base tractor operation.
It does not cover all operation and safety instructions relevant to all known
implements and attachments that may be fitted at the time of tractor
delivery or at some future date.
It is essential that operators use and understand the relevant instruction
manual of such implements and attachments.
XIV
Introduction to Safety
This safety section of your Operator Instruction Book is intended to point
out some of the basic safety situations which may be encountered during
the normal operation and maintenance of your FOOTSTEP (ROPS) or
CAB tractor, and to suggest possible ways of dealing with these situations.
This section is NOT a replacement for other safety practices featured in
other sections of this book.
Additional precautions may be necessary, depending on attachments
used and conditions at the work site or in the service area. The tractor
maker has no direct control over tractor application, operation, inspection,
lubrication, or maintenance. Therefore it is YOUR responsibility to use
good safety practices in these areas.
Safety
The safety of the operator is one of the main concerns in designing and
developing a new tractor. Designers incorporate as many safety features
as is possible in constructing our tractors. However, every year many
accidents occur which could have been avoided by a few seconds thought
and a more careful approach to handling farm machinery and implements.
Read and practice the safety instructions detailed in the next pages of this
book.
A Word to the Operator

It is YOUR responsibility to read and understand the safety section in this
book before operating your tractor.
You must follow these safety instructions that take you step by step
through your working day.
Remember that YOU are the key to safety. Good safety practices not only
protect you, but also the people around you. Study the features in this
manual and make them a working part of your safety programme. Keep in
mind that this safety section is written only for this type of machine.
Practice all other usual and customary safe working precautions, and
above all - REMEMBER –SAFETY IS YOUR RESPONSIBILITY. YOU
CAN PREVENT SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.
Use only SAME DEUTZ-FAHR approved attachments and equipment.
Danger, Warning, Caution

Whenever you see the words and symbols shown below, used in this book
and on decals, you MUST take note of their instructions as they relate to
personal safety.
XV
DANGER: This symbol together with

the word DANGER indicates an
DANGER imminently hazardous situation
that, if not avoided, will result in
DEATH OR VERY SERIOUS INJURY.
WARNING: This symbol together

with the word WARNING indicates a
potentially hazardous situation that
WARNING if not avoided could result in DEATH
or SERIOUS INJURY.
CAUTION: This symbol together

with the word CAUTION is used to
CAUTION indicate a potentially hazardous
situation that, if not avoided, may
result in MINOR INJURY.
IMPORTANT: The word IMPORTANT is used to identify special instructions or pro-

cedures which, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to, or destruction of
the machine, process or its surroundings.
NOTE: The word NOTE is used to indicate points of particular interest for more effi-
cient and convenient repair or operation.
WARNING: DO NOT REMOVE OR OBSCURE DANGER, WARNING,
CAUTION OR INSTRUCTION DECALS. REPLACE ANY DANGER,
WARNING, CAUTION OR INSTRUCTION DECALS THAT ARE NOT
READABLE OR ARE MISSING. REPLACEMENT DECALS ARE
AVAILABLE FROM YOUR DEALER IN THE EVENT OF LOSS OR
DAMAGE. THE ACTUAL LOCATION AND ORDERING CODE OF
THESE SAFETY DECALS IS ILLUSTRATED AT THE END OF THIS
SECTION. WHEN YOU REPLACE A PART THAT CARRIES A SAFETY
LABEL, MAKE SURE THAT THE SAME LABEL IS APPLIED TO THE
NEW PART. DO NOT USE FUEL OR SOLVENTS ETC. TO CLEAN
SAFETY LABELS. USE A CLEAN CLOTH DAMPED IN SOAPY
WATER.
Decals
If a used tractor has been purchased, refer to the illustrations at the end of
this section to ensure that all the safety warning decals are in the correct
position and are readable.
XVI
Follow a Safety Programme

For Safe Operation
For safe operation of an agricultural tractor, you must be a qualified and
authorized operator. To be qualified you must understand the written
instructions supplied in this Operator Instruction Book, have training, and
know the safety rules and regulations for the job.
Some regulations specify that no one under the age of 16 years, for
example, may operate power machinery. This includes tractors. It is your
responsibility to know what these regulations are, and obey them, in the
operating area or situation.
These will include, but are not limited to, the following instructions for safe
tractor operation.
WARNING: AN OPERATOR SHOULD NOT USE ALCOHOL OR

DRUGS WHICH CAN AFFECT HIS ALERTNESS OR CO-ORDINATION.
AN OPERATOR ON PRESCRIPTION OR ‘OVER THE COUNTER’
DRUGS NEEDS MEDICAL ADVICE ON WHETHER OR NOT HE OR
SHE CAN SAFELY OPERATE MACHINES.
General safety rules
– DO NOT allow children or

unqualified persons to ope-
rate your tractor. Keep ot-
hers away from your area of
work.
– Securely fasten your seat

belt when the tractor has a
ROPS (Roll Over Protective
Structure) frame in the
upright position or is fitted
with a cab.
– Before starting the engine,

check that all the tractor
controls are in neutral posi-
tion. This is to prevent acci-
dental movement of the
vehicle or the starting of
tractor-driven implements.
– ONLY operate the controls

when seated in the driver’s
seat.
XVII
– Always use the seat belt.

When used correctly, it can
help you drive in safety.
Ensure the belt is worn wit-
hout slack or twists, and that
is not caught on objects
near the seat or trapped un-
der the seat support.
– Before leaving the driving position, remember to lower the 3-point lin-
kage and/or any implement mounted on the tractor, to put all controls
in neutral, to apply the handbrake, to switch off the engine, to remove
the key from the ignition switch and to turn the battery earth switch to
“off” (where present).
– Where possible, avoid operating the tractor near ditches, emban-

kments and holes. Reduce speed when turning, crossing slopes, and
on rough, slippery, or muddy surfaces.
– Stay off slopes too steep for safe operation.
– Watch where you are going, especially at row ends, on roads, and aro-
und trees.
– DO NOT permit others to ride on the tractor or the implement unless

an approved passenger seat and seat belt is fitted.
– Hitch only to the drawbar and hitch points recommended, and never
above the centre line of the rear axle.
– Operate the tractor smoothly - no jerky turns, starts or stops. When the
tractor is stopped, apply the parking brake securely. Lower the imple-
ment and remove the key.
– DO NOT modify or remove any part of the equipment and DO NOT

use attachments unless they are properly matched to your tractor.
– For safety reasons, avoid very steep slopes. Change down through
the gears on both uphill and downhill slopes, especially with heavy lo-
ads. NEVER allow the tractor to freewheel with the clutch disengaged
or the gearbox in neutral.
XVIII
– ALWAYS travel at a speed that allows full control and stability of the
tractor. Avoid working near embankments and ditches. Reduce speed
when turning or driving on steep gradients, and when travelling over
ground that is loose, slippy or covered in mud.
– DO NOT travel on the road or at high speed with the differential lock
engaged, as this could cause steering problems and thus lead to acci-
dents.
– Before starting the tractor or PTO driven implements, ALWAYS check

that no-one is within the tractor/implement operating area.
– Only attach to the 3-point linkage those implements specifically desi-

gned for the purpose. Do not use the 3-point linkage as a towing hook.
For towing, use the rear towing hitch only (the front hook is for use in
emergencies only).
– ALWAYS check that the weight of the towed vehicle or trailer is less
than the weight of the tractor (unless equipped with independent bra-
king). Braking distance will increase with speed and the weight towed,
particularly on downhill slopes.
– Lock the oscillating towing hitch in a fixed position and use the safety
locks when travelling on the public highway. Display load warning
signs when necessary and in accordance with the applicable regula-
tions. It is the responsibility of the operator to know and comply with
the requirements of the highway code.
– Use emergency lights when travelling on the public highway, both in

daytime and at night.Use direction indicators before any turning ma-
noeuvre.Ensure that all the lights on the tractor are kept clean.
– Use the bolt provided to lock the two brake pedals together when tra-
velling on the road. This is to ensure more uniform and more effective
braking.
– All machinery driven by the PTO is a potential cause of serious and

even fatal injury. Ensure that the PTO and drive shaft guards are al-
ways in place. Before starting any work in the vicinity of the PTO shaft,
and before servicing/cleaning PTO-driven implements, put the PTO
control in the disengaged position, stop the tractor engine and wait un-
til all the moving parts of the implement have come to a complete
standstill.
XIX
– Alighting from the driving position when the engine is running, altho-
ugh permitted in emergencies, creates a hazardous situation for
which additional precautions must be taken as regards the tractor and
any implements connected to it. In any case, before leaving the driving
position, make sure that all the safety devices are in place, that no-one
is in the vicinity of the tractor, that the tractor is parked on a level surfa-
ce, that the handbrake is applied and that all the drive control levers
are in neutral position. While alighting from the tractor, keep well clear
of any moving parts.
– NEVER operate the tractor

inside a building with the do-
ors closed. It is essential to
ensure that the area is suffi-
ciently ventilated.
– Fluids under pressure can

cause severe inj ur y.
NEVER use your hands to
trace an oil or fuel leak. Use
instead a piece of wood or
cardboard for this purpose.
Before disconnecting any
part of a normally pressuri-
sed circuit, always make
sure that the circuit is fully
depressurised. If engine oil,
hydraulic fluid or any fluid
from a pressurised circuit
penetrates your skin, seek
medical assista nce
IMMEDIATELY.
– DO NOT use explosive et-

her based products to facili-
tate cold starting. Follow the
instructions given in this
manual in the section “Cold
starting”.
– Incorrect connection of the battery terminals or between the battery

and a battery charger could damage the electrical system or even ca-
use the battery to explode. NEVER connect the battery terminals to-
gether. The acid electrolyte contained in the battery is highly corrosive
and can cause burns or even blindness if it enters the eyes. When fil-
ling/topping up a battery with electrolyte, NEVER smoke or allow a na-
ked flame in the vicinity and always wear safety goggles.
XX
– DO NOT use elastic mate-

rials to pull the tractor, as a
sudden release of energy
stored in the material could
cause a fatal accident.
– NEVER attempt to weld or

repair a wheel or wheel rim
when fitted with an inflated
tyre.
– A runaway tractor can cau-

se serious or fatal injury.
Only start the engine when
seated in the driving posi-
tion and after checking that
all the drive controls are in
neutral. NEVER start the
engine from the ground or
by bypassing the electrical
safety system. If the starter
motor fails to operate when
all the controls are in neutral
position, contact your nea-
rest Assistance Service
centre.
– NEVER refuel the tractor

when the engine is running
or even hot. DO NOT smoke
when refueling. DO NOT fill
the fuel tank right to the
brim, but leave a little space
to allow for expansion of the
fuel. Refuel in a safe place,
away from naked flames or
sparks.
– NEVER allow anyone to

stand between the tractor
and the implement during
hitching operations.
– NEVER wear headphones or earphones to listen to the radio or music

while driving. This reduces your ability to concentrate and to hear so-
unds essential to safe driving.
XXI
– Avoid contact with pesticides. Tractor cabs, when fitted, do NOT pro-
tect you against inhaling dangerous pesticides. Meticulously follow
the manufacturer’s instructions for using and handling pesticides.
Always wear the required personal protective equipment (respirator,
face mask, etc.) even in the cab.
– Certain tractor models are

equipped with speed mea-
surement radar. Even tho-
ugh these radar systems
emit only low intensity radio RA
waves, NEVER look directly DA
R
at the device when it is ope-

rating.
– Periodically check the wheel nuts and tighten them to the specified
torque. (See the Maintenance section for wheel nut torque values).
– The best way to transport a tractor that has broken down is to tow it
away on a flat bed truck. Always secure the tractor to the truck with
chains before driving off. If you must tow a tractor, do not exceed 10
km/h, and always have an operator at the tractor’s controls to steer
and brake as necessary. If necessary, ask your dealer if the model of
tractor you have can be towed or not.
– Do not weld or heat any painted parts. Toxic fumes could be given off.
Remove paint by abrasion first, before heating the part. Always per-
form these operations in a well ventilated area.
– Keep heat well away from

pipes and hoses containing
pressurised fluids. Heating
pressurised pipes and ho-
ses can cause inflammable
fluids to spray out and cau-
se serious burns to you and
others nearby.
XXII
Protective Structures
Roll Over Protective Structures
A Roll Over Protective Structure (ROPS) and seat belt is fitted as standard
equipment to the footstep tractor at the time of factory assembly. If the
ROPS was removed by the original purchaser or has been removed, it is
recommended that you equip your tractor with a Roll Over Protective
Structure and a seat belt. ROPS are effective in reducing injuries during
overturn accidents.
Overturning a tractor without

ROPS can result in serious
injury or death.
If a fold down ROPS is installed
DO NOT wear seat belt when
the ROPS is in the folded down
position.
Operation
– Before using the tractor ensure that the ROPS frame is not damaged,
that it is securely fastened to the tractor and if a hinged section is fitted
that it is in the raised position and secured.
– If the ROPS has been removed from the tractor, or folded down for a
specific operation, it must be refitted or erected immediately after-
wards using the proper hardware and applying the recommended tor-
que values.
– DO NOT attach chains, ropes, or cables to the ROPS for pulling pur-
poses; this will cause the tractor to tip backwards. Always pull from the
tractor drawbar.
– Always wear your seat belt - adjusted snugly except when operating
with a folded down ROPS.
– Check the seat belt for damage. A damaged seat belt must be repla-
ced.
XXIII
Damage to the ROPS

If the tractor has rolled over or the ROPS has been damaged (such as
striking an overhead object during transport), the ROPS must be replaced
to provide the original degree of protection.
After an accident, check for damage to the ROPS, operator’s seat, seat
belt and seat belt mountings.
Before you operate the tractor, replace all damaged parts.
DO NOT WELD, DRILL, BEND OR STRAIGHTEN THE ROPS.

To do so reduces the protection it offer
Cab
The safety cab has been designed for fitment to this series of tractor and
meets all the legal requirements of cab safety and noise levels.
The safety cab conforms to the various international safety standards. The
cab must NEVER be drilled, or modified to install accessories or
implements . Welding components to the cab or repairing damaged
components is NOT PERMITTED. DO NOT attach chains or ropes to the
main frame of the cab for pulling purposes.
If additional controls or displays are to be added to the operator’s area

contact your Dealer for information as to how this can best be done.
The ROPS cab together with the seat belt is effective in reducing injuries
during overturn accidents. Wearing the seat belt is an important part of this
protection.
– Always wear your seat belt-adjusted snugly.
– Check the seat belt for damage. A damaged seat belt must be repla-
ced.
WARNING: IF THE TRACTOR HAS TO OPERATE IN AREAS WITH

RISK OF FALLING OBJECTS (LIKE IN MINES, ETC.), WHERE A FOPS
IS REQUIRED, PLEASE CONSIDER THAT YOUR TRACTOR,
EQUIPPED WITH ROPS SAFETY STRUCTURE (FRAME OR CAB), IS
NOT ALLOWED TO OPERATE IN THOSE AREAS.
XXIV
Prepare for Safe Operation

Protect Yourself
Wear all the protective clothing and personal safety devices issued to you
or called for by job conditions. Don’t take chances.
You may need:

• A hard hat.
• Safety glasses, goggles, or face
shield.
• Hearing protection.
• Respirator or filter mask.
• Foul weather clothing.
• Reflective clothing.
• Heavy gloves (neoprene for che-
micals, leather for rough work).
• Safety boots.
Note where fire extinguishers and

first-aid or emergency equipment is
kept and get to know where to find help BASIC
FIRST
in a hurry. Make sure you know how to

AID
use this equipment.
DO NOT wear loose clothing, jewellery or other items and tie up long hair
which could entangle in controls or other parts of the tractor.
Risks from exposure to noise

The tractor and any implements attached to it constitute a source of noise
of which the intensity and frequency can be measured using the
appropriate instruments.
Anyone who uses the tractor must know that:
– exposure to excessive and/or prolonged noise can cause serious da-
mage, not just to the hearing but also to general health. The higher the
noise level (dbA) and the greater the duration of exposure, the higher
the risk. The combination of both these factors can be expressed in
the value LEP (level of personal exposure to noise).
– you therefore need to know the noise level generated by the tractor.
This information can be found in the Use and Maintenance Handbook,
under the chapter heading “Technical Data”.
XXV
– the use of ear protection is essential when the noise level exceeds a
certain value and/or when operating the tractor for prolonged periods.
The point at which action is to be taken is generally when the level of
personal exposure LEP reaches or exceeds 85 dbA. Various types of
protection are available, including ear muffs, ear plugs and helmets.
Know Your Equipment

Know your tractor. Know how to
operate all equipment on your machine
and the implements and attachments
used with it. Know the purpose of all
the controls, gauges and dials. Know
the rated load capacity, speed range,
braking and steering characteristics,
turning
radius, and operating clearances.
Keep in mind that rain, snow, ice, loose
gravel, soft ground, etc. can change
the way your tractor operates.
Under poor conditions, slow down and be extra careful, engage

four-wheel drive, if fitted.
Study the DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION safety signs on your tractor

and the information signs also.
READ THIS OPERATOR INSTRUCTION BOOK BEFORE STARTING

THE ENGINE.
STUDY IT BEFORE YOU START WORK.
IF THERE IS SO MET H I N G I N T H E MAN U AL YO U D O N ’ T
UNDERSTAND, ASK SOMEONE (such as your equipment Dealer) TO
EXPLAIN IT TO YOU.
IMPORTANT: This manual covers general safe practices for agricultural

tractors. It must always be kept with the tractor. For further copies contact
your Dealer.
Use all Available Protective and Safety Devices

Keep all protective devices in place and securely fastened. Make certain
all guards, shields and safety signs are properly installed, as specified,
and are in good condition.
XXVI
To help keep you and others around you safe, your tractor must be
equipped with:
– Roll Over Protective Structure (ROPS), and seat belt.
– Tractor P.T.O. shield.
Your tractor may also need:
– Rear view mirror.
– Fire extinguisher.
– Hazard warning triangle.
High visibility reflective jacket.
– ROPS, FOPS (Falling Object Protective Structure), protective enclo-

sure or protective screens. Remember FOPS are protection from light
falling objects and are not intended as protection from large falling ob-
jects such as large round bales or fence rails.
– SMV (slow moving vehicle) emblem, additional safety guards, lights

or decals and a back up alarm.
Know which devices are required for safe operation of your tractor. Use
them. Make sure they are in place and in good condition. DO NOT remove
or disconnect any safety device.
Check the Equipment

Before you begin your working day, take time to check your tractor and
ensure that all systems are in
good operational condition.
– DO NOT smoke while refu-
elling the tractor. Keep any
type of open flame away.
– Stop the engine and wait for

it to cool before refuelling.
– Check for loose, broken,

missing, or damaged parts.
– Have everything put into

good repair. Make certain all
safety devices are in place.
– Check ROPS and seat belt for damage. A damaged ROPS or seat belt
MUST be replaced.
– Ensure that implements and attachments are properly installed and

that the tractor and implement P.T.O. rev/min ratings match.
XXVII
– Check the tyres for cuts, bulges and correct pressure. Replace worn
or damaged tyres.
– Check the engine oil level and add oil if required.
– Perform all maintenance procedures outlined in the maintenance and

adjustment section of this manual.
– Check foot and parking brakes for proper operation, adjust if neces-
sary.
– Check that the P.T.O. driveline locking devices are latched.
– Check that the tractor P.T.O. shield and driveline guards are in place
and operating properly.
– Check the tractor and imple-

ment hydraulic system.
Have any leaks or damaged
parts repaired or replaced.
WA R N I N G : D I E S E L F U E L O R H Y D R A U L I C F L U I D U N D E R
PRESSURE CAN PENETRATE THE SKIN OR EYES AND CAUSE
SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY, BLINDNESS OR DEATH. FLUID
LEAKS, UNDER PRESSURE, MAY NOT BE VISIBLE. USE A PIECE OF
CARDBOARD OR WOOD TO FIND LEAKS. DO NOT USE YOUR BARE
HAND. WEAR SAFETY GOGGLES FOR EYE PROTECTION. IF ANY
FLUID IS INJECTED INTO THE SKIN, IT MUST BE SURGICALLY
REMOVED WITHIN A FEW HOURS BY A DOCTOR FAMILIAR WITH
THIS TYPE OF INJURY.
XXVIII
Before applying pressure to the fuel or hydraulic system, be sure all

connections are tight and that lines, pipes, and hoses are not damaged.
Before disconnecting fuel or hydraulic lines, be sure to relieve all pressure.
Make sure that all hydraulic lines are correctly installed and not crossed.
WARNING: LIQUID COOLING SYSTEMS BUILD UP PRESSURE AS

THE ENGINE GETS HOT. BEFORE REMOVING THE RADIATOR CAP,
STOP THE ENGINE AND LET THE SYSTEM COOL.
CHECK THE ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM AND ADD COOLANT AS
REQUIRED.
Clean the Tractor

– Keep work surfaces and engine compartments clean.
– Before cleaning the machine, always lower implements to the ground,

place transmission in neutral or with the lowest gear engaged, if me-
chanical, engage the parking brake, shut off the engine and remove
the key.
– Clean steps, pedals and floor. Remove grease or oil. Brush away dust
or mud. In winter, scrape away snow and ice. Remember - slippery
surfaces are dangerous.
– Remove or put away tools, buckets, chains and hooks.
Protect the Environment
It is illegal to pollute drains,

water courses or soil. U se
authorised waste disposal
facilities, including civic amenity
sites and garages providing
facilities for disposal of used oil.
If in doubt, contact your local
authority for advice.
XXIX
Servicing the Tractor

– DO NOT service the tractor
while the engine is running
or hot, or if the tractor is in
motion.
– Before making adjustments

to, or servicing the electrical
system, disconnect the bat-
tery negative (-) cable first.
– To prevent fires or explo-

sions keep open flame
away from the battery or
cold weather starting aids.
To prevent sparks which co-
uld cause explosions use
jump cables according to in-
structions.
– When making repairs or adjustments it is recommended that you con-

sult your Dealer, and have the work carried out by trained personnel.
– The implement and/or tractor must be supported on suitable wooden

blocks or stands, NOT a hydraulic jack.
– Check all nuts and bolts periodically for tightness, especially wheel
hub and rim nuts. Tighten to the prescribed torque values.
– Check the brakes regularly, top up the reservoir and/or adjust where
necessary. Make sure that the brakes are evenly adjusted, especially
when using a trailer.
Starting
Warn Personnel before Starting
Before starting, walk completely around the tractor and any attached
equipment. Make sure that no one is under it, on it, or close to it. Let other
workers and bystanders know you are starting up and don’t start until
everyone is clear of the tractor, implements and towed equipment.
Ensure that all bystanders, particularly children, are a suitable distance
away before starting the engine.
XXX
Mount and Dismount Safely

Always use ‘three point contact’ with the machine, and face the machine
when you mount it. (Three point contact means both hands and one foot or
one hand and both feet are in contact with the machine at all times during
mounting and dismounting).
Clean your shoes and wipe your hands before climbing on. Use handrails,
grab handles, ladders or steps (as provided) when mounting or
dismounting.
DO NOT use control levers as a

hand hold and never step on
foot controls when mounting or
dismounting.
DO NOT attempt to mount or

dismount from a moving tractor.
DO NOT jump off a tractor other
than in an emergency.
Start Safely
WARNING: BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE MAKE SURE THERE IS

PLENTY OF VENTILATION. DO NOT OPERATE THE ENGINE IN A
C LO S E D B U I LD I N G. T H E E X H A U S T F U M E S M AY C A U S E
ASPHYXIATION.
Always start the engine from the operator’s seat with all the transmission
levers and the P.T.O. lever in neutral.
Make sure that the tractor’s dual
brake pedals are locked
together at all times unless you
are making turns in the field
which require independent use
of the brakes. Make sure the
brakes are properly adjusted so
that both brakes engage at the
same time.
Adjust the seat, fasten the seat
belt, apply the parking brake and
put all controls in neutral before
starting up.
XXXI
DANGER: START THE ENGINE, WITH THE STARTER KEY, FROM

THE OPERATOR’S SEAT ONLY. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO START THE
ENGINE BY SHORTING ACROSS THE STARTER TERMINALS. THE
MACHINE WILL START IN GEAR IF THE NEUTRAL START CIRCUIT IS
BYPASSED. THIS COULD CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH TO
ANYONE IN THE VICINITY OF THE TRACTOR. ENSURE THAT THE
ENGINE STARTER SOLENOID COVER IS ALWAYS IN POSITON.
Follow Recommended Starting Procedures

Follow the starting procedures recommended in the Operation section of
this Operator Instruction Book. This includes normal starting, cold starting,
and the use of starting fluids.
Test the Controls

After starting, re-check all gauges and lights. Make sure everything is
functioning correctly. If the tractor does not respond correctly when each
control is operated, DO NOT use the machine until the fault is rectified.
Starting Fluid
DANGER: DO NOT USE AEROSOL CANS OF STARTING AID ON

TRACTORS WITH THE THERMOSTART CONNECTED TO THE
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. ETHER COMBINED WITH THERMOSTART
C A N C A U S E A N E X P L O S I O N W I T H D A M A G E TO E N G I N E ,
PERSONAL INJURY, OR BOTH.
Your tractor has been fitted with

a thermostart cold starting
device. If aerosol cans of
starting fluid, or ether start-aid,
are to be used the thermostart
must be disconnected. Remove
the wire from the thermostart STARTI NG
unit which will be found on the FLUI D
induction manifold. Tape the
end of the wire to prevent an
electrical short circuit.
XXXII
Handle starting fluid as directed

by the manufacturer. Starting
fluid must only be used when an
ether-start aid is fitted as original
equipment by the manufacturer
or when installed by a Dealer as
an accessory. In case s of
tractors being fitted with glow
plugs or thermostart, these must
be removed prior to t he
installation of an ether start-aid.
Work Safely
WARNING: AN UNBALANCED TRACTOR COULD OVERTURN AND

C A U S E I N J U RY O R D E AT H . M A K E S U R E F R O N T F R A M E
COUNTERWEIGHTS, WHEEL WEIGHTS AND WHEEL BALLAST ARE
USED AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. DO NOT ADD
E X TR A C O U N T E RW E I G H T S TO C O M P E N S AT E F O R A N
OVERLOADED TRACTOR, IT IS RECOMMENDED TO REDUCE THE
LOAD. KEEP ALL PARTS OF YOUR BODY INSIDE THE OPERATOR’S
COMPARTMENT WHILE OPERATING THE TRACTOR.
Making the Right Moves

Make sure your tractor is ready for the job it must do.
Know the rated load capacities of your tractor and never exceed them. Be
certain that any equipment or implements you intend to use DO NOT
exceed the load rating of your tractor. Be sure the tractor and implement
PTO speed match.
Keep in mind that tractors normally operate on uneven, unpaved, and

often bumpy or sloping surfaces. Operating conditions can reduce the
amount of weight you should carry or pull.
Follow Safe Operating Practices

– Operate the controls smoothly - don’t jerk the steering wheel or other
controls.
– DO NOT get on or off a moving tractor. Keep a firm grip on the steering
wheel at all times, with the thumbs clear of the spokes when driving
the tractor
XXXIII
– Make sure you have adequate clearance in all directions for tractor,
cab, ROPS and implement.
– DO NOT play games with a tractor or equipment.Use only for intended

purpose.
– DO NOT attempt to work the controls except from the operator’s , if

tractor is NOT equipped with proper passenger seat.
– DO NOT carry passengers, if tractor is NOT equipped with proper

passenger seat.
– Before dismounting, always disengage the P.T.O., lower all attac-

hments and implements to the ground, engage parking brake, shut off
the engine, engage the lowest gear (if mechanical transmission) and
remove the key. With hydraulic transmission or powershift transmis-
sion or powershuttle, ALWAYS chock the tractor wheels.
DO NOT touch, lean on, or

reach through any implement
mechanism or permit others to
do so.
Stay alert. Should something
break, come loose, or fail to
operate on your equipment,
stop work, lower equipment to
the ground, shut off the engine,
inspect the machine and have
repairs or adjustments made
before resuming operation.
Watch out for Others
– Be aware of what is going

on. DO NOT allow an untrai-
ned or unqualified person to
operate your tractor. They
could injure themselves or
someone else.
XXXIV
WARNING: YOUR TRACTOR IS A ONE-PERSON MACHINE. DO NOT

PERMIT OTHERS TO RIDE ON THE TRACTOR OR THE IMPLEMENT.
IN SOME TERRITORIES A PASSENGER SEAT MUST BE FITTED TO
CARRY PASSENGERS. DO NOT ALLOW ANYONE TO RIDE ON THE
IMPLEMENTS OR OTHER EQUIPMENT INCLUDING TRAILERS,
EXCEPT ON CERTAIN HARVESTING EQUIPMENT, SPECIFICALLY
D E S I G N E D FO R R I D E R S D U R I N G T H E A C T U A L H A RV E S T
OPERATION ONLY (NOT DURING TRANSPORT). SUCH EQUIPMENT
MUST HAVE PROVISION FOR A SAFE RIDING AREA. DO NOT
ALLOW CHILDREN ON THE TRACTOR.
– Be certain you can control both speed and direction before moving.
Move slowly until you are sure that everything is operating properly.
After starting, recheck the steering, right and left. Be certain you have
full steering and brake control. If differential is locked, DO NOT opera-
te at high speed or turn the tractor until the differential lock is disenga-
ged.
– DO NOT lift a load over anyone.
– Keep others away from your operation. DO NOT allow anyone to

stand or pass under a raised implement.
– DO NOT lift objects that can not be contained in the bucket, get the ap-
propriate attachment. DO NOT allow anyone to stand on the ROPS or
fenders.
– When using a loader, avoid sudden stops, starts, turns, or change of

direction. Keep loads close to the ground when transporting.
– DO NOT stand (or allow anyone else to stand) in front of, under, or be-
hind loaded or loading equipment. DO NOT drive a tractor up to some-
one standing in front of a fixed object.
– Keep others away from universal joints, hitches, drawbar, lift arms,
P.T.O. drives, cylinders, belts, pulleys, and other moving parts. Keep
all shields and guards in place.
WARNING: DO NOT STAND, OR ALLOW ANYONE ELSE TO STAND,

BETWEEN THE TRACTOR AND IMPLEMENT UNLESS THE ENGINE
IS TURNED OFF AND THE PARKING BRAKE IS ENGAGED, THE
LOWEST GEAR IS ENGAGED, THE KEY IS REMOVED, AND ALL
ATTACHMENTS OR IMPLEMENTS ARE LOWERED TO THE
GROUND.
XXXV
Risk of Overturning
For your safety, it is strongly
recommended that all footstep
tractors are fitted with Roll Over
Protective Structures (ROPS)
and seat belts.
In the event of an overturn with a
tractor fitted with a ca b or
ROPS, hold the steering wheel
firmly and DO NOT attempt to
leave the seat until the tractor
has come to rest. If the doors of
the cab are obstructed, leave
through the rear window or the
roof hatch.
To Avoid Side Overturns

– Set the wheel track at the widest setting suitable for the job being
done.
– Lock the brake pedals together before driving at transport speeds.
– Reduce speed to match operating conditions. If the tractor is equip-

ped with a front-end loader, carry the bucket and load as low as possi-
ble.
– Make wide slow turns at reduced speed. Don’t let your tractor bounce.
You may lose steering control.
– Don’t pull a load too heavy for your tractor. It could run away on the
down slope or the tractor could jack-knife around a towed load.
– Don’t brake suddenly. Apply brakes smoothly and gradually.
– When going down a slope, use the throttle to slow the tractor engine
and use the same gear range you would use to go up the slope. Shift
into gear before you start downhill.
– Engage four-wheel drive (if fitted).
– It is less likely that the tractor will overturn if you travel straight up or
down a steep slope rather than across it.
XXXVI
– Avoid crossing steep slopes if possible. If you must do so, avoid any
holes or depressions on the downhill side. Avoid any stumps, rocks,
bumps or raised areas on the uphill side. When operating near ditches
and banks, always keep your tractor behind the shear line. Avoid dit-
ches, embankments and river-banks which might cave in.
– If it is necessary to cross a steep slope, avoid turning uphill, slow down

and make a wide turn. Travel directly up or down the slope, never
across it. When travelling up or down a slope, keep the heavy end of
the tractor on the uphill side.
– If when travelling across a slope with side mounted implements, keep

the implement on the uphill side.Do not raise the implements. Keep
them as low to the ground as possible when crossing a slope.
– When towing a load at transport speed or in the field, lock the drawbar
in the centre position and use a safety chain.
WARNING: DO NOT DISENGAGE THE CLUTCH OR ATTEMPT TO

SHIFT GEAR AFTER YOU HAVE STARTED DOWNHILL.
– DO NOT use your tractor to round up farm animals.
To Avoid Rear Overturns
WARNING: HITCHING TO THE REAR AXLE, OR ANY OTHER POINT

A B O V E TH E S W I N G I N G D R AW B A R , C A N C A U S E A R E A R
OVERTURN.
– DO NOT pull anything using the top link connection, or from any point
above the centre line of the rear axle. Always use an approved draw-
bar, and only use a drawbar pin that locks in place.
– High hitching can cause rear overturn, which may cause serious injury
or death. Hitch loads to the drawbar only.
– Only use a three-point linkage drawbar when stays are fitted to keep it
in the down position.
– Use front counterweights to increase tractor stability when towing a

heavy load or to counter balance a heavy rear mounted implement.
XXXVII
– Start forward slowly and gradually increase your speed. DO NOT rev
the engine or drop the clutch. If the tractor is attached to a heavy load,
or immovable object, improper clutching may cause overturn.
– If the front end of the tractor starts to lift, reduce your speed and, if ne-
cessary, disengage the clutch.
– If your tractor is bogged down in mud or frozen to the ground, DO NOT

attempt to drive forwards. The tractor can rotate around its rear whe-
els and overturn. Lift any attached implement and attempt to BACK
OUT. If this is not possible, tow it out with another vehicle.
– If you get stuck in a ditch, BACK OUT, if possible. If you must go for-
ward, do it slowly and carefully.
– A bare tractor or tractor with rear mounted attachments should be bac-

ked up the slope in reverse and travel forward downhill.
– A tractor with a loaded front-end bucket should be backed down the

slope and travel forward uphill.Keep the loader bucket as low as pos-
sible.
– Always keep the tractor in gear when going downhill. DO NOT permit
the tractor to coast with clutch disengaged or transmission in neutral.
General Operating Hazards
DANGER: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO UNPLUG THE HYDRAULIC

CONNECTIONS, OR ADJUST AN IMPLEMENT WITH THE ENGINE
RUNNING OR THE P.T.O. DRIVE IN OPERATION. TO DO SO MAY
RESULT IN VERY SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.
– Ensure that the P.T.O. shield is in place and that the P.T.O. cap is fitted
when the P.T.O. driveline is not in use.
– Before attaching, detaching, cleaning or adjusting P.T.O. driven imple-

ments, disengage the P.T.O., stop the engine, remove the key, and
make sure that the P.T.O. driveline has stopped.
– Ensure that all the P.T.O. driveline guards are in place and observe all
safety decals.
– Be sure everyone is clear of your machine before engaging the P.T.O..

For stationary P.T.O. operation, always place transmission in neutral,
engage parking brake, and chock both tractor and implement wheels.
XXXVIII
– When operating mobile P.T.O. driven equipment, DO NOT leave the

tractor seat until the PTO drive is disengaged, the lowest gear is enga-
ged (if mechanical), the parking brake is engaged, the engine shut off
and the key removed.
– DO NOT use P.T.O. adaptors, reducers or extensions as they extend

the P.T.O. coupler and universal joint out beyond the protection offe-
red by the P.T.O. shield.
– The top link and lift rods must not be extended beyond the point where
threads begin to show.
– When using chemicals, carefully follow for use, storage and disposal.
Also follow the chemical application equipment manufacturer’s in-
structions.
– When operating under poor visibility conditions, or in the dark, use

your tractor field lights and reduce your ground speed. DO NOT use
your field lights when travelling on a roadway because rear pointed
white lights may be illegal except when reversing and may confuse fol-
lowing drivers.
– Operate your tractor with the wheels set at the widest setting possible,
consistent with the particular task you are performing. To adjust wheel
settings refer to Maintenance and Adjustment section.
– Reduce your speed when operating over rough or slippery ground

and when foliage restricts your view of hazards.
– DO NOT make sharp turns at high speed.
Implements and Attachments
WARNING: A FRONT-END LOADER (BUCKET OR FORKS) MUST BE

EQUIPPED WITH A SUITABLE RESTRAINING DEVICE TO PREVENT
THE LOAD (BALES, FENCE POSTS, ROLLS OF FENCE, WIRE ETC.)
FROM ROLLING DOWN THE LIFT ARMS INTO THE OPERATOR’S
COMPARTMENT AND CRUSHING THE DRIVER WHEN THE LOADER
IS RAISED. INADEQUATELY SECURED OBJECTS COULD ALSO
FALL AND INJURE BYSTANDERS.
– Three-point hitch and side mounted implements make a much larger

arc when turning than towed equipment. Make certain to allow suffi-
cient clearance for turning. Use only approved attachments and im-
plements.
– When using attachments or implements with the tractor, be sure to

thoroughly read the Operator Instruction Book for that attachment or
implement and follow its safety instructions.
XXXIX
– DO NOT overload an attachment or towed equipment. Use proper co-

unter-weights to maintain tractor stability. Hitch loads to the drawbar
only.
– A safety chain will help control drawn equipment should it be acciden-
tally separated from the drawbar while transporting. Using the appro-
priate adaptor parts, attach the chain to the tractor drawbar support or
other specified anchor location. Provide only enough slack in the cha-
in to permit turning. See your Dealer for a chain with a strength rating
equal to, or greater than the gross weight of the towed machine.
– Make sure any towed implements are equipped with a safety chain lin-
king tractor and implement.
– Pull only from the approved drawbar. Towing or attaching to other lo-
cations may cause the tractor to overturn.
Safety - Towing
WARNING: TRACTOR REQUIRES CORRECT TRAILER BRAKING

E Q U I P M E N T BE I N S TA L L E D A N D C O N N E C T E D TO T H E
EQUIPMENT.
– For towed equipment WITHOUT brakes, DO NOT tow equipment:

- at speeds over 30 km/h (19 miles/h);
- that, when fully loaded, weighs more than 1 times the weight of the
towing unit (please refer to local rules).
– For towed equipment WITH MECHANICAL brakes, DO NOT tow

equipment:
towing unit or 5000 Kg (please refer to local rules).
– For towed equipment WITH HYDRAULIC OR PNEUMATIC brakes,

DO NOT tow equipment:
towing unit, with a maximum of 20000 Kg (please refer to local rules).
– When parking tractor and towed trailer, engage the lowest transmis-
sion gear, engage parking brake, shut off the engine, remove the key
and chock both tractor and trailer wheels
– Stopping distance increases with speed and weight of towed loads,
and on hills and slopes. Towed loads with or without brakes that are
too heavy for the tractor or are towed too fast can cause loss of con-
trol. Consider the total weight of the equipment and its load.
XL
WARNING: ON TOWING TRAILERS, BEFORE LEAVING THE

DRIVING POSITION, REMEMBER TO PUT ALL CONTROLS IN
NEUTRAL, TO APPLY THE HANDBRAKE, TO SWITCH OFF THE
ENGINE, TO ENGAGE THE LOWEST GEAR (IF MECHANICAL
TRANSMISSION) AND TO REMOVE THE KEY. WITH HYDRAULIC
TR A N S M I S S I O N O R P O W E R S H I F T T R A N S M I S S I O N O R
POWERSHUTTLE, ALWAYS CHOCK BOTH TRACTOR AND TRAILER
WHEELS.
Road Transport
BEFORE operating your tractor on a public road, a number of precautions
must be taken.
– Familiarise yourself with - and obey - all laws appropriate to your trac-
tor.
– Lock your brake pedals together.
– Raise all implements to their transport position and lock them in place.
– Place all implements into their narrowest transport configuration.
– Disengage the P.T.O. and differential lock.
– Make sure any required clearance flags or hazard lights are in place
and in working order.
– Make sure you use a proper hitch pin with a clip retainer.
– Clean off all reflectors and road lights, front and rear, and be certain
they are in working order.
– Make sure tractor and equipment are equipped with Slow Moving Ve-
hicle (SMV) signs and other marking aids recommended for improved
visibility, or beacon if the law requires them.
WARNING: DO NOT ALLOW ANY PASSENGERS ON THE TRACTOR

OR TOWED EQUIPMENT.
Rules of the Road

WHEN operating your tractor on a public road a number of precautions
must be taken.
– Know the route you are going to travel.
– Use flashing lights or beacon when travelling on roads, day or night,

unless prohibited by law.
– Use caution when towing a load at transport speeds especially if the

towed equipment is NOT equipped with brakes.
XLI
– Observe all local or national regulations regarding the road speed of

your tractor.
– Observe all local or national regulations regarding the max towed we-
ight.
– Use extreme caution when transporting on snow-covered or slippery

roads.
– Wait for traffic to clear before entering a public road.
– Beware of blind intersections. Slow down until you have a clear view.
– DO NOT attempt to pass at any intersection.
– Slow down for turns and curves.
– Make wide, gentle turns.
– Signal your intent to slow, stop or turn.
– Shift to a lower gear before going up or down hills.
– Keep tractor in gear. DO NOT coast with the clutch disengaged or

transmission in neutral.
– Stay out of the path of oncoming traffic.
– Drive in your correct lane keeping as near to the kerb as possible.
– If traffic builds up behind you, pull off the road and let it go by.
– Drive defensively. Anticipate what other drivers might do.
– When towing a load, start braking sooner than normal and slow down
gradually.
– Watch out for overhead obstructions.
– Make sure that the load does not obscure warning or any other lights.
XLII
After Operation
When stopping at any time, bring the tractor to a complete halt, apply the
parking brake, disengage the P.T.O., place the lowest gear engaged,
lower the implement to the ground, stop the engine and remove the key
BEFORE leaving the seat.
Welding work on the tractor body

Before performing electrical welding work on the tractor body or on
attached implements, always disconnect the electrical wiring of the
generator, the battery and the electronic boxes.
Welding work on the cab posts is not permitted.
Watch out that plastic components, such as air compressor system or

hydraulic hoses, are not overheated.
XLIII
Safety instructions for the installation of supplementary equipment

and/or electronic components.
The tractor is equipped with electronic control devices. The operation of

other electronic devices can create electromagnetic fields, which may
cause malfunctions in the tractor’s electronics. To prevent the risk of injury
deriving from such malfunctions, observe the following safety instructions.
When installing supplementary equipment and/or electrical and electronic

components on the tractor which require connection to the tractor’s
electrical system, it is the responsibility of the user to ensure that the
installation does not cause malfunction of the tractor’s electronics or other
components. This applies mainly to the following devices:
Radio
CB radio receiver
Mobile telephone (ETACS, GSM, etc.)
In particular, it is important to check that any supplementary electrical or

electronic devices installed comply with the current EMC directives
89/336/EEC and that they bear the CE marking.
For the installation of mobile communication systems (e.g. radio

transmitter/receivers, telephone), it is important to observe the following
additional instructions:
Ensure that you have a licence to operate the device (e.g.: BZT licence in
Germany).
Ensure that the device/s are firmly fixed.
The use of mobile radio and telephones is only permitted if connected to

an external antenna.
Radio transmission components must be installed separately from the

vehicle’s electronic components.
The antenna must be fitted in a professional manner and there must be a

good connection between the antenna and the vehicle earthing point.
The wiring, installation, and the maximum permissible power
consumption must comply with the assembly instructions.
XLIV
Safety and operational decals
WARNING: Replace any damaged or lost decal on this tractor before

further operation.
XLV
WARNING
Beware hot parts.

Keep hands and
fingers clear of
slots. 3774440M1
1 - P/N 2.9929.847.0
Location: On left rear of engine side sheet.
Keep all shields, covers and Wait for all movement to stop
CAUTION To avoid injury
Read the Operators Instruction
guards in place and stay away
from moving parts while engine
before servicing tractor or equipment.
Securely support or block lifted
Book for safety information is running. implement which must be in
and operating instructions. the raised position for
Place transmission shift lever servicing or adjustement.
Fasten your seat belt before
in neutral and apply parking
tractor operation. brake before using external Couple brake pedals together
Start engine only when seated 3-point hitch controls. for road travel.
in operator's seat. Use flashing warning lights and
Apply parking brake, lower SMV emblem when on public roads,
Make sure everyone is clear of equipment, stop engine and except where prohibited by law.
tractor and equipment before remove key before leaving the
tractor unattended. Always drive with care and attention.
starting engine or operation.
3814211M2
2 - P/N 2.9929.848.0
Location: On the left fender.
WARNING
NO RIDERS
2.9929.793.0
3 - P/N 2.9929.793.0
Location: On front of left fender.
XLVI
WARNING
Beware hot parts

4 - P/N 2.9929.791.0
Location: On left and right
sides of radiator housing.
To avoid personal
injury, keep all
shields, covers and
guards in place
while engine is
running.
2.9929.791.0
WARNING
5 - P/N 2.9929.794.0
Location: On left and right sides
of radiator housing.
Keep hands clear

of fan and belts
while engine is
running
2.9929.794.0
XLVII
WARNING
High pressure steam
and hot water.
Remove filler cap with
extreme care.
3808561M3
6 - P/N 2.9929.792.0
Location: On top of the radiator cap.
WARNING
Modifications, alterations
to ROPS or use of ROPS if
demaged, is prohibited.
2.9929.699.0
7 - P/N 2.9929.699.0
Location: Left and right mounting driving side.
DANGER
Start only from seat
with transmission and
PTO in neutral.
Starting in gear kills.
2.9929.854.0
8 - P/N 2.9929.854.0
Location: On starter motor.
XLVIII
WARNING
Personal injury could result from PTO driveline separation.
1. Drawbar supplied provides standart distance "A". Do not change.
PTO RPM SHAFT SIZE DISTANCE "A"

"A"
540 35mm (1.38 in) 356mm (14.0 in)
1000 35mm (1.38 in) 406mm (16.0 in)
1. Three-point link distance "C" and mounted implement distance "D" may not be standart.
Measure distance "B" over complete lift range for "B"
tractor and implement combination. Select driveline

length to ensure that driveline will not botton out at
minimum distance "B" and will have sufficient "C" "D"
overlap at maximum distance.
2.9929.855.0/20
9 - P/N 2.9929.855.0/20
Location: On top right of P.T.O. Shields.
DANGER DANGER
10 - P/N 2.9929.856.0
Location: On top left P.T.O.
Shields.
Pull only from Rotating driveline contact
may cause serious injury
approved drawbar or
or death
lower links of 3 point
keep all driveline, tractor
linkage at orizontal
and equipment shields
position or below in place during operation
2.9929.856.0
WARNING
USE SEAT BELT.

Keep seat belt adjusted snugly
11 - P/N 2.9929.857.0
Location: On top of left fender.
Do not jump if
tractor tips.
2.9929.857.0
IL
WARNING
Whenever clearance permits:

Keep Rollover Protection Structure
fully extended and locked.
Keep seat belt fastened.
When structure must be lowered:

Drive with extra care.
Seat belt use is not recommended.
No ROPS protection is provided in
the lowered position.
2.9929.858.0
12 - P/N 2.9929.858.0
Location: On top of left fender.
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals, and
related accessories contain
lead and lead compounds,
chemicals know to the
State of California to cause
cancer and reproductive harm.
Wash hands after handling.
2.9929.754.0
13 - P/N 2.9929.754.0
Location: On top battery.
WARNING
Remove negative
cables from batteries
before removing
solenoid cover and
before servicing
the electrical sistem
2.9929.860.0
14 - P/N 2.9929.860.0
Location: On starter solenoid.
L
WARNING
Use only ATF
Dextron II fluid.
Incorrect fluid could
cause brake system
failure.
15 - P/N 2.9929.861.0
Location: On right side of hood.
Shield Explosive Avoid sparks Sulphuric

DANGER
eyes gas and flame acid
EXPLOSIVE GASES POISON causes severe burns

Always shield eyes and face from Contains sulphuric acid. Avoid
battery Cigarettes, fiames or contact with skin, eyes or
sparks could cause battery to clothing. In event of accident
explode. Do not charge or use flush with water and call a
booster cables or adjust post physician immediately.
connections without proper
instruction or training. Keep out of reach of children
2.9929.862.0
16 - P/N 2.9929.862.0
Location: On top battery.
17 - P/N 2.9929.702.0
Location: On left fender cover.
LI
WARNING
THIS TRACTOR IS EQUIPPED WIT A
SHIFTABLE PTO: TO AVOID INJURY:
1. MATCH PTO SPEED TO IMPLEMENT
2. KEEP ALL SHIELDS IN PLACE
3. CENTER AND LOCK DRAWBAR
4. ENGAGE PTO CAREFULLY
2.9929.281.0
18 - P/N 2.9929.281.0
Location:Under P.T.O. Control button.
WARNING
Stand clear when
using external control
to move 3 point hitch
2.9929.282.0/10
19 - P/N 2.9929.282.0/10
Location: Rear right fender for mechanical 3 point hitc.
LII
20 - P/N 2.9929.566.0
Location: Rear right fender.
WARNING
DO NOT USE ETHER WITH
MANIFOLD PRE-HEATER
OR THERMOSTART
ATTACHMENT.
ETHER MAY IGNITE AND/OR EXPLODE

RESULTING IN BURNING OF THE AIR
CLEANER HOSE OR FILTER ELEMENT,
AND CAUSE PERSONAL INJURY.
2.9929.544.0
21 - P/N 2.9929.544.0
Location: On right rear of engine side sheet.
LIII
International symbols (Part. 1)
LIV
LV
LVI
Metric conversion
LVII
Conversion tables
Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiply by
mm2 to in2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0015

in2 to mm2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645.16
m2 to ft2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10.764
ft2 to m2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0929
ha to acre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4711
acre to ha . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.4047
Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiply by
Ml to fluid oz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0351
fluid oz to ml . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.413
litre to Imp. gal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2200
Imp. gal to litre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.5640
litre to US gal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.2640
US gal to litre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7850
Imp. gal to US gal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2010
US gal to Imp gal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.8330
litre to US qts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0567
Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiply by
mm to in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0394
in to mm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25.400
m to ft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2808
ft to m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3048
km to mile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.6214
mile to km . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6093
Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiply by
ps to hp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.9863
hp to ps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0139
kW to hp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.3410
hp to kW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.7457
LVIII
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiply by
Bar to psi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14.504

Psi to bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0690
Speed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiply by
km/hr to mph . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.6214

mph to km/hr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6093
Torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiply by
Nm to lbf ft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.738
lbf ft to Nm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.356
Kgm to Nm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.810
Nm to Kgm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.102
Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiply by
mm3 to in3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.6102

in3 to mm3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163.87
m3 to ft3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35.315
ft3 to m3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0283
Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Multiply by
gram to oz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3530
oz to gram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28.350
kg to lb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2046
lb to kg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.4536
kg to ton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.0010
ton to kg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1016.1
tonne to ton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.9842
ton to tonne . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0160
Temperature
°C to °F. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8 x °C + 32
°F to °C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (°F - 32) ÷ 1.8
LIX
NOTES
LX
SECTION II TRACTOR IDENTIFICATION DATA
SECTION 2 - REPLACEMENT PARTS

The use of ORIGINAL PARTS will ensure that the perfect operating
efficiency of your tractor is maintained and that operating costs are kept to
a minimum.
When ordering replacement parts, please supply the following
information:
1 - Tractor serial number and engine serial number

(in the case of engine parts).
2 - Part name and code number.
Tractor serial number
The tractor serial number is stamped on the right side of the front support.
1
Engine serial number
The engine serial number is stamped on the right-hand side of the engine
block.
Tractor identification plate
The tractor serial number is stamped on an aluminium plate located on the

right-hand side of the cab console.
2
Original replacement parts

This use and maintenance manual covers all the models in the
FRUTTETO II range.
The models in this range are all very similar and have many parts in
common.
Roll bar version of these tractors have been type approved in both 2WD
and 4WD versions.
The following tractors have been type approved in the versions with safety
roll bar:
Model
FRUTTETO 55 II
FRUTTETO 70 II
FRUTTETO 75 II
FRUTTETO 90 II
FRUTTETO 100 II
Your authorized SAME dealer is obliged to provide all the Technical

Assistance necessary and to offer you technical support through his
workshop and specially trained personnel to ensure that your tractor
continues to offer the very best performance.
In order to obtain replacement parts or prompt and efficient technical

assistance, the owner must provide the tractor model, the tractor serial
number, the engine model and the engine serial number.
Use the space below to record your tractor identification data:

Tractor model
Tractor serial number
Engine model
Engine serial number
Date of purchase
Dealer's name
Dealer's telephone numbe
3
4
SECTION III USE
SECTION 3 - USE
Checking the tractor prior to starting work
Before starting work, inspect the tractor exterior for signs of oil leaks or
other faults.
Make any necessary repairs after having established the cause of the
problem.
Clean all mud, straw, leaves, etc. from the tractor.
Refuel as necessary.
- standard fuel tank capacity 39 l (10,3 US gal).
CAUTION: DURING TRACTOR REFUELING, ALWAYS TURN THE

ENGINE OFF AND CLEAN ANY FUEL SPILLED ON THE TRACTOR.
5
SECTION III USE
Auxiliary fuel tank
If the tractor is also equipped with the auxiliary fuel tank B (optional)
located under the central part of the tractor, both tanks will have to be
refuelled.
- auxiliary fuel tank capacity (optional) 32 l (8,4 US gal).
CAUTION: WITH A COLD ENGINE YOU MAY NOTICE ABNORMAL

COMBUSTION. THIS SHOULD CLEAR UP ONCE THE ENGINE HAS
REACHED NORMAL OPERATING TEMPERATURE.
DANGER: CONTACT BETWEEN THE TRACTOR OR ATTACHED

IMPLEMENTS AND HIGH-TENSION ELECTRICAL LINES MAY CAUSE
DEATH. IN CASE OF CONTACT WITH HIGH-TENSION ELECTRICAL
LINES, DO NOT GET DOWN FROM THE DRIVING POSITION, BUT
MANOEUVRE THE TRACTOR AND/OR IMPLEMENT TO ELIMINATE
THE CONTACT AND DRIVE AWAY TO A SAFE DISTANCE FROM THE
ELECTRICAL LINE.
CAUTION: BEFORE CARRYING OUT ANY OPERATIONS, READ THE

INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS MANUAL. FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS
CAREFULLY DURING OPERATION OF THE TRACTOR.
6
SECTION III USE
Drain water from the fuel filter by

operating the drain valve located
at the bottom of the filter bowl
and allow the liquid to drain until
clean fuel appears.
Checking the engine oil level
This should be done with tractor

standing on level ground and the
engine switched off.
Pull the dipstick out, clean it,

reinsert fully and then pull it out
again to read the level.
If necessary, top up the engine

oil through the oil filler.
WARNING: DO NOT REMOVE RADIATOR CAP WHILE ENGINE IS

HOT. RADIATOR IS PRESSURIZED AND IF OPENED WHILE HOT,
STEAM AND BOILING LIQUID WILL BE SPRAYED OUT, WHICH MAY
INJURY YOU AND OTHERS WHICH MAY BE CLOSE BY. THERE CAN
ALSO BE A EXCESSIVE AMOUNT OF COOLANT LOSS.
7
SECTION III USE
Check the engine coolant

level.
WARNING: AN OPERATOR SHOULD NOT USE ALCOHOL OR

DRUGS WHICH CAN AFFECT HIS ALERTNESS OR CO-ORDINATION.
AN OPERATOR ON PRESCRIPTION OR ‘OVER THE COUNTER’
DRUGS NEEDS MEDICAL ADVICE ON WHETHER OR NOT HE OR
SHE CAN SAFELY OPERATE MACHINES.
CAUTION: IT IS IMPORTANT TO ALWAYS HAVE FIRST-AID

EQUIPMENT READ-ILY
AVAILABLE:
- FIRST-AID KIT WITH MEDICAMENTS;
- FIRE EXTINGUISHER;
- EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS ON HAND (DOCTOR,
HOSPITAL, AMBULANCE, FIREMEN).

IS TURNED OFF AND THE PARKING BRAKE IS ENGAGED, ONE
TRANSMISSION GEAR IS ENGAGED, THE KEY IS REMOVED, AND
ALL ATTACHMENTS OR IMPLEMENTS ARE LOWERED TO THE
GROUND.
CAUTION: NEVER LEAVE YOUR TRACTOR WITH ENGINE RUNNING,

IF NOT STRICTLY NECESSARY. IN THIS CASE PUT ALL GEAR
LEVERS IN “NEUTRAL” AND PULL FULLY THE HAND-BRAKE
LEVER.
8
SECTION III USE
Access to the driving position
Access to the cab is by large

non-slip steps. A convenient
handle ensures easy access
to the driving seat.
The door handles have a
double catches to prevent
accidental opening.
The doors are provided with

key locks.
To open from the outside,
when unlocked, depress the
push button.
When fully open, the door is

secured to the side of the cab
by a metal rod, thus avoiding
stress to the hinges when the
tractor is moving over uneven
terrain.
CAUTION: ALWAYS WEAR CLOTHING SUITABLE FOR THE TYPE OF

WORK TO BE PERFORMED. IF NECESSARY, USE HEARING
PROTECTION PLUGS AND WEAR EYE PROTECTION.
CAUTION: BEFORE USING THE TRACTOR, TAKE TIME TO

FAMILIARISE YOURSELF WITH ALL THE CONTROLS.
9
SECTION III USE
Steering wheel adjustment

The telescopic-type steering column allows a height adjustment of the
steering wheel.
Loosening knob 1 will permit the operator to move the steering wheel to
the desired height.
Then tighten the knob again.
Steering wheel adjustment

1 - Steering wheel height adjustment knob
WARNING: DO NOT ALLOW ANY PASSENGERS ON THE TRACTOR

OR TOWED EQUIPMENT.
DANGER: NEVER ADJUST THE STEERING WHEEL WITH THE

TRACTOR IN MOTION. THE DRIVER SHOULD MAKE CERTAIN THAT
THE WHEEL IS SUITABLY ADJUSTED BEFORE STARTING OFF.
CAUTION: ALWAYS RESPECT THE NATIONAL RULES AND THE

ROADWAY LEGISLATION.
10
SECTION III USE
Adjusting the driver’s seat
KAB XH2 type seat

This seat features the following adjustments:
• adjusting spring response control, according to the weight of the

driver ( move the lever 1, the indicator on the plate 2 will show the
greater or lesser sensitivity)
• longitudinal adjustment, the seat slides back and forward to suit
the stature and personal preference of the driver (release lever 3 ).
• seat height adjustment, pull the knob 4, to release it from the de-
tent notches and move right or left to raise or lower the seat.
Side and frontal view of seat KAB XH2
1 - Spring suspension setting lever

2 - Plate indicating spring suspension setting
3 - Lever for longitudinal seat adjustment
4 - Height adjustment knob
CAUTION: CAREFULLY READ ALL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS

CONTAINED IN THE OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE HANDBOOK
AND FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS LISTED ON THE TRACTOR’S
DECALS.
11
SECTION III USE
“BOSTROM XH2” seat type
• Longitudinal adjustment; the seat slides back and forward to suit

the stature and personal preference of the driver (release lever 1)
• To adjust the height of the seat, turn the knob 2 to the right or
left to respectively raise or lower the seat
• Adjusting spring response control, turn the lever 2 to increase
or reduce spring sensitivity, according to the weight of the driver.
“BOSTROM XH2 U5” seat type

The XH2 U5 seat differs from the BOSTROM XH2 seat in that it has a
headrest and safety belts.
DANGER: NEVER ADJUST THE SEAT WHILE THE TRACTOR IS IN

MOTION!
12
SECTION III USE
GRAMMER MSG 83/8 type seat

• This seat is available in two versions:
– with seat cover in synthetic material.
– with seat cover in fabric.

• longitudinal adjustment, the seat slides back and forward to suit
the stature and personal preference of the driver release lever 1.
• adjusting spring response control, turn the lever 2 to increase
or reduce spring sensitivity, according to the weight of the driver.
• height adjustment, enabled by rotating the knob 3 between posi-
tions 0 and 3. The position selected is marked by a yellow indicator
located to one side of the knob.
GRAMMER MSG 83/8 type seat

1 - Lever for longitudinal seat adjustment
2 - Spring suspension setting lever
3 - Height adjustment knob
13
SECTION III USE
“ GRAMMER MS 93/8 ” type seat with pneumatic suspension

The ample driver’s seat with pneumatic suspension is contoured to
provide good all-round support and is upholstered in non-slip material.
The seat features automatic self-adjustment to the driver’s weight, plus

adjustments for positioning, it can therefore be perfectly adjusted to suit the
weight and stature of the driver.
It is equipped with electro-pneumatic suspension to ensure maximum

comfort, even when travelling at high speeds over rough ground. The
operator rides on a cushion of air that protects him from all bumps and jolts.
2 3
The system incorporates a compressor housed inside the seat base that
automatically adjusts the suspension to suit the weight of the driver.
14
SECTION III USE
• Adjusting the seat position forwards and backwards - Pull up

on the lever 1 to move the seat forwards or backwards to suit the
stature and personal preference of the driver.
• Seat height adjustment - Pressing button 3 activates the com-

pressor and the seat is taken up to the required height.
Pull the button constantly outwards to discharge the air from the
cylinder and thus lower the seat to the required position. The gau-
ge on plate 2 will show greater or lesser sensitivity.
Driver’s seat
WARNING: A NATURALLY ASPIRATED ENGINE, WHEN WORKING,

CAUSES RISK OF SPARKES. IT’S DANGEROUS ON ALL FOREST,
BRUSH OR AGRICULTURAL CROP COVERED LAND. KEEP IN MIND
TH AT Y O U R TR A C TO R I S N O T E Q U I P P E D W I T H A R AT E D
QUALIFIED SPARK ARRESTER.
15
SECTION III USE
Seat belts
Seat belts, which are a legal requirement in certain countries, are fitted as
optional equipment. If your tractor is not originally equipped with seat
belts, retrofit seat belt kits can be ordered from our Parts Service.
Contact your local Dealer for further information.
To fasten the seat belt, insert the

blade A into the slot B.
To relase the seat belt, press A

button C.
B C
N.B.: Seat belts are fitted as
standard equipment when sold in
North America.
To adjust the seat belt:
pull end D to shorten the belt D
or end E to lengthen the belt. E
CAUTION: ALWAYS FASTEN YOUR SEAT BELT. THE USE OF A SEAT

BELT REDUCES THE RISK OF SERIOUS INJURY IN CASE OF AN
ACCIDENT.
16
SECTION III USE
CAUTION: IT’S IMPORTANT TO RESPECT THE ENVIROMENT AND

TO FOLLOW THE ANTI-POLLUTION RULES. ANY FLUID (OIL, FUEL,
COOLANT) OR FILTERS AND BATTERIES HAVE TO BE WASTED, BY
FOLLOWING THE LOCAL RULES.
CAUTION: DO NOT PERMIT OTHERS TO RIDE ON THE TRACTOR OR

THE IMPLEMENT UNLESS AN APPROVED PASSENGER SEAT HAS
BEEN INSTALLED OR MADE AVAILABLE AS AN OPTION BY THE
MANUFACTURE(S).
DANGER: DO NOT ALLOW PASSENGERS ON THE TRACTOR

UNLESS IT IS EQUIPPED WITH A SEAT SPECIFICALLY FOR THIS
PURPOSE. CARRYING PASSENGERS IN AN IRREGULAR FASHION
CAN OBSTRUCT THE DRIVER’S VIEW AND CONSEQUENTLY
JEOPARDISE SAFETY.
CAUTION: WHEN TRAVELLING ON PUBLIC ROADS, ALWAYS KEEP

THE REQUIRED SAFETY LIGHTS TURNED ON. IF NECESSARY,
EQUIP THE TRACTOR WITH REFLECTING BANDS OR OTHER
REFLECTING DEVICES. DO NOT USE THE WORKING LIGHTS ON
PUBLIC ROADS.
17
SECTION III USE
Adjusting the rearview mirrors

For maximum control when performing difficult manoeuvres it is vital that
the rearview mirrors are correctly adjusted.
Position the mirror to obtain a clear view of the side of the tractor and the
implement from the driver’s seat.
Tilt the mirror manually to obtain

the best view from the driver’s
seat.
Adjust both mirrors in this way.
The mirror arms rotate about

their pivots and can be turned
inwards towards the tractor to
reduce the overall width of the
vehicle.
When rotated in towards the

tractor, the arms encounter
two intermediate r est
positions.
18
SECTION III USE
Instrument panel with mechanical hour meter

1
3 2
Instrument panel for tractors with cab

1 - Indicators
2 - Indicator lights panel
3 - Tachometer
4 - Control switches
The instrument panel provides all the information required to control the
tractor and monitor productivity.
The instruments are arranged in three groups:

• Analogue dials and gauges: providing information at a glance
about tractor operation
• Instrument panel lights: providing information about the opera-
ting status of the tractor systems.
• Control switch area

REQUIRED.
DANGER: TAKE CARE NOT TO CAUSE DANGEROUS SPARKS

WHEN WORKING IN PROXIMITY TO FUEL DEPOSITS OR OTHER
FLAMMABLE MATERIAL.
19
SECTION III USE
Analogue dials and gauges
Fuel gauge
1/2
“RESERVE” fuel level is indicated by
0 4/4 the needle positioned in the red part of
the scale and by illumination of the low
fuel warning light on the indicator lights
panel.
CAUTION: DO NOT OPERATATE ENGINE UNTIL FUEL TANK IS

ENPTY. IF ENGINE IS RUN OUT OF FUEL, IT WILL BECOME
NECESSARY TO BLEED AIR FROM FUEL SYSTEM.
Engine temperature gauge

Gauge indicates engine coolant
temperature of water-cooled engine.
The needle should not enter the red
section.
NOTE: If the needle enters the red section, switch off the engine
immediately.
NOTE: If the needle is in the blue section of the scale, the temperature is too
low; wait until the needle enters the white section before putting the engine
under load.
WARNING: IF THE NEEDLE ENTERS THE RED SECTION, SWITCH

OFF THE ENGINE IMMEDIATELY.
IF THE NEEDLE IS IN THE BLUE SECTION, THE TEMPERATURE IS
TOO LOW; WAIT UNTIL THE NEEDLE ENTERS THE WHITE SECTION
BEFORE PUTTING THE ENGINE UNDER LOAD.
20
SECTION III USE
Analogue multimeter
C 15
10 20
30
540
20
20 1000
40
5 10 10 30 25
B
A KMH
RPM x 100
30
P.T.O
00000 00
electronic D
A WHITE SCALE
RPM x 100
Indicates engine r.p.m.
B GREEN SCALE
Indicates the number of revs per minute of the
rear P.T.O. at 540 rpm and at 1000 rpm. P.T.O.
C RED SCALE
Indicates the speed of the vehicle, with maximum km/h
speed at 40 Km/h
D BLUE SCALE
Indicates the speed of the vehicle with the top km/h
speed at 30 Km/h (18.64 mph)
E Indicates the number of tractor work hours. HOURS
WARNING: IF THE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LIGHT STAYS ON

WHEN THE ENGINE IS RUNNING, SWITCH OFF THE ENGINE
IMMEDIATELY.
21
SECTION III USE
Digital multimeter
MEM
CNT
Vehicle speed
MEM INDICATOR LIGHT

This comes on when the manual throttle memory
button is pressed (for the specific instructions, see
MEM page 45)
CNT INDICATOR LIGHT

This comes on when the ignition key is inserted and
CNT the number of working hours of the tractor is shown
on the display.
ENGINE RPM BUTTON

Pressing this button shows the engine rpm on the
display; a red indicator shows it has been activated
P.T.O. RPM BUTTON

Pressing this button shows the P.T.O. rpm on the
display; a red indicator shows it has been activated.
CAUTION: BEFORE STARTING THE TRACTOR, CHECK ITS

CONDITION FOR OPERATING SAFETLY ON THE PUBLIC HIGHWAY.
22
SECTION III USE
Pilot lights'
Engine oil pressure pilot lamp - RED

ON - Key on position No. 1
OFF - After engine starting
ON DURING ENGINE RUNNING: Consult one of our Authorized Servi-
ce Centres.
Alternator charge pilot lamp - RED

ON - Key on position No. 1
OFF - After engine starting
ON DURING ENGINE RUNNING: make sure the alternator drivebelt is
not broken; otherwise, consult one of our Authorized Service Centres
Fuel reserve pilot lamp - YELLOW

ON - Fuel is running out.
Tractor direction indicator and hazard lights pilot lamp - GREEN

Flashes to indicate either the direction of tractor and emergency stop.
- Tractor
- First traile
- Second trailer
23
SECTION III USE
Lighting on - GREEN
ON - Side lights and driving beams are on.
Lighting on pilot lamp - BLUE

ON - Driving beams are on.
Thermostarter activation pilot lamp - YELLOW

ON - Engine can be started.
Lamp indicating brake reservoir oil level low - RED

ON- Indicates low oil level in the circuit.
Parking brake pilot lamp - RED

ON - Parking brake is applied
Air filter warning pilot lamp - RED

ON - Air filter restricted, clean or replace it.
Hydraulic services oil filter warning pilot lamp - RED

ON - Replace oil filters.
Front-wheel drive pilot lamp - ORANGE

ON - Signals the use of front-wheel drive.
Differential lock engagement pilot lamp - ORANGE

ON - Differential locks are engaged, steering is prevented
Lamp indicating engagement of P.T.O. ground-speed - YELLOW

ON - Indicates rotation of P.T.O. speed shaft .
Rear P.T.O. indicator light - YELLOW

ON - Indicates 540 r.p.m. P.T.O. mode select
ON - Indicates P.T.O. ECONOMY P.T.O. speed selected
ON - indicates 1000 r.p.m. P.T.O. mode select.
Rear P.T.O. clutch engagement pilot lamp - YELLOW

ON - Indicates rotation of P.T.O. speed shaft .
24
SECTION III USE
Controls to the left of the steering wheel
4
1
ON
2 5
6
3 7
1 - Front P.T.O. clutch electro-hydraulic control

2 - Rear P.T.O. clutch electro-hydraulic control
3 - Front-wheel drive engagment electro-hydraulic control
4 - Direction indicators and flashing lights control.
5 - Lights’ commutator and warning horn
6 - Differential lock engagement control.
7 - Hazard lights’ control
Front P.T.O. clutch electro-hydraulic control

Press the button to engage front P.T.O.
Lamp in button comes on when P.T.O. engaged.
Rear P.T.O. clutch electro-hydraulic control

Press button to engage rear P.T.O.
The rear P.T.O. coupling is indicated by the light on
the dashboard.
Fron t - w h eel d r i ve en g ag men t el ect r o -

hydraulic control
Button with built-in pilot lamp signals actuation.
Pushing the button will cause the front-wheel drive
to be engaged; pushing it again will disengage the
front-wheel drive.
The Front-wheel drive coupling is indicated by the
light on the dashboard.
25
SECTION III USE
e
e
Direction indicators and flashing lights control
Move the trigger horizontally to control the
direction indicators and vertically for flashing lights.
ee
Lights’ commutator
0 - lighting off;
1 - side lights and related pilot lamp,
license plate, dashboard, trailer
socket, rear headlamp;
2 - dim lights
3 - driving beams
Warning horn
It is actuated by pressing on the lights’
commutator, indepedently of the preset
position.
Differential lock engagement control

Pushing the button will cause the front and rear
differentials to lock.
A pilot lamp incorporated in the button signals the
locking; to unlock press the button once again.
The differential lock coupling is indicated by the light
on the dashboard.
Hazard lights’ control

It is operated by pressing the red push button, and
causes t he di r ect i on i ndi cat or s t o f l ash
simultaneously. The button is provided with a warning
lamp and can be unscrewed to replace the lamp.
26
SECTION III USE
Controls to the right of the steering wheel

• Version with electro-hydraulic controls
4
3
1 - Front lift lock key

2 - Manual electronic throttle control
3 - Memory button
4 - Ignition key
5 - Steering wheel adjustment knob
• Version with mechanical controls
1 - Version with mechanical controls

2 - Engine STOP control
27
SECTION III USE
Rocker switch for front lift

The rocker switch gives the signal for using the lift without
A
changing the adjustment functions already set by the main
control selector.
B The key has a lock A to prevent accidental coupling and
uncoupling. This control is operated by keeping the lock
key A pressed down and at the same time tipping the
control key B.
Manual electronic throttle control
• Version with mechanical control
P
On pushing the throttle lever upwards, the
engine speed will increase up to top
speed.
• Version with electro-hydraulic control
For more detailed explanations of

the operation of this device, see
t he i nst r uct i ons gi ven i n t he
“ENGINE SPEED CONTROLS”
paragraph on page 45.
1 - Hand operation control lever

2 - Memory button
28
SECTION III USE
Engine shut-off
The engine is turned off by pulling the
knob, w hi ch r emai ns i n t he STO P
position.
To release it, pull the trigger under the
knob and push the knob itself.
Control levers of the side auxiliary

hydraulic control valves
These levers activate the 4 additional
service couplers on the right of the tractor.
For more detailed explanations of the
oper at i on of t hi s devi ce, see t he
instructions given in the “AUXILIARY
H YD R AU LI C C O N T R O L VALVES”
paragraph on page 91.
Electrohydraulic control for front po-

wer-lift
6 5 4 3 This control makes it possible to control
8 7 SITI 2
9
P O ON 1 the position of the arms of the front lift
electro-hydraulically.
10
Turning the knob on the scale from 0 to 10

determines the height of the arms of the
front lift.
To use this control it is necessary to
deactivate the safety lock with the rocker
switch (see page 28).
29
SECTION III USE
Front windscreen-wiper control

The windscreen-wiper control has two speeds and is applied
by pressing the button at the front of the cab under the roof.
Front and rear windscreen washer pump control

The windscreen washer pump works simultaneously on the
windscreen and rear window by pressing the specific switch
in the top of the cab.
Flashing light switch
NOTE: Fault codes are signalled by a sequence of flashes on the lamp with
the hazard warning symbol. In some fault conditions, an audible signal will
be emitted as well.
30
SECTION III USE
Battery disconnection switch
Always disconnect the battery before carrying out any work on the
electrical system.
This safety device makes it possible to disconnect the battery from the
tractor’s electrical system when the following conditions occur:
– Garaging for a long period
– Repairs to the electrical system or welding on the tractor
– In an emergency
– When the tractor is left unattended
Worklights (front and rear)

The worklights are located at the top of the cab
(two front and two rear). They are turned on with
the switches under the roof of the cab at the front.
Cab ceiling lamp

The inside cab light is turned on by simply sliding
the ceiling lamp sideways.
31
SECTION III USE
To disconnect the battery, perform the following operations:

• Switch off the engine
• Turn the knob anticlockwise
A - position with contacts closed

B - position with contacts open
WARNING: IF THE TRACTOR BEGINS TO TURNOVER, HOLD ON TO

THE STEERING WHEEL. DO NOT ATTEMPT TO JUMP CLEAR.
32
SECTION III USE
Ignition switch
CONTROLS AND CHECKOVER INSTRUMENTS
Ignition switch
Electrical system deenergized - key removable;
Active electric circuit: - Lamps indicating operation of the

alternator and low engine oil pressure light up on the
instrument panel.
Engine starting

ASPHYXIATION.
33
SECTION III USE
Engine - first 100 work hours

The tractor is delivered to the customer ready for use under full power,
thanks to the exhaustive inspections to which the engine is subjected in
our testing rooms.
Nevertheless, FO R THE F I R ST 50 H O U R S' R U N N I N G, i t i s

recommended that the tractor not be run at maximum load for long periods
so as to enable the piston rings and the various moving parts to bed in
properly.
During this period we strongly advise to refrain from running the engine at
low r.p.m.s or high r.p.m.s for a long time when in neutral, as either
situation is harmful and would result in engine components becoming
bedded in such a way that MAXIMUM PERFORMANCE will not be
guaranteed.
IMPORTANT: THE SAFETY SEAL ON THE ENGINE GOVERNOR IS

APPLIED BY THE MANUFACTURER AND ENSURES THAT THE
POWER OUTPUT OF YOUR TRACTOR DOES NOT EXCEED THE
DECLARED AND APPROVED VALUE.ANY TAMPERING WITH THIS
SEAL ON THE GOVERNOR WILL VOID THE WARRANTY FOR THE
ENTIRE TRACTOR WITH IMMEDIATE EFFECT.
CAUTION: BY LOW TEMPERATURE, AFTER STARTING KEEP THE

ENGINE NOT ABOVE 1800 REV/MIN, UNTIL IT HAS REACHED THE
NORMAL WORKING TEMPERATURE.
DANGER: DO NOT USE AEROSOL CANS OF STARTING AID ON

TRACTORS WITH THE THERMOSTART CONNECTED TO THE
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM. ETHER COMBINED WITH THERMOSTART
C A N C A U S E A N E X P L O S I O N W I T H D A M A G E TO E N G I N E ,
PERSONAL INJURY, OR BOTH.
34
SECTION III USE
For a good running-in, the following rules should be observed:
• Whenever the engine is started up, it should be left idling for a few
minutes;
• Avoid using the engine continuously at low or at high idling speeds

with light loads;
• During the first 20 hours' work do not use the engine with excessi-
vely high loads; use tractor under full load for gradually longer pe-
riods;
• Before stopping the engine, let it run for a few minutes at low idling
speed;
• The maintenance operations and checks listed below should be

performed most conscientiously:
during the initial engine oil level check frequently

work phase
at 50 hours change engine oil use recommended oil only;

and replace oil filter: before fitting the filter,
oil the sealing ring
DANGER: NEVER START THE ENGINE BY SHORT-CIRCUITING THE

STARTER ENGINE’S TERMINALS. THIS MAY CAUSE SUDDEN
TAKE-OFFS WHICH COULD BE VERY DANGEROUS TO THE
OPERATOR.
CAUTION: AFTER SOME HOURS OF HEAVY WORK, LET THE

ENGINE IDLE FOR A FEW MINUTES BEFORE STOPPING IT. THIS IS
TO PREVENT THE TURBINE FROM ROTATING THROUGH INERTIA
WITHOUT SUFFICIENT LUBRICATION.
35
SECTION III USE
Starting
Before operating the starter key you must:
– Switch off all the electrical equipment powered by the battery (lights, direction
indicators, blower, wipers, heating, air conditioning).
– Release the engine STOP control
– Move the controls of the rear PTO and front PTO (if present) to the
disengaged positions (indicator light off).
– Move the shuttle control lever to the neutral position.
To start the engine:
Insert the key in the starter switch and turn it to the symbol .
In this position the engine oil pressure and battery charging warning lights should
be illuminated.
The yellow warning light B of the electronic preheating control system may illumi-
nate in two different ways:
1 - A single brief flash, indicating that the engine may be started without activa-
ting the preheating system.
2 - Rapid continuous flashing, indicating the need to activate the preheating
system by pressing button A.
Starting without preheating:
– depress the clutch pedal to enable starting.
– start the engine by turning the key to position and pressing the
accelerator.
– once the engine has started, release the key, which will automatically return to
the position .
Starting with preheating (necessary at low ambient temperatures) :
– depress the clutch pedal to enable starting.
– activate the preheating system by briefly pressing button A.
– the yellow preheating light will stop flashing and remain steadily on for about
10 seconds.
– once the light has switched off, start the tractor by turning the key to the
position and press the accelerator.
– once the engine has started, release the key, which will automatically return to
the position .
At this point the electronic preheating control system will activate the post-heating
stage, which will be signalled on the yellow indicator light.
The post-heating stage terminates automatically when the yellow light switches off
finally.
If necessary (e.g.: persistent white smoke from the exhaust due to poor quality
fuel) once the engine has started, it is possible to activate a further post-heating
stage simply by pressing the button again (this operation can be performed at any
time when the engine is running regardless of whether or not the preheating stage
was activated previously) .
36
SECTION III USE
NB: the operator can interrupt preheating at any time by pressing the
button. To reactivate the system, you need to turn the key first to position
and then back to position .
WARNING: if the charge warning light (1 page 22) stays on after the
engine has been started, post-heating is not activated; accelerate the
engine by briefly pressing the accelerator pedal until the charge warning
light goes out.
A - Manual preheating control button

B - Preheating stage activation indicator light
Engine shut down

– If engine is exceptionally hot, allow it to idle for a few minutes.
– Put the gear lever in neutral; in the case of tractors with an electronic
regulator, turn the ignition key to position .

In the case of tractors with mechanical accelerators, operate the engi-
ne stop command until engine comes to a stop, then turn the ignition
key to position .
The engine stop command has a self-lock function; to unlock before
starting the engine, pull the lever located below.
37
SECTION III USE
Cold starting
Diesel engines are to be refuelled exclusively with diesel fuel of the type
normally commercially available and which conforms to the requirements
of the applicable standards.
In winter, when the temperature falls below 0° C (32°F), it is essential to
use only winter diesel fuel, which allows the engine to run correctly at
temperatures down to –20°C (-4°F).
If summer diesel fuel is used at low temperatures, the molecules of
paraffin contained in the fuel will be deposited on the filters which will
therefore become clogged and prevent the fuel from arriving at the
injection pump.
In certain countries, diesel fuel containing special additives is available
which are suitable for temperatures even below –20°C (-4°F).
If winter diesel fuel is not available (or if it is available but the temperature
is below –20°C (-4°F) kerosene (paraffin oil) may be added in the
percentages indicated in the diagram.
Y +32 0
1
+23 -5
+14 - 10
1 = summer diesel fuel
+ 5 - 15 2 = winter diesel fuel
- 4 - 20 2
X = % of kerosene to be added
Y = external temperature in °C.
- 13 - 25
- 22 - 30
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 %
°F °C X
Pour the kerosene into the tank first and then the fuel, only mixing the two
liquids in the fuel tank.
For further information, contact your Dealer or fuel supplier.

38
SECTION III USE
Emergency starting through auxiliary battery

N.B.: The auxiliary battery might also be on another tractor; in any case, it
is essential that it has the same rated voltage and the same number of
elements as the discharged battery.
Make sure the two vehicles are not in contact.

Disconnect all battery-fed equipment through the proper controlling devices.
Shift into neutral position.
Make sure the discharged battery is properly earthed (grounded), its
terminals are well tightened and the elctrolyte level is correct.
The following procedure should be observed:

• Connect both batteries as shown in figure.
• If the auxiliary battery is on another tractor, it is first necessary to
start this tractor by setting the engine to 1/4th of its idling speed.
• Start the tractor by means of the ignition key throughout the usual
procedure.
If the engine does not start the first time, repeat same operation after 15 to
20 seconds, i.e. with stationary starter, up to 3-4 times. Should the engine
not start once again, determine it is not due to engine's failure.
DANGER: MAKE SURE YOU CONNECT THE BATTERY TERMINALS

CORRECTLY. DANGER OF SHORT-CIRCUIT!
Battery connection through the suitable connecting cables.

A - Auxiliary battery
B - Discharged battery
39
SECTION III USE
WARNING: DO NOT DISENGAGE THE CLUTCH OR ATTEMPT TO

SHIFT GEAR AFTER YOU HAVE STARTED DOWNHILL.
Turbocharging
• For 70 - 90 - 100 HP
The turbocharging unit has the function of forcing more air into the
cylinders. this in turn proportionally increases the diesel fuel delivery
capacity.
The increase in fuel delivery capacity is done to obtain greater engine

power.
The turbocharger unit, of extremely simple and rational design, consists of

a turbine and a compressor.
The turbine is operated by the exhaust gases from the engine (this way,
part of the gases' kinetic energy which would otherwise be wasted is
recovered). The turbine drives the compressor, which compresses the air
aspirated through the filter into the cylinder intake duct.
WARNING
1 - Never race a cold engine.

Run the engine just above idling speed for a minute or two to let the oil
warm up progressively (the turbocharger is lubricated by the engine oil) so
as to ensure a perfect lubrication of the turbine.
2 - After some hours of heavy work, let the engine idle for a few minutes
before stopping it. This is to prevent the turbine from rotating through
inertia without sufficient lubrication.
Since the turbocharger rotates at very high speeds, (70.000 to 110.000
r.p.m.) under normal working conditions, even a few seconds of poor
lubrication may lead to irreparable damage.
40
SECTION III USE
Control pedals
1 - Clutch control pedal
Clutch control pedal

The clutch is operated by means of the pedal located to the left of the
driver's seat.
When disengaging the clutch the pedal must always be fully depressed
and the engine r.p.m. reduced.
Other than for short periods such as gear changing the clutch must not be
held depressed, always select "NEUTRAL" and engage the clutch.
When engaging the clutch , "IN GEAR", the pedal must be released
smoothly and carefully without excessive engine speed to avoid
excessive slippage.
After clutch engagement the pedal must be fully released and must not be
used as a "foot-rest".
Incorrect clutch operation will result in excessive clutch wear.
CAUTION: DO NOT REST YOUR FOOT ON CLUTCH PEDAL OR

PARTIALLY DEPRESS CLUTCH PEDAL. PREMATURE CLUTCH
WEAR WILL RESULT.
41
SECTION III USE
CAUTION: DO NOT DISENGAGE THE CLUTCH AND/OR PUT THE

GEAR IN “NEUTRAL” AFTER YOU HAVE STARTED DOWNHILL.
CAUTION: AVOID KEEPING THE CLUTCH PEDAL DEPRESSED

WHEN THE TRACTOR IS STATIONARY. SELECT NEUTRAL, EVEN
WHEN STOPPING FOR BRIEF PERIODS.
Brake control pedals

The tractor is equi pped w i t h
hydrostatically controlled, oil-immersed
disc brakes located on the rear halfshafts
upstream of the final reduction units and
in the 4WD hubs of the front wheels. The
front and rear brakes are operated
simultaneously by depressing the
pedals.
If the connecting bolt is released, the
right-hand brakes (front and rear) can be
operated separately from the left-hand
brakes.
WARNING: ON TRAVELLING DOWNHILL FOR A LONG TIME, DO NOT

USE CONTINOUSLY THE BRAKES, BUT USE ALSO THE ENGINE
BRAKING POWER, BY SHIFTING INTO LOW GEARS.
WARNING: DO NOT USE A SEPARATE BRAKE PEDAL WHEN THE

DIFFERENTIAL LOCK IS ENGAGED, AT HIGH SPEED, WHEN
TOWING A TRAILER.
CAUTION: INSPECT PERIODICALLY THE BRAKE FLUID LEVEL IN

THE TANK. THE BRAKE FLUID TANK MUST BE ALWAYS FULL.
42
SECTION III USE
Handbrake lever
To engage the parking brake, which is
!
completely independent from the
service brakes, pull up the hand lever
on the left-hand side of the driving seat.
The handbrake warning light on the
instrument panel will illuminate when
the handbrake is applied.
Turn the lever anticlo ckw i se t o
E
disconnect.
CAUTION: APPLY THE PARKING BRAKE AFTER THE ENGINE HAS

STOPPED AND BEFORE LEAVING THE TRACTOR.
CAUTION: THE PARKING BRAKE SHOULD ALWAYS BE APPLIED

WHEN TRACTOR IS PARKED OR LEFT UNATTENDED.
Accelerator pedal
43
SECTION III USE
Electronic rpm control - hand throttle
Diagram of electronic rpm control

A - Electronic hand throttle
B - Accelerator pedal with potentiometer
C - Fuel injection control unit
D - Crankshaft rpm sensor
E - Electronic rpm control actuator
A lever located on the right hand cab frame upright acts as hand
accelerator control. This control allows you to increase or decrease
engine speed just like a traditional accelerator control, but also provides
additional functions:
– the pushbutton is used to memorise and recall maximum and mini-

mum working speeds;
– the same pushbutton can be used to maintain a constant engine spe-
ed for changing load conditions (ISOCHRONOUS).
The minimum engine speed is determined by the position of the stalk
Pedal control
The pedal control is permanently activated; the position of the pedal

corresponds to the rpm of the engine.
In the event of a speed being selected with the memory button, or the hand
throttle lever not being in the "minimum" position, depressing the
accelerator pedal will produce no response from the engine until the
position of the pedal corresponds to a speed higher than that selected with
the other control; thereafter, control reverts to the pedal.
44
SECTION III USE
Hand throttle
The engine responds to the movement of the hand throttle stalk and the
movement of the accelerator pedal in exactly the same way.
Memory button
This button controls two functions:
• "Isochronous" operation
(engine speed remains steady even under varying load conditions).
• Retrieval of memorized engine speed.
Electronic hand throttle

1 - Electronic hand throttle
2 - Memory pushbutton
When the ignition is turned on, the "Hold" indicator will be off and the speed
is as selected by operating the accelerator pedal or the hand throttle stalk.
If the button is pressed without holding (for less than three seconds):
• the engine speed previously memorized will be retrieved (as de-
scribed below)
• the "Hold" indicator lights up
• Isochronous operation
If the button is pressed and held for more than three seconds, with or
without the "Hold" indicator alight:
• the engine speed currently selected will be memorized
• the "Hold" indicator lights up
• the "Hold" indicator blinks for 1"
• Isochronous operation is activated
• memorized engine speed held steady.
If the button is pressed without holding (for less than three seconds) with
the "Hold" indicator alight:
• the engine will return to the revolutions corresponding to the posi-
tion of the accelerator pedal or the hand throttle stalk
• the "Hold" indicator goes out
• operation with rpm control offset.
45
SECTION III USE
Controls on the right of the driver

1 -Gearshifting lever
2 - Rear lift control levers
3 - Hydraulic control valve levers
The easily-identifiable controls are arranged so that most important are

nearest the driver.
NOTE: When working on steep gradients, take care to ensure that all
moving parts receive adequate lubrication.
CAUTION: TRAVELLING ON ROAD, USE THE ACCELERATOR

PEDAL ONLY AND NOT THE HAND THROTTLE LEVER.
46
CHAPITRE III UTILISATION
Gearbox controls
The transmission is composed of a synchronized gearbox with 4 to 5
gears and 3 speed ranges.
A shuttle, fitted as standard, allows forward or reverse travel to be selected
in any of the ratios without changing gear.
The gearbox is supplied in the following configurations:

– 12 forward and 12 reverse speeds
– 16 forward and 16 reverse speeds (with creeper)
– 24 forward and 12 reverse speeds (with Syncropower)
– 32 forward and 32 reverse speeds (with creeper and Syncropower)
2
3
1
4
Gearshifting levers
1 - Gearshifting lever
2 - Control switch SYNCROPOWER
3 - Forward-reversing gear lever
4 - Speed range control lever
NOTE: Only engage creep speeds after having first selected the slow range
L, at a maximum speed of 2 km/h (1.24 mph), and with the clutch pedal
depressed or with the shuttle control lever in neutral position.
47
SECTION III USE
Gearshifting positions
Speed
Range Gearshifting Reversing NO. OF SPEED
control control control ( AV + RM )
12 + 12
16 + 16
24 + 24
32 + 32
NOTE: Before starting the tractor, the shuttle control lever must be in neutral
position.
CAUTION: ONLY OPERATE THE SUPER-REDUCTION LEVER WHEN

THE TRACTOR IS STATIONARY AND THE CLUTCH PEDAL IS FULLY
DEPRESSED.
48
SECTION III USE
Transmission speed selection

• Before trying to start the engine, shift the forward/reverse gear
control lever into neutral and turn the P.T.O. selection button onto
OFF. If the forward/reverse gear or P.T.O. are engaged the engine
will not start.
• Depress the clutch pedal and start the engine.

• Select one of the 3 speed ranges at your disposal (or 4 speed ran-
ges if a super-reduction gear is fitted) by means of the concerned
lever and shift into the desired gear.
The speed choice depends a great deal on soil conditions, imple-
ment used, work to be performed, etc.
In any case, always avoid using a gear which results in engine
overloading.
1 - Range selection levers
To check in a simple way if the engine is overloaded, it is suggested to

carry out the following test: keep the hand throttle at 1/4th of its travel, then
suddenly accelerate to maximum speed.
If the engine revs do not increase, but on the contrary decrease, this
means the engine is overloaded, then shift into a lower gear.
To make a correct choice we suggest you to consult the graph in the
SECTION VIII TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS.
49
SECTION III USE
Gearbox SYNCROPOWER
If the tractor is eq ui pped w i t h a
SYNCROPOWER gearbox, select the desired
forward speed by placing the electro-hydraulic
control either in or in position.

E E
This control is located on the gearshift lever.
When working with ingrounded implements or 1 2

in soils with variable consistency with a tractor
equipped with SYNCROPOWER gearbox, 3 4
select the forward speed w i t h t he
electro-hydraulic control on position.
This will permit, when selecting

position, to reduce the forward speed when a
sudden increase in draft effort occurs.
To change gear within the same range,

manoeuvre the gear lever after disengaging
the clutch.
To select speed range, disengage the clutch

(tractor stopped) and move range selector
lever.
SR
V
N
IMPORTANT - The super-reduction gear unit L
should only be used for P.T.O. operations,
which however do not require high traction
effort.
When engaging or disengagi ng t he
super-reduction gear the tractor must be
stationary.
50
SECTION III USE
Using the Syncropower gearbox
Select the gear and range to indicate the three working speeds (command- -
. elected with the electro-hydraulic command on the gear command, without

pressing the clutch pedal).
Speed in km/h at 2200 rpm

with rear tyres 480/70-24 - Version 40km/h -
Syncropower FORWARD SPEEDS
MAIN WORK
GEARBOX LOW HIGH
TYPES
45F + 45 R (snail) (hare)
1 LR .33 0.40
2 LR .52 .62
PTO
3 LR .78 .94
applications
1 L 1.01 1.21
4 LR 1.19 1.42
2 L 1.56 1.88
Main tilling and
crop 3 L 2.36 2.84
maintenanceHa
y making, har- 1 M 3.04 3.65
vesting and
general farm 4 L 3.56 4.28
work
2 M 4.70 5.64
3 M 7.10 8.52
1 V 9.14 10.96
Minor harvest- 4 M 10.70 12.84
ing and surface
workTransport 2 V 14.10 16.92
3 V 21.31 25.57
4V 32.12 38.54
Note: To convert Km/h in mph multiply by: 0,6214

Using the Syncropower command with the gearbox allows uninterrupted power
transmission from the engine to the gearbox, with a considerable increase in daily
productivity and significant saving of time and fuel costs.
51
SECTION III USE
WARNING: The forward-reversing gear unit control lever should only be used
when the tractor is fully stationary
The SYNCROPOWER gearbox offers the possibility of selecting either in version
or any chosen speed (through the use of the gearshift and speed range
levers) without using the clutch pedal, but by acting only on the electro-hydraulic
control located to the right of the gearshift lever.
This occurs by means of two multidisk clutches which work alternatively.
When shifting the lever to symbol the engagement of the hydraulically control-
led clutch is obtained, thus excluding the epicyclic reducer placed between the en-
gine and the gearbox.
When shifting the lever to symbol the hydraulically controlled clutch is disen-
gaged while the mechanically controlled one is engaged by means of Bellevil-
le-type washers. The mechanically controlled clutch engages the epicyclic
reducer (located downstream of the gearbox) thus obtaining a reduction of 17% on
all speeds and an increase in draft.
The SYNCROPOWER gearbox ensures power transfer from the engine to the
wheels, even when oil pressure is lacking and the hydraulically controlled clutch
(high speeds) is engaged.
In this case the mechanical clutch will be automatically engaged through the
reaction of the Belleville washers.
This also happens when, after stopping the tractor and the engine, the parking bra-
ke is applied. In addition, if the engine stops during a downhill ride, an automatic
speed reduction is obtained.
CAUTION! The above is

ONLY valid if the tractor is fit-
ted with a mechanical shuttle.
If the tractor is fitted with an
(optional) hydraulic shuttle,
there is no mechanical con-
nection between the wheels
and the engine. It is therefore
essential to secure the vehi-
cle with the parking brake and
with wedges under the whe-
els whenever possible.
Automatic engagement of the mechanicallycontrolled clutch through the Bel-

leville washers' reaction.
A - when stopping the tractor for parking
B - when the engine suddenly stops on rough terrain.
52
SECTION III USE
Rear and front differential lock (optional equipment on

platform models)
To diminish tyre slipping, the chief cause of compacting the surface of the
ground, the rear differential is locked at the same time as the front one.
The differential locks are ONLY to be engaged when travelling in a straight

line and before the wheels start to slip excessively.
Mechanical control (models with platform only)
The differential is locked by depressing

control pedal on the platform at right of
the driver.
The differential stays locked as long as
the pedal is pressed.
To unlock it, take your foot off the pedal.
Electro-hydraulic control
To engage the differential lock, push control button

(indicated on page 26) which remains in position and will
light up due to built-in pilot lamp.
Press button again to disengage the differential lock.
A special pilot lamp on the dashboard indicates the locking of the

differentials.
N.B. - Absolutely do not engage the differential lock while a wheel is

spinning excessively. In this case, depress clutch pedal before locking the
differentials.
WARNING: DO NOT ENGAGE THE DIFFERENTIAL LOCK IN THE

FOLLOWING SITUATIONS: ON TRAVELLING AT SPEED ABOVE 15
KM/H, ON STEERING, WHEN THE TWO BRAKE PEDALS ARE NOT
LOCKED TOGETHER.
53
SECTION III USE
Front-wheel drive
Front-wheel drive allows for high work performance: during transportation
on steep slopes, when working with difficult soil conditions or when a high
draft effort is required.
Mechanical control (models with platform only)
Front wheel drive can only be

engaged when the tractor is
stationary. Pull upwards on
the lever on the left of the
driver ’s seat indicated by
arrow A.
To disengage push same

lever downwards.
A
Electro-hydraulic control
The tractor may be equipped with an optional electrohydraulic system
with pushbutton control (see figure on page 25). When pressed, the
pushbutton locks in position and the integral indicator light illuminates.
To disengage, press the pushbutton a second time and the

indicator light will be extinguished.
The front-wheel drive can be equipped with differential lock as an option.
IMPORTANT - It is advised to use the front-wheel drive when performing

transport operations on a road only if the tractor is subjected to a high draft
effort. This is in order to prevent premature wear of the tires.
WARNING : Engagement and disengagement of the front-wheel drive can

be done only when the tractor has stopped completely.
54
SECTION III USE
Separate brakes valve

This valve allows braking on the rear wheels only when the brake pedals
are operated separately. This prevents skidding of the front wheel during
separate braking and thus helps avoid damage to crops.
This valve also permits:
Braking on all four wheels

When both pedals are linked
together and operated
simultaneously.
For transport, transfers
between fields and when
working on slopes.
Braking on the two inner

wheels only
For minimum turning radius
in restricted spaces and to
r educe t i me spent i n
headland manoeuvres.
Braking on rear inner

wheel only
For minimum turning radius
on worked ground.
WA R N I N G : B R A K E P E D A L S M U S T A LWAY S B E L O C K E D
TOGETHER WHEN TRAVELLING ON THE HIGHWAY. THIS WILL
ENSURE UNIFORM BRAKING AND PROVIDE MAXIMUM STOPPING
ABILITY. SHARP TURNS MUST ONLY BE MADE AT SLOW SPEEDS.
55
SECTION III USE
Braking actions 1, 2 and 3 are selected according to the position of the

valve, as shown in the figure below.
A Valve position
B Brake pedal
b1 Left
b2 Right
b3 Linked
ON Braking on one wheel
OFF Braking on one side
Brake valve (on right-hand

side under cab)
1 - Separate Brake Valve
2 - ON/OFF Control handle
56
SECTION III USE
Power take-off
WARNING: DO NOT OPERATE PTO AT ENGINE SPEED GREATER

THAN RATED PTO RPM. DAMAGE TO IMPLEMENT AND PERSONAL
INJURY COULD RESULT.
CAUTION: WHEN OPERATING PTO IMPLEMENTS SUCH AS

ROTARY MOWERS, HAY BALERS, GRINDER-MIXER, ETC. THE
IMPLEMENT SHOULD BE EQUIPPED WITH AN OVERRUNNING
CLUTCH OR DAMAGE TO PTO BRAKE MAY OCCUR.
CAUTION: BEFORE DISMOUNTING, ALWAYS DISENGAGE THE

P.T.O., LOWER ALL ATTACHMENTS AND IMPLEMENTS TO THE
GROUND, ENGAGE PARKING BRAKE, SHUT OFF THE ENGINE,
ENGAGE THE LOWEST GEAR (IF MECHANICAL TRANSMISSION)
AND REMOVE THE KEY. WITH HYDRAULIC TRANSMISSION OR
POWERSHIFT TRANSMISSION OR POWERSHUTTLE, ALWAYS
CHOCK THE TRACTOR WHEELS.
DANGER: THE DRIVEN IMPLEMENTS COULD ROTATE FOR SOME

TIME AFTER P.T.O. HAS BEEN DISENGAGED. PLEASE STOP THE
TRACTOR ENGINE AND WAIT UNTIL ALL THE MOVING PARTS OF
IMPLEMENT HAVE COME TO A COMPLETE STANDSTILL, BEFORE
TO START ANY SERVICING OPERATION.
DANGER: KEEP PROTECTIVE SHIELD IN PLACE OVER PTO SHAFT

AT ALL TIMES. ALWAYS DISENGAGE POWER TAKE-OFF AND STOP
ENGINE BEFORE DISMOUNTING TRACTOR EXCEPT WHEN
PERFORMING STATIONARY PTO OPERATIONS.
DANGER: BEFORE FITTING OR REMOVING THE IMPLEMENT DRIVE

SHAFT, ENSURE THAT THE ENGINE IS SWITCHED OFF AND THE
PARKING BRAKE IS APPLIED.
57
SECTION III USE
DANGER: AS SOON AS THE CARDAN SHAFT (SHAFT WITH

UNIVERSAL JOINT(S)) IS REMOVED, ALWAYS INSTALL THE PTO
OUTPUT SHAFT CUP.
CAUTION: WHEN OPERATING PTO DRIVEN EQUIPMENT OR WHEN

TOWING HEAVY EQUIPMENT AT TRANSPORT SPEEDS, LOCK THE
DRAWBAR IN ITS CENTER POSITION WITH RETAINING PINS AND
ATTACH IMPLEMENT SAFETY CHAINS.
DANGER: DO NOT CONNECT, DISCONNECT OR ADJUST PTO WITH

THE ENGINE RUNNING.
CAUTION: AFTER ANY P.T.O. OPERATION, ENSURE THAT THE P.T.O.

CLUTCH LEVER (OR PUSH BUTTON) IS DESENGAGED; THEN PUT
IN “NEUTRAL” THE P.T.O. RPM SELECTOR DEVICE (540/1000, ECO,
G R O U N D S P E E D ; I T ’ S D E P E N D I N G F R O M T R A C TO R
CONFIGURATION).
WARNING: BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE ALWAYS ENSURE

THAT PTO LEVER IS IN NEUTRAL POSITION. THIS CAN BE VERIFIED
BY CHECKING THAT PTO INDICATOR LIGHT ON DASHBOARD IS
NOT LIT WHEN IGNITION KEY IS TURNED TO POSITION 1. ENGINE
WILL NOT ROTATE IF PTO IS IN THE ENGAGED POSITION.
DANGER: WHILE THE PTO IS IN OPERATION, NO-ONE MUST STAND

IN THE VICINITY OF THE PTO OUTPUT SHAFT OR THE DRIVE
SHAFT.
58
SECTION III USE
Rear power take-off (540-1000 r.p.m.)

The following power take-off packages are available:
– 540 - 750 r.p.m.
– 540 - 1000 r.p.m.
– 540 - 750 - 1000 r.p.m.
– Synchronized
To start the P.T.O. follow these steps:

• 1 - Use lever A in the figure to select whether the PTO is to be
synchronised with the engine or wheels.
• 2 - Select the output shaft rotation speed (either 540/1000 rpm or
775ECO/1000 rpm) with the control shown in the figure on page
60.
• 3 - Engage the PTO clutch with the control marked ref. 2 in the fi-
gure on page 25.
540/1000 rpm / Syncro selector

Engage and disengage the rear output shaft with the lever to the left of the
driving position.
Pulling the lever backwards selects the 540/1000 rpm P.T.O..
Pushing the lever forwards synchronizes the rear shank with the wheels
(PTO Syncro).
This makes it possible to obtain a speed of rotation of the rear shank of the
P.T.O. in proportion to the number of turns of the rear wheels.
In addition, this lever has an intermediate neutral position.
Follow the instructions given on the adjacent plate.
LIVE ON - 540/1000 rpm

OFF - neutral position
GROUND SPEED - Synchro-
nized
The relevant indicator light on

the dashboard signals i ts
activation (see page 24)
59
SECTION III USE
540/1000 rpm selector

! The selection between the 540 and
1000 versions is made with the lever
!
shown in the figure, following the
instructions given on the adjacent
plate.
IMPORTANT - The selector lever is

at the rear of the tractor next to the
P.T.O. output shank. Follow the
safety rules meticulously.
1000 WARNING: only operate the P.T.O.
!
speed selector levers when the

!
engine is switched off.

540
“ECONOMICAL P.T.O. 750 r.p.m.”

The tractor is equipped with an “ECONOMICAL” type, 750 r.p.m. P.T.O.
With implements designed to operate at 540 r.p.m. and when working in

not excessively heavy soil, it may be that less power than the maximum
available is required.
In these cases, if the power absorbed by the implements is at least 10%

lower than the maximum tractor power, the use of the “ECONOMICAL”
type P.T.O. is recommended, since with a decisively lower engine r.p.m.
the implemente revolution speed and work performances remain
unchanged.
CAUTION: WHEN OPERATING STATIONARY P.T.O. DRIVEN

EQUIPMENT (FOR EXAMPLE WATER PUMP, ETC.), DO NOT LEAVE
THE TRACTOR SEAT UNTIL ALL GEAR LEVERS ARE IN “NEUTRAL”,
THE PARKING BRAKE IS FULLY ENGAGED, THE CAB DOOR
LOCKED WITH THE KEY AND THE TRACTOR AND IMPLEMENT
WHEELS ARE CHOCKED.
CAUTION: WHEN USING THE GROUNDSPEED PTO, REMEMBER

THAT WHEN YOU DRIVE THE TRACTOR IN REVERSE GEAR, THE
DIRECTION OF ROTATION OF THE PTO SHAFT WILL ALSO BE
REVERSED. THEREFORE, WITH CERTAIN IMPLEMENTS IT IS
ADVISABLE TO DISENGAGE THE PTO BEFORE ENGAGING
REVERSE GEAR IN ORDER TO AVOID DAMAGING THE IMPLEMENT.
60
SECTION III USE
P.T.O. mechanical clutch control

(as an alternative to the electrohydraulic control)
The rear PTO clutch can be operated mechanically and independently
with the hand lever to the bottom left of the driving seat.
NB: - When the clutch is engaged,

the related pilot lamp lights up on
the dashboard.
When the P.T.O. is not in use, said

pilot lamp should be off (control
lever in disengement position).
Rear P.T.O. electro-hydraulic clutch control (See the figure on page

31)
Activation and deactivation of the P.T.O. clutch are
piloted by a dedicated control unit.
The activate/deactivate control function is selected by
pressing the button (indicated in the figure on page 25)
which returns to the off position when released. An
integral light shows when the function is activated.
Front power take-off (1000 r.p.m.)

The front P.T.O. shaft can deliver up to 100% of the engine power.
The front P.T.O. operates completely independently of the rear P.T.O..
The front P.T.O. shaft is connected directly to the engine crankshaft via a
reduction unit and an electrohydraulic clutch.
Front P.T.O. clutch command

This control is located on the dashboard to the
driver’s left (see figure on page 25).
Press the button to engage front P.T.O.
Lamp in button comes on when P.T.O. engaged.
61
SECTION III USE
Rear hydraulic power-lift

The power-lift assembly to control mounted, semi-mounted or towed
implements, consists of an hydraulic unit that performs the following
functions:
– Automatic implement position control;
– Automatic draft control;
– Automatic adjustment of implement lowering speed
– Adjustment of draft control sensitivity
Lifting components diagram (3-point hitch)

1 - Lift box
2 - Top link
3 - Right lift road and implement trasversaladjusting coupling
4 - Lower link
5 - Outer lifting arm
A - Lifting capacity is increased when lifting rod is positioned in hole A
B - Lifting height is increased when lifting rod is positioned in hole B
WARNING: IF MORE THAN ONE PERSON IS INVOLVED ATTACHING

AN IMPLEMENT, GREAT CARE MUST BE TAKEN. WHEN MAKING
ANY ADJUSTMENT TO THE HYDRAULIC LIFT SYSTEM, THE
PERSON(S) IN THE AREA MUST STAND CLEAR. SERIOUS INJURY
CAN RESULT BY BEING CRUSHED.
WARNING: THE IMPLEMENTS MUST ALWAYS BE LOWERED TO

THE GROUND WHENEVER THE TRACTOR IS NOT OPERATING OR
WHEN ADJUSTMENT, MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR OPERATIONS
ARE TO BE CARRIED OUT.
62
SECTION III USE
Controls
The hydraulic power-lift control levers are grouped in the special console
on the operator's right-hand side.
2 1 0
5 4 3
8 7 6
11 10 9
SITION 12
C AT
Hydraulic power-lift control levers

A - Yellow lever position control
B - Green lever draft control
C - Stop screw for power-lift control levers
Lever with yellow knob: used for raising and lowering the implement and
for determining the desired working position when working with position
control.
The action range of the yellow lever is indicated by the blue sector (labeled
“Position”).
The sector in which the lever operates is provided with a stop knob which
limits its travel in such a way that the same working position can be
repeatedly located.
Lever with green knob: automatically controls the desired working depth
in relation to the resistance met by the implement in the ground.
Its action range is indicated by the green sector with a numbering interval
from 0 to 12, and by the red sector (labeled “FLOAT”).
This lever is also provided with a stop knob which limits the lever’s travel in
such a way that the same desired working depth can be obtained every
time.
WARNING: NEVER TOW IMPLEMENTS USING LOWER LINK ARMS.

PULL ONLY FROM THE APPROVED DRAWBAR OR TOW HITCH.
TOWING OR ATTACHING TO OTHER LOCATIONS MAY CAUSE THE
TRACTOR TO OVERTURN.
63
SECTION III USE
Raising and lowering the implement

To raise the implement, pull the yellow lever backwards, until the desired
height is achieved.
To lower the implement push the yellow lever forwards close to the limit of
the bleu sector.
The green lever should be positioned on No. 12 of its own sector.
Transporting with raised implement

The yellow lever must be pulled backwards all the way.
The green lever must be placed on No. 12 of its own sector.
Working with position control

(rotary harrows, cultivators, manure spreaders, etc.)
Place the green lever on No. 12 of its own sector.
Move the yellow lever along the bleu sector until the desired working
position is reached, setting its travel with the adjustable stop screw to
return on the next run to the same working position.
Working with draft control

(ploughs, rippers, trenchers, etc.)
Push both levers down (FLOAT sector) so as to obtain quick implement
sinking into the ground: move the yellow lever along the sector until the
desired working depth is reached, then move the green lever along the
sector to obtain the desired draft control: lock both levers in place with the
special stop screw so as to obtain the same working depth during
successive runs.
Working with surface and underground implements with simultane-

ous draft and position control - Mix control
When working with soil of variable conditions, to prevent the implement
from sinking more than necessary in terrains of minor consistency, the
power-lift control levers should be positioned in such a way to obtain both
implement effort and position control.
For mixed control, start work and position the levers as described in "draft
control work", then move the yellow lever backwards along the sector
(yellow and green) until lifting commences; move the lever slightly forward
again (1-2 mm / 0.0394-0,0788 in) to immobilise the implement in position.
64
SECTION III USE
Working with floating position

(e.g. sowing machine)
When the implement is to follow the ground contours, push both yellow
and green levers in the red sector (FLOAT).
The green lever may be in any of the positions included between No. 6 and
No. 12 of its own sector.
At the beginning and end of each row act only on the yellow lever to raise
and lower the implement.
IMPORTANT - Whenever brackets are used to fasten the lower lifting

arms, the yellow lever of the lifting system should remain in the red sector
and for no reason should it be moved to the blue sector.
Ground control to connect implements
Pulling the control upwards

or downwards, the lift arms
rise or lower, thus making it
possible to connect the
implement.
NB: Operate the lift control,
keeping out of range of the
lift arms and any coupled
implements. This is to avoid
being hit if mistaken
manoeuvres are made.
65
SECTION III USE
Warning- the implements must always be lowered to the ground

whenever the trqctor is not operating or when adjustment, maintenance or
repair operations are to be carried out.
Sensitivity adjustment
1 - Sensitivity adjustment lever
1 2 - Lowering speed and power-lift
hydraulic block adjustment
2
lever
This device is located at the rear

of the tractor above the lift box.
F ol l ow t he saf et y r ul es
meticulously.
Ajustment of power-lift sensitivity

The power-lift’s sensitivity when “working with draft control” can be
adjusted by acting on lever 1 .
Bringing the lever towards the “ + ” sign increases the sensitivity, while
bringing it towards the “ - ” sign decreases the sensitivity.
Adjustment of implement’s lowering speed

The implement’s lowering speed is controlled by acting on tap 2. In
addition, locking the tap all the way will act on the power lift’s hydraulic
block.
This must be done whenever transporting mounted implements a long
way on public roads.
Power-lift and auxiliary distributors.
66
SECTION III USE
Front hydraulic power-lift
Upon request, the tractor can be fitted with a front power-lift.
Engagement occurs by means of two hydraulic cylinders actuated by an

electro-hydraulic control (fig. 29) located under the steering wheel.
The control operates a single-acting distributor located in the rear part of

the tractor.
Said control permits an electro-hydraulic position control.
A special valve dampens the overloads so that the position control regains
the implement’s height.
67
SECTION III USE
Three-Point hitch
The hydraulic 3-point linkage serves to attach mounted implements to the
tractor. It is equipped with:
– category II (can be converted into category I);
– quick-hitch couplers on the ends of the lower links;
– adjustable levelling box on right-hand lift rod;
– lateral stabilizers.
¥
Lifting rod adjustment
Used to vary the im pl ement ’s
transversal inclination.
¥
Rotate the handle on the links clockwise
to shorten its and counterclockwise to
lengthen its.
There are two types of lower link
• with fixed end;
• with automatic end couplings with
removable swivel ball.
Top link adjustment

The length of the top link (or 3rd
implement hitching point) can be
adjusted to give the implement a
suitable angle of incidence with respect
to ground level.
By shortening the top link, the ground
incidence increases, while lengthening
it decreases the incidence.
To adjust the length of the sprag, unlock
the ring nut A and turn the body B to A
reach the required length, then tighten
the ring nut A.
As a rule, with lower links in horizontal B
position, the top link’s rear part should
slant upwards.
The distance between lower links and
top link should never be lower than 510
mm (20 in) for class II version, 460 mm
(18,1 in) for class I version.
68
SECTION III USE
Adjustment of the telescopic stabilisers

The telescopic stabilisers serve to prevent or limit side movement
(transverse oscillation) of the implement.
A C
B
Telescopic stabilizers with locking pin
The stabilisers must be adjusted without free play (lock pin inserted in
hole A), when transporting implements and when working with grader
blades, scraper blades, rollers, mowers, seed drills augers and similar
implements.
The stabilisers must be adjusted with a little free play (lock pin
inserted in hole B), when working with with ploughs, harrows, cultivators
and similiar implements, or when working in draft control mode.
To adjust the length of the stabilisers, remove the lock pin and turn the
threaded coupling sleeve.
To turn the coupling sleeve more easily, insert a rod in the centre hole
(position C ).
Telescopic stabilizers w i t h
adjustment knob
Turn the knob A on t he r od

clockwise to lengthen it, anticlock-
wise when you want to shorten it.

IS TURNED OFF AND THE PARKING BRAKE IS ENGAGED, THE
LOWEST GEAR IS ENGAGED, THE KEY IS REMOVED, AND ALL
ATTACHMENTS OR IMPLEMENTS ARE LOWERED TO THE
GROUND.
69
CHAPITRE III UTILISATION
Three-point hitch with right tie rod and stabilizers with

hydraulic adjustment
The adjustable rod consists of a dual-acting hydraulic cylinder, while the

stabilizers are single-acting hydraulic cylinders.
The adjustment control system is equipped with an oil flow deflector, which
determines the oil to be supplied to either the rod or the stabilizers through
the action of a push-button (3) controlled solenoid valve.
After pressing on the solenoid valve control button, thus causing the oil to
flow either towards the rod or the stabilizers, it is posssible to vary the
position the rear 3-point hitch by actuating the hydraulic distributor (1).
Three-point hitch with hydraulic adjustment

1 - Auxiliary hydraulic distributor
2 - Adjustable lift rod
3 - Adjustment selection push-button (tie rod or stabilizers)
4 -Oil flow deflector
5 -Adjustable stabilizers
70
SECTION III USE
To connect the implement to the lower links it is first necessary to place the
hydraulic control distributor into the FLOAT position.
When the stabilizers are in this position, they permit the lower links to be
moved freely both with engine running and with engine turned off.
In addition, when the hydr. distributor is in FLOAT position, all those works
requiring the implement to freely follow the terrain contours can be easily
performed.
WARNING: When shifting from the FLOAT position to the working position
under lower link horizontal displacement control, it is required the
stabilizer hydraulic cylinders be filled with oil by moving the distributor
lever into positions 1 and 2 for a few seconds. Afterwards adjust the lower
link position as necessary.
Adjustment selection button
Key pressed
Signal for oil to piston of right-hand lifting rod.
Key released
Signal for oil to pistons of side stabilizers
71
SECTION III USE
A -Hydraulic adjustments of links for implements inclination when working

on steep ground.
B - Hydraulic adjustments of the stabilizers for implements lateral

movement when working in rows
72
SECTION III USE
Three point hitch

Rear view of tractor
1 - Top link
2 - Left-hand lift rod (mechanically adjustable)
3 - Grease nipple
4 - Left-hand lower link
5 - Stabilizer
6 - Left-hand quick-hitch coupler
7 - Right-hand lower link
8 - Right-hand quick-hitch coupler
9 - Towing hitch
10 - Grease nipple for towing hitch height adjuster
11 - Right-hand lift rod (hydraulically adjustable)
12 - Hydraulic lift rod adjuster (optional).
73
SECTION III USE
Auxiliary hydraulic services control valve
The auxiliary hydraulic services control valve enables the control of

external implements with hydraulic rams and motors, meeting the
operating requirements for all applications.
WA R N I N G : C O N T R O L L E V E R M U S T B E M E C H A N I C A L LY
RETURNED TO THE NEUTRAL POSITION ONCE THE HYDRAULIC
CYLINDER HAS REACHED THE END OF ITS TRAVEL. FAILURE TO
DO SO WILL RESULT IN THE HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT BEING PLACED
UNDER A STRAIN WHICH COULD RESULT IN OVERHEATING OF
H Y D R A U LI C S A N D D A M A G E TO T R A C TO R H Y D R A U L I C
COMPONENTS AND/OR IMPLEMENT.
WARNING: HYDRAULIC FLUID UNDER PRESSURE CAN PENTRATE

THE SKIN OR EYES AND CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY, BLINDNESS OR
DEATH. FLUID LEAKS UNDER PRESSURE, MAY NOT BE VISIBLE.
LOOSEN CONNECTIONS SLOWLY, KEEPING HANDS AND FINGERS
CLEAR OF LOOSENED FITTINGS. USE A PIECE OF CARDBOARD
OR WOOD TO LOCATE LEAKS, DO NOT USE YOUR FINGERS OR
HANDS. WEAR SAFETY GOGGLES FOR EYE PROTECTION. IF ANY
FULID IS INJECTED INTO THE SKIN, SEEK MEDICAL ATTENTION
IMMEDIATELY.
74
SECTION III USE
Nomenclature
Directional control valve:
A valve that can be operated to control the flow of oil from a pressurised
circuit to an outlet port. There are three main types of directional control
valve: SINGLE-ACTING (no longer used), DOUBLE-ACTING and
DOUBLE/SINGLE-ACTING.
Double-acting control valve:
When the control lever is moved in one

direction, the control valve spool shifts to Neutro
allow pressurised oil to flow out through one
port and return through a second port. When 1 0 2
the control lever is moved in the opposite
direction, the direction of flow is reversed. Abbassamento Sollevamento
The control lever has 3 positions: pressure
port 1, neutral 0, pressure port 2.
Double/single-acting control valve:
This valve is like the double-acting valve described above, but can be
converted into a single-acting valve by way of a screw. When operating in
single-acting mode, the valve is connected to the implement by a single
hose connected to the pressure port 1; this hose serves as both the
pressure and return line (when the control lever is in the “return” position).
The control lever still has 3 positions: pressure 1, neutral 0 and return.
Double/ single acting
Conversion to single-acting - Detent

Turn the screw A to one port of Kick-out +N.R. FLOAT
the control valve which i s A
permanently connected to the
tank return line, so that the
other port may be used for both
pressure and return.
75
SECTION III USE
DETENT device:
Mechanical detent that engages the control

valve spool when it is moved to a certain
position at the end of its stroke. The spool
1 0 2 Detent
can only be released manually by operating
the control lever.
If the spool is not equipped with a DETENT,
the control lever will always return to the
centre position (NEUTRAL) when released
by the operator
KICK-OUT device:
Mechanical detent that engages the control

Kick-out valve spool when it is moved to a certain
1 0 2 position at the end of its stroke. The spool is
released automatically when the pressure
reaches the spring calibration value (about
130 bar). The control lever automatically
returns to the neutral position.
FLOAT device:
Device that allows the two ports to be

connected simultaneously to the tank return
1 0 2 Float line, thereby allowing the implement to
move up and down and follow the contours
of the terrain.
The control lever has four positions:
pressure 1, neutral 0, pressure 2, Float.
76
SECTION III USE
Non-return valve (check valve):
Mechanically operated check valve that

prevents leakage past the control valve NR 1 0 2
spool and thus undesired operating of the
hydraulic rams.
FLOW DIVIDER:
Allows the oil flow ra t e t o be set ,

independently of the pressure, in a certain
port of the double-acting control valve.
Flow divider
WARNING: DO NOT STAND OR PASS UNDER HYDRAULICALLY

LIFTED LOADS.
77
SECTION III USE
Types of auxiliary hydraulic service control valve
The double-acting auxiliary hydraulic distributor enables operation with

external, hydraulically operated implements.
The controls consist in 2 or 3 handles located on the driver’s right or under
the steering wheel. These levers are equipped with locking controls; turn
the control outwards to lock the levers in position, and turn inwards to
release them.
Auxiliary hydraulic distributors:

– Version 1 :2 - ways (2 ways double- acting changeable into single-
acting and equipped with detent)
– Version 2 : 4 - ways (2- ways double- acting and 2 ways double-
acting changeable into single- acting and equipped with detent and
float)
– Version 3 : 6 - ways ( 2- ways double- acting changeable into single-
acting and equipped with detent - 2- ways double- acting changeable
into single- acting and equipped with KICK- OUT - 2- ways double-
acting equipped with FLOAT ).
– Version 4: 10-ways (version 3 + 4 ways located on the right-hand
side of the tractor, two double-acting ways and two double-acting
ways that are convertible to single-acting and equipped with detents).
N.B: operation of the auxiliary control valve excludes operation of the

hydraulic lift (with the exception of the “FLOAT” position).
WARNING: Move the control lever to neutral position as soon as the outer
hydraulic cylinder completes its travel to avoid holding the peak pressure
inside the hydraulic circuit for long, thus avoiding dangerous strains.
The levers should always stay in neutral position whenever the hydraulic
distributor is not being used.
78
SECTION III USE
The controls
The manual controls of the auxiliary services control valve consist of two
control levers for the 4-way; three levers for the 6-way.
These control levers are located to the right of the driver and have three
positions. Only the double-acting control valves with a FLOAT position has
a total of four positions.
Control levers
Hydraulic control valve levers

version 4: 10-way
CAUTION: FOR ALL TRACTORS EQUIPPED WITH FRONT LIFTING

DEVICE AND FRONT P.T.O. AND HAVING STANDARD FRONT TIRES,
IT IS STRONGLY RECOMENDED, FOR SAFETY REASON, DO NOT
TRAVEL OVER 25 KM/H, WHEN HEAVY LOADS ARE APPLIED AT
FRONT LIFTING DEVICE.
79
SECTION III USE
The control levers and their corresponding rear (or front) hydraulic
couplers are numbered (from 1 to 3 in the case of 6-way control valves)
for easy identification.
For double-acting control valves:

If the control lever is pulled back (control lever number on RED
background), oil is sent under pressure to the upper service coupler with
the same number (RED background). The oil returning from the
implement ram can drain to tank through the lower service coupler with the
same number (YELLOW background).
If the control lever is pushed forward (control lever number on YELLOW

background) oil is sent under pressure to the lower service coupler with
the same number (YELLOW background). The oil returning from the
implement ram can drain to tank through the upper service coupler with
the same number (RED background).
E 2
3
A - Oil pressure for

cylinder extension
B - Return oil
C - Control levers assembly
D - Hydraulic control valve
E - Rear hydraulic couplers
B
C A D
3
2 3 2 1
1
Fig. 2 - Correspondence between the control levers and the hydraulic cou-
plers
80
SECTION III USE
Behaviour of the oil flow in the hydraulic circuit connecting the

couplers and the actuator cylinders on the implement.
A B
A - Oil pressure to cylinder - LIFTING

B - Oil pressure to cylinder - LOWERING
WARNING: DURING THE IMPLEMENT HITCHING AND UNHITCHING

OPERATIONS GREAT CARE MUST BE TAKEN TO ADVOID SERIOUS
INJURY TO YOURSELF AND OTHERS. WHENEVER USING
SUPPORTS FOR THE IMPLEMENT, MAKE SURE THEY ARE
SUITABLE AND SUFFICIENTLY STRONG. NEVER USE CONCRETE
BLOCKS, BRICKS OR WOOD FOR SUPPORT. THEY CAN COLLAPSE
EVEN UNDER LIGHT LOADS. DON’T ALLOW PEOPLE TO STAY
NEARLY.
81
SECTION III USE
Example connection and operation of a double-acting cylinder
(Turnover of reversible plough)

4
4
3
When the auxiliary service control valves are not in use, the control levers
must always in be in the neutral position
82
SECTION III USE
As mentioned previously, each lever will have 3 or 4 positions:
• UP
• NEUTRAL
• DOWN
• FLOAT
(Only for double-acting valves
with FLOAT position)
Fig. 3 - Direction of oil flow with control lever

in lifting position - RED
The control lever will only stay in position when released if the control
valve is equipped with the DETENT or KICK-OUT device. Otherwise the
lever will be returned to neutral position by a spring.
• NEUTRAL: move the control lever to its INTERMEDIATE

POSITION to shut off the oil flows both to and returning from the
lifting cylinder.
• LIFTING: move the control lever BACK to extend the cylinder and
raise the implement.
• LOWERING: move the control lever FORWARD to retract the
cylinder and lower the implement. In the case of a double-acting
control valve, the implement lowering action is controlled hydrauli-
cally, while in the case of a single-acting valve the lowering action
is determined by gravity and the return flow of oil.
• FLOAT: move the control

lever forward beyond the
lowering position to the flo-
at position to allow the
cylinder to extend or re-
tract freely and thus allow
the implement to follow the
contours of the terrain.
Fig. 4 - Control lever in FLOAT position
83
SECTION III USE
In the case of diggers, shovels

and loaders, moving the control
lever to the float position will
allow the cylinder to move
freely and thus the bucket to
f ol l ow t he cont our s of t he
terrain.
N.B.: float position may also be used to lower the tipping body of a trailer
when the ram is operated as a single-acting cylinder. In this case it is
essential that the control valve is first converted to single-acting.
IMPORTANT: In the case of control valves not equipped with a Kick-out

valve, do not continue to hold the control lever in position when the
implement cylinder has reached the end of its stroke in order to avoid
prolonged operation of the pressure relief valve. This could cause the oil to
overheat and cause damage to the hydraulic system and transmission.
N.B.: on our tractors, the auxiliary services and the hydraulic lift are supplied
by the same hydraulic circuit. Therefore it is not possible to operate the auxi-
liary service control valve and the lift simultaneously.
DANGER: ON CONNECTING THE HYDRAULIC LINES OF THE

IMPLEMENT TO THE HYDRAULIC LINES OF THE TRACTOR,
ALWAYS FOLLOW CAREFULLY THE INSTRUCTION SHOWN ON THE
TRACTORS DECALS OR DESCRIBED INSIDE THIS MANUAL.
WRONG CONNECTIONS OF THE HYDRAULIC LINES BETWEEN
IMPLEMENT AND TRACTOR COULD CAUSE UNEXPECTED
MOUVEMENTS IN THE IMPLEMENTS, WITH SERIOUS RISK OF
PERSONAL INJURY.
84
SECTION III USE
Connection of an implement to the auxiliary hydraulic service cou-

plers
N.B. - the hydraulic couplers

have 1/2” female fittings that
allow connection under
pressure of the male fitting on
the implement hose. T he
couplers are also designed to
disconnect automatically if
accidentally jerked.
Fig. 5 - Hydraulic services connections
IMPO RTANT : check t hat

connection hoses are of
sufficient length to all ow
unimpeded manoeuvring of the
tractor and implement.
To disconnect the hose, return

the distributor ’s controls to
neutral position to release any
residual pressure from the
system, then pull the hose off.
Fig. 6 - Disconnecting a hose from the

hydraulic coupler
WARNING: KEEP THE TRACTOR LOCKED, USING A CHOCK, WHEN

PARKING ON SLEEP GROUND, REPAIRING OR MAINTENANCE
OPERATING.
DANGER: DO NOT ATTEMPT TO UNPLUG THE HYDRAULIC

CONNECTIONS, OR ADJUST AN IMPLEMENT WITH THE ENGINE
RUNNING OR THE P.T.O. DRIVE IN OPERATION. TO DO SO MAY
RESULT IN VERY SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.
85
SECTION III USE
WARNING
Fig. 7 - Protection of the hydraulic service couplers
Clean the rubber covers carefully and insert them in the couplers.
NOTE: The hydraulic coupler fittings must be kept clean and fitted with their
protective caps.
NOTE: Make sure that different types of oil are never mixed.Ensure the
utmost cleanliness when making the hydraulic coupling between the
implement and tractor. Cover any couplers not in use with their protective
caps.
86
SECTION III USE
Fig. 8 - Checking the transmission oil

level
CAUTION: Before connecting implement hoses to the service couplers,

stop the engine and check that the connection fittings are clean. After
having connected the hoses and started the engine, check that the
hydraulic system is functioning correctly.
Then, after having operated the cylinders a few times to equalise the
pressure (moving the control lever to the lowering position, then to the
lifting position and then back to neutral), check the transmission oil level
(circular gauge A, fig. 8) with the cylinders both extended (lifting), and
retracted (lowering).
If necessary, top up with oil via tube A fig. 9.
NOTE: using the tractor with too little oil in the gearbox can cause serious
damage.
A
E
Fig. 9 - Transmission oil filler plug
87
SECTION III USE
In the case of a single-acting control valve:
Moving the control lever back (control lever number on RED background)
directs oil pressure to the upper service coupler with the same number
also on a RED background.
4
4
3
Fig. 10 - Control lever in lifting position
Moving the control lever forwards (control lever number on YELLOW

background) the oil returning from the cylinder on the implement can drain
to tank through the upper service coupler with the same number on a RED
background.
Converting a control valve from double-acting to single-acting
Tur n t he scr ew s A on t he
control valve approximately 3
turns in a clockwise direction to
convert the control valve from
doubl e- t o si ngl e- act i ng
operation and turn the screws
A back to restore double-acting
operation.
Fig. 11 - Conversion of double/ single

acting control valve
88
SECTION III USE
Example of connection to a single-acting cylinder

(Trailer with hydraulic tipping)
4
A
3
Note: hose A must be connected to an upper service coupler. To raise the

trailer, move the control lever back (control lever number on RED
background)
WARNING: always return the control lever to the neutral position as soon
as the external cylinder reaches the end of its stroke, in order to avoid
maintaining maximum pressure in the circuit for too long and thus causing
potentially dangerous stresses within the system.
To lower the trailer, move the control lever forward (control lever number
on YELLOW background)
89
SECTION III USE
Operation of hydraulic devices that require a constant flow of oil (e.g.

hydraulic motors)
A
These devices must be operated using a double-acting control valve
equipped with a KICK-OUT device (or DETENT).
The connection must be made by connecting the pressure line A to the
corresponding lower service coupler for the control valve, while the return
line B must be connected to the upper service coupler.
The motor is operated by pushing the control lever forward (lowering
position - YELLOW).
To stop the oil flow, first move the control lever to the FLOAT position, until
the motor has slowed down and come to a complete stop. Then move the
control lever to the neutral position.
WARNING: to stop a motor, do not move the control lever immediately to

the neutral position, as the back pressure generated could damage the
hoses if the motor is not equipped with safety valves.
Use the control valve with FLOW DIVIDER to regulate the oil flow rate to
obtain the required speed of the hydraulic motor.
Fit an oil temperature sensor and, if necessary, an oil cooler.
The maximum permissible temperature is 110°C (230°F).
90
SECTION III USE
Directional control valve with lateral hydraulic ways

On request, the tractor can be fitted with a 4-way hydraulic control valve (2
double-acting, convertible to single-acting).
The hydraulic ways are located on the left-hand side of the central part of
the tractor.
The control levers are on the right-hand side, under the instrument panel.
Hydraulic control valve levers
ATTENTION - Move the control levers back to neutral position as soon as

the outside hydraulic cylinder completes its stroke to avoid holding the
peak pressure inside the hydraulic circuit for long. This is in order to
prevent dangerous stresses.
When the auxiliary hydraulic distributor is not in use, its levers should
always remain in neutral position.
N.B. Auxiliary hydraulic control valve has priority over three-point hitch
valve. Three-point hitch will not operate when auxiliary control valve is in
raise or lower position.
91
SECTION III USE
Class “A” drawbar (optional)

Swinging drawbar of the type commonly used for towing agricultural
implements, for trailers with more than one axle and consequently with low
vertical load.
To facilitate trailer attachment, the drawbar consists of a swinging bar with
horizontal adjustment.
• The drawbar is normally attached to the tractor under the tran-

smission case using the middle hole (A) of three holes in the end
of the bar.
The bar can also be inverted to adjust the height from the ground.
• To adjust the horizontal position of the bar, remove pins B,
move the bar to the required position, and then replace the pins.

WARNING - NEVER ALLOW ANYONE TO RIDE ON THE DRAWBAR

OR THE LOWER LIFT ARMS WHEN THE TRACTOR IS IN MOTION.
92
SECTION III USE
Towing hitch
The towing hitch is used for towing agricultural implements and
road-going trailers with one or more axles.
Various types of towing hook are available on request, depending on the
national market.
To facilitate trailer attachment, the towing hitch can be fixed at different

heights from the ground.
N.B. - the maximum permissible hitch load (for single-axle trailers), the
maximum permisible hitch height for road use (for trailers with one or more
axles) and the maximum trailed load are indicated in the tractor
registration document.
Any problems resulting from failure to observe these operating limits shall
be responsibility of the user.
CAUTION: ALL IMPLEMENTS MOUNTED TO THE TRACTOR MUST

BE SAFELY ATTACHED.
DANGER: BE SURE EVERYONE IS CLEAR OF THREE POINT HITCH

BEFORE STARTING ENGINE. LOWER THREE POINT HITCH AND
STOP ENGINE BEFORE MAKING ADJUSTMENTS, MAINTENANCE
OR REPAIRS.
WARNING: A FRONT-END LOADER (BUCKET OR FORKS) MUST BE

EQUIPPED WITH A SUITABLE RESTRAINING DEVICE TO PREVENT
THE LOAD (BALES, FENCE POSTS, ROLLS OF FENCE, WIRE ETC.)
FROM ROLLING DOWN THE LIFT ARMS INTO THE OPERATOR’S
COMPARTMENT AND CRUSHING THE DRIVER WHEN THE LOADER
IS RAISED. INADEQUATELY SECURED OBJECTS COULD ALSO
FALL AND INJURE BYSTANDERS.
93
SECTION III USE
Class “C” towing hitch

The class “C” towing hitch is fixed to the support brackets by two lock pins.
To alter the height of the hitch, remove the pins and re-insert them in the
required position.
CAUTION: WHEN TRANSPORTING HEAVY LOADS (EXCEEDING

THE TRACTOR’S WEIGHT) REDUCE THE SPEED TO UNDER 15 KM/H
(9,5 MPH).
C A U TI O N : D O N O T U S E T H E F R O N T H I T C H F O R TO W I N G
EQUIPMENTS. IT’S FOR EMERGENCY ONLY.
CAUTION: WEIGHT OF TOWED EQUIPMENT, WITHOUT BRAKES,

SHOULD NOT EXCEED WEIGHT OF TRACTOR.
94
SECTION III USE
Class “D" and ”D2" towing hitches

These towing hitches are available in two versions:
– D - Approved for towing special trailers with total weights of up to
12.000 kg (26.455 lb) and which can exert a vertical load on the hitch
of up to 0 kg.
– D2 - Approved for towing trailers with total weights of up to 14.000 kg
(30,864 lb) and which can exert a vertical load on the hitch of up to
2000 kg (4,409 lb).
Both hitches can be fixed to the support brackets by inserting 2 pins A in

the required position after having removed pins B.
Alternatively, these hitches can be equipped with a height adjustment

device. These are adjusted as follows:
• Pull lock pin B while pulling handle A upwards to disengage the

pins from the guides.
• Release the handle so that the pins engage the required locations
in the guides.
These types of hitch are used for towing trailers equipped with hydraulic or
pneumatic braking systems.
WARNING: ON TOWING TRAILERS, BEFORE LEAVING THE

DRIVING POSITION, REMEMBER TO PUT ALL CONTROLS IN
NEUTRAL, TO APPLY THE HANDBRAKE, TO SWITCH OFF THE
ENGINE, TO ENGAGE THE LOWEST GEAR (IF MECHANICAL
TRANSMISSION) AND TO REMOVE THE KEY. WITH HYDRAULIC
TR A N S M I S S I O N O R P O W E R S H I F T T R A N S M I S S I O N O R
POWERSHUTTLE, ALWAYS CHOCK BOTH TRACTOR AND TRAILER
WHEELS.
WARNING: NEVER TOW IMPLEMENTS BY ATTACHING THEN TO

UPPER LINK OR UPPER LINK SUPPORT ONLY. THIS COULD IN
SOME CASES RESULT IN REAR OVERTURN.
CAUTION: WHEN HITCHING AN IMPLEMENT TO DRAWBAR,

ALWAYS SECURE HITCH PIN WITH A SAFETY PIN AND ATTACH
IMPLEMENT SAFETY CHAINS.
95
SECTION III USE
WARNING: NEVER ALLOW ANYONE TO RIDE ON TOW HOOK,

DRAWBAR OR LIFTING ARMS AT ANY TIME.
WARNING: NEVER UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES USE THE

3-POINT LINKAGE TO TOW TRAILERS.
96
SECTION III USE
Cramer towing hitch
This hitch, only used in certain markets, is attached to the rear of the
transmission case.
It is available in two versions: with 32 mm (1.26 in) diameter lock pin hole
or with 38 mm (1.49 in) diameter hole.
The height can be adjusted by operating lever A (moving it to the right)

and moving the hitch to the required position.
On releasing the lever A, pins B will engage the corresponding locations to

secure the hitch in position.

C A U S E I N JU RY O R D E AT H . M A K E S U R E F R O N T F R A M E
E X TR A C O U NT E RW E I G H T S TO C O M P E N S AT E F O R A N
97
SECTION III USE
Category 2 rear drawbar

This bar is connected to the lower links and can be useful when working
with certain particular types of implements.
Front towing hitch
WARNING: REDUCE YOUR SPEED, ENGAGING A LOWER GEAR,

WHEN TRAVEL DOWNHILL OR OVER ROUGH GROUND AND
BEFORE TO TURN.
98
SECTION III USE
WARNING: IF THE TRACTOR HAS TO OPERATE IN AREAS WITH

RISK OF FALLING OBJECTS (LIKE IN MINES, ETC.), WHERE A FOPS
IS REQUIRED, PLEASE CONSIDER THAT YOUR TRACTOR,
EQUIPPED WITH ROPS SAFETY STRUCTURE (FRAME OR CAB), IS
NOT ALLOWED TO OPERATE IN THOSE AREAS.
DANGER: FLUIDS THAT ARE UNDER PRESSURE CAN PENETRATE

HUMAN TISSUE CAUSING SERIOUS INJURY. IT IS RECOMMENDED
TO ALWAYS STOP THE ENGINE AND RELIEVE THE PRESSURE
BEFORE CONNECTING OR DISCONNECTING LINES.
DANGER: DO NOT WELD, DRILL, BEND OR MODIFY THE ROPS OR

THE CABIN. TO DO SO REDUCES THE PROTECTION IT OFFERS.
WARNING: YOUR TRACTOR IS A ONE-PERSON MACHINE. DO NOT

PERMIT OTHERS TO RIDE ON THE TRACTOR OR THE IMPLEMENT.
IN SOME TERRITORIES A PASSENGER SEAT MUST BE FITTED TO
CARRY PASSENGERS. DO NOT ALLOW ANYONE TO RIDE ON THE
IMPLEMENTS OR OTHER EQUIPMENT INCLUDING TRAILERS,
EXCEPT ON CERTAIN HARVESTING EQUIPMENT, SPECIFICALLY
D E S I G N E D FO R R I D E R S D U R I N G T H E A C T U A L H A RV E S T
OPERATION ONLY (NOT DURING TRANSPORT). SUCH EQUIPMENT
MUST HAVE PROVISION FOR A SAFE RIDING AREA. DO NOT
ALLOW CHILDREN ON THE TRACTOR.
99
SECTION III USE
CAUTION: ON TRAVELLING ON THE PUBBLIC ROAD WITH FRONT

IMPLEMENTS, IF THE VISIBILITY IS NOT ENOUGH (TRAFFIC LIGHTS
COVERED BY THE ATTACHED IMPLEMENT), PLEASE SWITCH ON
THE WORKING LIGHTS.
WARNING: FLUIDS THAT FACILITATE ENGINE STARTING ARE

HIGHLY FLAMMABLE. WHEN USING THEM, KEEP AWAY FROM
SPARK SOURCES (BATTERIES, CONNECTORS, ETC). THESE
FLUIDS SHOULD BE KEPT IN COOL AREAS AND THE CONTAINERS
PROPERLY STORED.
WARNING: DO NOT DRIVE WHERE TRACTOR COULD SLIP OR TIP.
WARNING: DO NOT ALLOW ANYONE TO CARRY OUT ANY

MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS ON THE TRACTOR OR AN ATTACHED
IMPLEMENT UNLESS THE ENGINE IS SWITCHED OFF, THE
GEARBOX IS IN NEUTRAL, THE PTO IS DISENGAGED, THE
HANDBRAKE IS APPLIED AND ANY ATTACHED IMPLEMENT IS
LOWERED TO THE GROUND.
100
SECTION III USE
Body
The hood tilts up to allow easy

access t o t he engi ne f or
servicing.
To raise the hood, push the

button to release the front catch
and lift the hood upward; insert
the strut in the slot to support the
hood.
To close the hood, replace the

support strut in its retainer,
lower the hood and press firmly
on the top to engage the catch.
101
SECTION III USE
The safety roll bar can be tilted forwards.
Remove the pin from hole A and tilt the safety roll bar forwards.
Secure the roll bar in the folded position by inserting the pin in hole B.
The safety roll bar should only

be folded forwards when
absolutely necessary to carry
out specialised tasks.
NOTE: carry out these steps in

reverse order to return the roll
bar to the upright position.
IMPORTANT: when the roll bar is tilted forwards, operator safety in the event
of the tractor turning over is significantly impaired; it is therefore vital that
the all tractor manoeuvres are carried out with extreme caution when the roll
bar is tilted forwards. Only operate the tractor with the roll bar tilted forwards
when absolutely necessary and never in any circumstances drive the tractor
on the road in this condition.
WARNING: IF THE TRACTOR IS EQUIPPED WITH A FOLD DOWN

ROPS, DO NOT WEAR SEAT BELT WHEN THE ROPS IS IN THE
FOLDED DOWN POSITION FOR A SPECIFIC OPERATION. WEAR
SEAT BELT AGAIN WHEN THE ROPS IS ERECTED.
102
SECTION III USE
Cab
The cab fully conforms to the international standards as far as safety and
soundproofing are concerned.
It is available in the following versions:
• Cab with ventilation and heating systems
• Cab with ventilation, heating and air-conditioning systems
C A U TI O N : TH E C A B I S I N F U L L C O N F O R M I T Y W I T H T H E
I N TE R N ATI O N A L S TA N D A R D S A S TO T H E C A B ’ S
SOUNDPROOFING.BE VERY CAREFUL WHEN OPERATING IN
SMALL SPACES AND ALWAYS PROTECT YOUR EARS WHENEVER
OTHER WORKING EQUIPMENT IS GENERATING DANGEROUS
NOISE LEVELS.

WATER.
103
SECTION III USE
Ventilation
The ventilation unit is housed in the cab ceiling.
To switch it on and adjust it, turn the electrical fan

switch to the desired speed.
When the ventilation system is on, a slight pressurization is created inside

the cab. This forces the air flowing into the cab to pass through the filter
placed behind the front grille.
The fan switch can be operated only after the ignition key is inserted.
The air flow can be regulated and directed by suitably positioning the air
diffusers 5-6.
4 1 2 3
7 5 6 8
Cab ceiling
1 - Ventilation control
2 - Air conditioning control
3 - Heating control potentiometer
4 - Comandi vari e scatola portafusibili
5 - Air diffusers
6 - Air diffusers
7 - Recirculation inlets
8 - Recirculation inlets
104
SECTION III USE
Air can be taken in fresh from outside or recirculated from within the cab by
way of the relative side inlets 7-8.
Recirculation inlets fully closed: air is taken in entirely from outside the
cab through the rear grille and filtered through a paper element positioned
behind the grille.
Either fully or partially open air recirculating grille: now the air is
recirculated inside the cab.
N.B. - It is very important that the air diffusers never be completely closed
so as to allow for a steady air flow.
To obtain a greater pressurization inside the cab, it is necessary to take the
air from the outside, therefore the inside air recirculating grille should be
fully closed.
Heating system
The heater is switched on and adjusted by rotating the control knob at the
roof console, then switching on the blower and setting the selector at the
preferred speed.
To warm the cab up quickly, the knob should be rotated fully clockwise and
the blower set to speed III.
The screen is demisted or defrosted by air directed
through a slot ven. For defrost or fast demist, all other
vents should be closed off.
IMPORTANT: ventilation is provided by a single

blower unit serving both the heating system and the
air-conditioning system.
After reaching the desired temperature adjust the

system to suit your needs.
N.B. - For ideal system operation, the engine must run at 1600 r.p.m.
105
SECTION III USE
WARNING:
• Before starting the engine, make sure the system is off (by turning
off the ventilation fan) so as not to overload the battery.
• After using the system at full power for a long period of time, never
turn it off suddenly but let it first idle for about 20 seconds.
• If the air does not come out from the diffusers right away as soon
as the system is started, turn off immediately and identify the fault.
• N.B. Never turn on the heating system when working in dusty envi-
ronments.
WARNING: ALWAYS USE THE 100% OF PERMANENT TYPE

ANTI-FREEZE “AKROS FREEZE” AVAILABLE FROM YOUR
DEALER, NEVER THE ALCOHOL TYPE ANTI-FREEZE.
106
SECTION III USE
System configuration
The heating system comprises:
• Blower unit (D) and a heater (C) installed behind the roof console
• The heating system the same fluid as the engine cooling circuit
(A). In the event of the system failing to operate, check the fuse in
the roof terminal box.
C D E F
Ventilation and heating system configuration

A - Engine coolant manifold
B - Air diffusers
C - Heater
D - 3-speed heating fan
E - Recirculation inlets
F - Air filter
107
SECTION III USE
System controls
The air conditioning system can only operate when the engine is running
and after having switched on the electric fan.
The system provides fresh and dehumidified air.
Operating
Rotate the knob and set to the required speed:
then rotate the air conditioning potentiometer,

bearing in mind that a clockwise rotation causes a
progressive temperature decrease inside the cab.
To improve system efficiency, part of the conditioned air let into the cab is
aspirated from the cab interior.
Flow is proportioned by adjusting the amount of air admitted into the

recirculation inlets. This permits the air volume aspirated into the cab to be
properly regulated in a proportion of 5-15%.
To cool the cab it is suggested to:

– Fully open the pivotable air diffusers;
– Turn the electric fan control and the potentiometer all the way;
– Open the cab doors a few seconds to let the warm air flow out, in case
the tractor has been exposed to the sun for long;
– Use the system regulating potentiometer to reach the desired
temperature.
After a few minutes the small sight glass placed above the dehydrating
filter should be transparent and free of bubbles.
If not, turn the system off and consult our skilled personnel.
108
SECTION III USE
F G H I L M
E
D
A B
Configuration of the air ventilation, heating and conditioning system
A - Compressor
B - Engine coolant manifold
C - Recirculation inlets
D - 3 speed fan
E - Heater
F - Evaporator
G - Condenser
H - Ventilator
I - Dehydrating filter
L - Recirculation inlets
M - Air filter
WARNING: CONTACT WITH REFRIGERANT CAN CAUSE SEVERE

SKIN LESIONS. IN CASE OF CONTACT WITH THE EYES, DO NOT
RUB EYES, SEEK IMMEDIATE MEDICAL ASSISTANCE.
109
SECTION III USE
1 7 9
8 10
12 14
2 3 4 5 6 11 13
Control and fuse box

1 - Ceiling lamp
2 - Rear working lights’ control
3 - Flashing light switch
4 - Front work lights switch
5 - Front windscreen washer rear pump
6 - Windscreen wiper control
7 - Fuse location
8 - 7.5 A fuse for front windscreen iper and washer pump contro
9 - 7.5 A fuse for rear windscreen wiper and washer pump control
10 - 10 A fuse for rear working lamps
11 - Fuse location
12 - 20 A fuse for condenser fan motor
13 - 10 A fuse for front working lamps
14 - 10 A fuse for heating control unit
110
SECTION III USE
Front door hatch

The front door hatch can be

opened outwards. This is done
by releasing the handle and
pushing forwards.
Rear door hatch

The rear door hatch has a
{
central handle for opening.
Pushed back, it is held in
position by two sho ck
absorbers.
Sun roll-up canvas

When pulled downwards, it E
automatically locks in the
desired position. By pressing
the red button found to the right
of the support, the canvas rolls
up automatically.
E
Rear window wiper control
The rear window wiper has
one speed and is operated by
pressing the button on the
body of the motor on the rear
window.
Cab ceiling
The ceiling is padded with insulating material to block heat radiation into
the cab and keep the temperature down when working in very sunny
areas.
The cab platform is covered with a "firm grip" carpet in the most commonly
used areas. It is recommended to keep this carpet clear of earth, mud, etc.
so that the operator may get on and off the tractor in full safety.
111
SECTION III USE
Access flap providing an ope-

ning through which cables for
external equipment
Access flap providing an opening
through which cables for external
equipment connected to the
tractor can be routed inside the
cab; the flap is located at the rear
of the cab on the right hand side.
T he door i s opened by
unscrewing the locking screw
and t i ppi ng t he cover up
backwards.
Tool box
This is located on the left-hand
side of the tractor in front of the
ladder to the driver’s seat.
Hazard warning sign (optional)

Located on the rear left-hand fender.
Wheel chock (optional)

The wheel chock is located on the rear right-hand fender.
The wheel chock must be used in the following situations:
- when the tractor is parked on a slope
- when carrying out repairs or maintenance.
112
SECTION III USE
Active carbon air filter (optional)
WA R N I N G : «PA P E R » F I LT E R I S N O T S U I TA B L E F O R T H E
TREATMENT OF PESTICIDES AND SO MUST BE REPLACED BY AN
«ACTIVE CARBON» FILTER AVAILABLE OPTIONALLY.
Active carbon filters are removed and fitted in the same way as normal
filters.
WARNING: the filter does not provide total protection against toxic
substances.
• When handling the filter, wear protective gloves; this filter is to be

fitted in place of the standard dust filter.
• After each use, the filter must be removed and replaced in its origi-
nal packaging. The standard dust filter must then be refitted. The
packaging should be carefully sealed in order to maintain the filter
in good working condition.
• This filter, if used correctly and for no longer than a total of 200 ho-
urs, has a maximum life of 36 months from the moment the packa-
ging is opened (the date of manufacture is indicated on the filter).
• It is important that the filter is removed during use of the tractor for
any applications other than pesticide spraying; dust will clog the fil-
ter in a very short time.
• Do not wash the filter or clean with compressed air.

• Used filters must be disposed of at specialised collection centres.
Always follow the instructions provided by the product manufacturer.
113
SECTION III USE
DANGER: REPLACE THE “ACTIVE CARBON” FILTER AFTER 200

WORKING HOURS OR AFTER 36 MONTHS. IF YOU NOTICE SMELL
OF PESTICIDE INSIDE THE CAB, REPLACE IMMEDIATELY THE
FILTER AND LET CHECKED THE CAB GASKETS.
CAUTION: WHEN USING CHEMICALS, CAREFULLY FOLLOW THE

CHEMICAL MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE,
STORAGE AND DISPOSAL. ALSO FOLLOW THE CHEMICAL
APPLICATION EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS.
114
SECTION IV WHEELS
SECTION 4 - WHEELS
Track adjustment
Tracks are adjusted to match the tractor to different row spacings and
implements, e.g. ploughs.
Tractors are delivered with disc wheels – non-track-adjusting – or
track-adjusting wheels – at option. Depending on the size of the tires, you
can choose among up to eight different track widths.
Furthermore, bear in mind the international ruling providing that the
distance between the outer edge of the illuminated face of direction
indicators, position lights, tail lights and top rear reflectors and the outer
edge of the tires should not exceed 400 mm (15.76 in).
Any maximum track widths which may be specified in the vehicle
registration papers for the travelling on public lanes and roads must not be
exceeded.
After any adjustment to the track width and whenever changing the wheels,

tighten the nuts and bolts to the following required tightening torques:
- 2WD front wheel bolts (M20x1.5) 20.4 kgm (200 Nm) (148 lbs-ft);
- 4WD model - bolts securing rim to wheel hub (M18x1.5) 36.8 kgm
(360 Nm) (265 lbs-ft);
- 4WD model - bolts securing rim to wheel hub (M16x1.5) 23 kgm

(225.63 Nm) (166.36 lbs-ft);
- Bolts securing rear wheel rim to flange (M18x1.5)

36.8 kgm (360 Nm) (265 lbs-ft);
- Bolts securing rear wheel rim to halfshaft (M18x1.5)

29.5 kgm (284.49 Nm) (213.37 lbs-ft);
WA R N I N G : FO R W H E E L S D I S A S S E M B L I N G A N D F O R
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR, LIFT THE TRACTOR, USING SPECIFIC
TOOLS ONLY.
115
SECTION IV WHEELS
Tyre inflation pressures
– Tyres for front 2WD: 2.3 bar (33 psi)

– Tyres for front 4WD: 1.6 bar (23 psi)
– Rear tyres: 1.3 bar (19 psi)
For the tyre bead to seat correctly on the rim, the inflation pressure must
never exceed 5 bar (72.52 psi). Higher inflations pressures may cause the
tyre/rim to explode.
We recommend the use of metal safety cages or tyre restraint bars when
carrying out operations that require tyre inflation pressures above the
values for normal use.
WARNING: FOR THE TYRE BEAD TO SEAT CORRECTLY ON THE

RIM, THE INFLATION PRESSURE MUST NEVER EXCEED 5 BAR (72
PSI).
HIGHER INFLATIONS PRESSURES MAY CAUSE THE TYRE/RIM TO
EXPLODE.
WE RECOMMEND THE USE OF METAL SAFETY CAGES OR TYRE
RESTRAINT BARS WHEN CARRYING OUT OPERATIONS THAT
REQUIRE TYRE INFLATION PRESSURES ABOVE THE VALUES FOR
NORMAL USE.
IMPORTANT - When working on agricultural land in conditions requiring

maximum grip, the rear tyre inflation pressure may be reduced to a
minimum of 0.8 bar (11.60 psi). The normal inflation pressures for front
and rear tyres are those reported in the specifications table. These values
may be reduced proportionally to the permitted limits when necessary to
ensure a correct mechanical match between the front and rear wheels.
Narrow track
– at rear
Depending on the given tire size, not all of the shown track widths are
suitable for your tractor, as tire and fender may interfere. When selecting
the track width, make sure that there is adequate clearance between
fender and tire.
– at front
If you combine a narrow front axle track width with wide tires, watch out
that this does not block too much the steer angle. Check the distance
between engine hood and fenders. For this purpose, turn front wheels
against lock, then move front wheels up and down and let axle swing.
116
SECTION IV WHEELS
Width of the front axle (without

wheels)
FRUTTETO II 55 - 70
75 - 90 - 10
for tractor 4WD
1274 mm (50.2 in) X
for tractor 2WD
1210 mm (47.7 in)
Mechanical ratio (front wheel revolutions / rear wheel revolution)

30 Km/h 40 Km/h
(18.6 mph) (24.8 mph)
FRUTTETO II 55 - 70
75 - 90 - 100 1.4706 1.4796
Width of rear axle (without

wheels)
FRUTTETO II 55 - 70
75 - 90 - 10
1220 mm (48 in) X
Row crop tires

When changing the tractor over to row crop (bar tread) tires, observe load
rating and speed limits!
Given the tremendous variety of tyres available, always ask your nearest
dealer for information on alternative tyres and data on homologation,
capacity, pressure, track, etc..
117
SECTION IV WHEELS
Running direction of tires

Tyres must always be fitted so
that the tread pattern is oriented
correctly with respect to the
direction of forward travel. In the
case of wheels where the rim is
welded to the wheel disc, the left
and r i ght w heel s may be
swapped over to alter the track
width; in all cases, however, the
V-shaped tread pattern must
always point towards the front of
the tractor, as shown in the figure
above.
Note: approved tyre combinations: in each market, only the approved

combinations for the specific zone are available.
Adjusting steering stops

After every change of the front tyres, check the steering angle.
Procedure:
A Operate parking brake

Additionally secure tractor against
rolling (wheel chock)
A A In the case of tractors with suspen-
ded front axle, disconnect front axle
suspension
Jack up tractor at its front
A A Turn steering wheel (to left and
right).
Adjustment of the steering angle.
When the front axle is in the condition of maximum oscillation and the
wheels are turned to the maximum steering angle, there must be no
interference between the fenders and engine hood. If necessary, adjust
the internal angle.
WARNING: ALWAYS MAINTAIN THE CORRECT TYRE PRESSURE.

WHEN INFLATING THE TYRES MAKE SURE TO STAND TO THE SIDE
OF THE CENTRAL FLANGE.
118
SECTION IV WHEELS
Adjustable track wheels
1 = Bracket
2 = Rim
3 = Bracket thickness
4 = Wheel 2
3 4
The support bracket 1 on the rim 2 is fixed offset with respect to the
centreline of the rim (and therefore with respect to the tyre too).
During fitting, the bracket can be fitted in contact with the wheel 4 on both
sides.
This allows for two different tracks.

Two more tracks can be achieved by turning the rim 2 with respect to the
wheel 1.
This means that there are in fact 4 possible ways of fitting the rim 2 and
wheel 4.
If you then fit the assembled wheel on to the hub (or rear half-axle) with the
bell facing inside or outside you can actually achieve 8 different
configurations (see the figures on pages 121 and 122 ) for distance
between the centreline of the wheel and the mating surface on the wheel
hub or half-axle flange. There are therefore 8 possible track values.
119
SECTION IV WHEELS
Permissible tyre combinations

Front Width (1) mm (in)
Id 55 70 75 90 100
Rear min. max
260/70-16" 1302 (51.3) 1778 (70.1)
A
11.2R24" • • 1334 (52.6) 1828 (72.0)
280/70R18" 1358 (53.5) 1770 (69.7)
B
14.9R24 • • 1562 (61.5) 1962 (77.3)
7.50R20" 1245 (49.1) 1729 (68.1)
C
13.6R28" • • • 1425 (56.1) 1927 (75.9)
280/70R18" 1358 (53.5) 1770 (69.7)
D
420/70R24" • • • • 1736 (68.4) 1960 (77.2)
260/80R20" 1366 (53.8) 1714 (67.5)
E
420/70R28" • • • • 1738 (68.5) 1960 (77.2)
280/70R20" 1344 (53.0) 1828 (72.0)
F
380/70R28" • • 1564 (61.6) 1964 (77.4)
10.5R18" 1350 (53.2) 1762 (69.4)
G
16.9R24" • 1747 (68.8) 1971 (77.7)
9.5R20" 1349 (53.2) 1697 (66.9)
H
14.9R28" • • • • 1560 (61.5) 1960 (77.2)
7.50R18" 1305 (51.4) 1653 (65.1)
I
14.9R24" • • • • • 1562 (61.5) 1962 (77.3)
260/80R20" 1366 (53.8) 1714 (67.5)
L
14.9R28" • • • • 1560 (61.5) 1960 (77.2)
280/70R20" 1390 (54.8) 1738 (68.5)
M
16.9R24" • • • • 1747 (68.8) 1971 (77.7)
300/70R20 1403 (55.3) 1751 (69.0)
N • • • •
420/70R28 1738 (68.5) 1960 (77.2)
10.5R18 1350 (53.2) 1762 (69.4)
O
14.9R24 • 1696 (66.8) 1920 (75.6)
240/70R16 1388 (54.7) 1668 (65.7)
P
380/70R20 • 1560 (61.5) 1850 (72.9)
280/70R16 1426 (56.2) 1702 (67.1)
Q
360/70R24 • 1541 (60.7) 1941 (76.5)
8.5R16 1373 (54.1) 1649 (65.0)
R
13.6R24 • 1435 (56.5) 1929 (76.0)
(1) - Width here refers to the maximum width of the tractor with minimum track setting and the
maximum width with maximum track setting.
N.B.: this value may vary according to the make of tyre and the inflation pressure.
Id:The letters A, B, C, etc. refer to the tables on pages 123.
120
SECTION IV WHEELS
Track width adjustment for wheels with adjustable rims
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
Front wheels
This figure illustrates the 8 different fitting possibilities and the 8 possible
front track settings shown in the tables on the following pages.
121
SECTION IV WHEELS
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
Rear wheels
This figure illustrates the 8 different fitting possibilities, and the 8 possible
rear track settings shown in the tables on the following pages.
WARNING: WHEN IT IS NECESSARY TO WIDEN THE FRONT TREAD,

AVOID DANGEROUS OVERLOADS.
122
SECTION IV WHEELS
A B
Track widths front rear Track widths front rear
260/70R16 11.2R24 280/70R18 14.9R24
1 mm (in) 1044 (41.1) - 1 mm (in) 1076 (42.4) -
2 mm (in) 1160 (45.7) - 2 mm (in) 1166 (45.9) -
3 mm (in) 1244 (49.0) 1050 (41.4) 3 mm (in) 1198 (47.2) -
4 mm (in) 1360 (53.6) 1144 (45.1) 4 mm (in) 1288 (50.7) 1184 (46.6)
5 mm (in) 1204 (47.4) 1316 (51.9) 5 mm (in) 1276 (50.3) 1276 (50.3)
6 mm (in) 1320 (52.0) 1410 (55.6) 6 mm (in) 1366 (53.8) 1370 (54.0)
7 mm (in) 1404 (55.3) 1450 (57.1) 7 mm (in) 1398 (55.1) 1490 (58.7)
8 mm (in) 1520 (59.9) 1544 (60.8) 8 mm (in) 1488 (58.6) 1584 (62.4)
C D
7.50R20 13.6R28 280/70R18 420/70R24
1 mm (in) 1040 (41.0) - 1 mm (in) 1076 (42.4) -
2 mm (in) 1130 (44.5) - 2 mm (in) 1166 (45.9) -
3 mm (in) 1234 (48.6) 1080 (42.6) 3 mm (in) 1198 (47.2) -
4 mm (in) 1324 (52.2) 1182 (46.6) 4 mm (in) 1288 (50.7) -
5 mm (in) 1240 (48.9) 1280 (50.4) 5 mm (in) 1276 (50.3) 1318 (51.9)
6 mm (in) 1330 (52.4) 1382 (54.5) 6 mm (in) 1366 (53.8) 1412 (55.6)
7 mm (in) 1434 (56.5) 1480 (58.3) 7 mm (in) 1398 (55.1) 1448 (57.1)
8 mm (in) 1524 (60.0) 1582 (62.3) 8 mm (in) 1488 (58.6) 1542 (60.8)
E F
260/80R20 420/70R28 280/70R20 380/70R28
1 mm (in) 1108 (43.7) - 1 mm (in) 1062 (41.8) -
2 mm (in) 1198 (47.2) - 2 mm (in) 1152 (45.4) -
3 mm (in) 1166 (45.9) - 3 mm (in) 1256 (49.5) -
4 mm (in) 1256 (49.5) - 4 mm (in) 1346 (53.0) 1184 (46.6)
5 mm (in) 1308 (51.5) 1320 (52.0) 5 mm (in) 1262 (49.7) 1278 (50.4)
6 mm (in) 1398 (55.1) 1422 (56.0) 6 mm (in) 1352 (53.3) 1382 (54.5)
7 mm (in) 1366 (53.8) 1440 (56.7) 7 mm (in) 1456 (57.4) 1480 (58.3)
8 mm (in) 1456 (57.4) 1542 (60.8) 8 mm (in) 1546 (60.9) 1584 (62.4)
123
SECTION IV WHEELS
G H
10.5/80R18 16.9R24 9.50R20 14.9R28

1 mm (in) 1076 (42.4) - 1 mm (in) 1108 (43.7) -
2 mm (in) 1166 (45.9) - 2 mm (in) 1198 (47.2) -
3 mm (in) 1198 (47.2) - 3 mm (in) 1166 (45.9) -
4 mm (in) 1288 (50.7) - 4 mm (in) 1256 (49.5) 1182 (46.6)
5 mm (in) 1276 (50.3) 1318 (51.9) 5 mm (in) 1308 (51.5) 1280 (50.4)
6 mm (in) 1366 (53.8) 1412 (55.6) 6 mm (in) 1398 (55.1) 1382 (54.5)
7 mm (in) 1398 (55.1) 1448 (57.1) 7 mm (in) 1366 (53.8) 1480 (58.3)
8 mm (in) 1488 (58.6) 1542 (60.8) 8 mm (in) 1456 (57.4) 1582 (62.3)
I L
7.50R18 14.9R24 260/80R20 14.9R28

1 mm (in) 1100 (43.3) - 1 mm (in) 1108 (43.7) -
2 mm (in) 1174 (46.3) - 2 mm (in) 1198 (47.2) -
3 mm (in) 1174 (46.3) - 3 mm (in) 1166 (45.9) -
4 mm (in) 1248 (49.2) 1184 (46.6) 4 mm (in) 1256 (49.5) 1182 (46.6)
5 mm (in) 1300 (51.2) 1276 (50.3) 5 mm (in) 1308 (51.5) 1280 (50.4)
6 mm (in) 1374 (54.1) 1370 (54.0) 6 mm (in) 1398 (55.1) 1382 (54.5)
7 mm (in) 1374 (54.1) 1490 (58.7) 7 mm (in) 1366 (53.8) 1480 (58.3)
8 mm (in) 1448 (57.1) 1584 (62.4) 8 mm (in) 1456 (57.4) 1582 (62.3)
M N
280/70R20 16.9R24 300/70R20 420/70R28

1 mm (in) 1108 (43.7) - 1 mm (in) 1108 (43.7) -
2 mm (in) 1198 (47.2) - 2 mm (in) 1198 (47.2) -
3 mm (in) 1166 (45.9) - 3 mm (in) 1166 (45.9) -
4 mm (in) 1256 (49.5) - 4 mm (in) 1256 (49.5) -
5 mm (in) 1308 (51.5) 1318 (51.9) 5 mm (in) 1308 (51.5) 1320 (52.0)
6 mm (in) 1398 (55.1) 1412 (55.6) 6 mm (in) 1398 (55.1) 1422 (56.0)
7 mm (in) 1366 (53.8) 1448 (57.1) 7 mm (in) 1366 (53.8) 1440 (56.7)
8 mm (in) 1456 (57.4) 1542 (60.8) 8 mm (in) 1456 (57.4) 1542 (60.8)
124
SECTION IV WHEELS
O P
10.5/80R18 14.9R24 240/70R16 380/70R20

1 mm (in) 1076 (42.4) - 1 mm (in) 1144 (45.1) -
2 mm (in) 1166 (45.9) - 2 mm (in) 1220 (48.1) -
3 mm (in) 1198 (47.2) - 3 mm (in) 1184 (46.6) 1180 (46.5)
4 mm (in) 1288 (50.7) - 4 mm (in) 1260 (49.6) 1270 (50.0)
5 mm (in) 1276 (50.3) 1318 (51.9) 5 mm (in) 1304 (51.4) 1186 (46.7)
6 mm (in) 1366 (53.8) 1412 (55.6) 6 mm (in) 1380 (54.4) 1276 (50.3)
7 mm (in) 1398 (55.1) 1448 (57.1) 7 mm (in) 1344 (53.0) 1380 (54.4)
8 mm (in) 1488 (58.6) 1542 (60.8) 8 mm (in) 1420 (55.9) 1470 (57.9)
Q R
280/70R16 380/70R24 8.5R16 13.6R24

1 mm (in) 1144 (45.1) - 1 mm (in) 1144 (45.1) -
2 mm (in) 1220 (48.1) - 2 mm (in) 1220 (48.1) -
3 mm (in) 1184 (46.6) - 3 mm (in) 1184 (46.6) 1090 (42.9)
4 mm (in) 1260 (49.6) 1184 (46.6) 4 mm (in) 1260 (49.6) 1184 (46.6)
5 mm (in) 1304 (51.4) 1276 (50.3) 5 mm (in) 1304 (51.4) 1276 (50.3)
6 mm (in) 1380 (54.4) 1370 (54.0) 6 mm (in) 1380 (54.4) 1370 (54.0)
7 mm (in) 1344 (53.0) 1490 (58.7) 7 mm (in) 1344 (53.0) 1490 (58.7)
8 mm (in) 1420 (55.9) 1584 (62.4) 8 mm (in) 1420 (55.9) 1584 (62.4)
Tables A, B, etc. refer to the tyre combinations denoted by these

letters on page 120.
125
SECTION IV WHEELS
WARNING:
SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH MAY RESULT FROM:
EXPLOSION OF TIRE/RIM/WHEEL ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER
MOUNTING – NEVER EXCEED 35 PSI (AIR PRESSURE) WHEN
SEATING BEADS. – ALWAYS USE SAFETY CAGE OR OTHER
RESTRAINING DEVICE AND CLIP-ON EXTENSION HOSE. ONLY
SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNT TIRES.
TI R E FA I LU R E D U E TO M I S A P P L I C AT I O N / I M P R O P E R
INFLATION/OVERLOADING/EXCEEDING MAXIMUM SPEED –
FOLLOW TIRE MANUFACTURER’S INSTRUCTIONS. CHECK
INFLATION PRESSURE FREQUENTLY WITH GAUGE.
EXPLOSION OF THE TIRE/RIM/WHEEL ASSEMBLY DUE TO
WELDING THE RIM WITHOUT FIRST REMOVING THE TIRE – NEVER
REWORK, WELD, HEAT OR BRAZE THE RIM OF A TIRE/RIM/WHEEL
ASSEMBLY.
WARNING:
TIRE CHANGING CAN BE DANGEROUS AND SHOULD BE DONE BY
TR A I N E D P E RS O N N E L U S I N G P R O P E R TO O L S A N D
P R O C E D U R E S . A LWAY S R E A D A N D U N D E R S TA N D A N Y
MANUFACTURER’S WARNING CONTAINED IN THEIR CUSTOMERS’
LITERATURE OR MOLDED INTO THE TIRE SIDEWALL.
FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THESE PROCEDURES MAY RESULT IN
FAULTY POSITIONING OF THE TIRE AND/OR RIM PARTS, AND
CAUSE THE ASSEMBLY TO BURST WITH EXPLOSIVE FORCE,
SUFFICIENT TO CAUSE SERIOUS PHYSICAL INJURY OR DEATH.
NEVER MOUNT OR USE DAMAGED TIRES OR RIMS.
WARNING: REINFLATION OF ANY TYPE OF TIRE/RIM ASSEMBLY

THAT HAS BEEN OPERATED IN A RUN-FLAT OR UNDERINFLATED
CONDITION (80% OR LESS OF RECOMMENDED PRESSURE), CAN
RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH. THE TIRE MAY BE
DAMAGED ON THE INSIDE AND CAN EXPLODE WHILE YOU ARE
ADDING AIR. THE RIM PARTS MAY BE WORN, DAMAGED OR
DISLODGED AND CAN EXPLOSIVELY SEPARATE.
NEVER REWORK, WELD, HEAT, OR BRAZE THE TIRE/WHEEL/RIM.
HEATING THE RIM OF TIRE/WHEEL/RIM ASSEMBLY CAN CAUSE A
TIRE TO EXPLODE, CAUSING SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.
TH E U S E O F A N Y F L A M M A B L E M AT E R I A L D U R I N G T I R E
SERVICING IS ABSOLUTELY PROHIBITED. USE OF STARTING
FLUID, ETHER, GASOLINE OR ANY OTHER FLAMMABLE MATERIAL
TO LUBRICATE, SEAL OR SEAT THE BEADS OF A TUBELESS TIRE
CAN CAUSE THE TIRE TO EXPLODE OR CAN CAUSE THE
E X P LO S I V E S E PA R AT I O N O F T H E T I R E / R I M A S S E M B LY
RESULTING IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.
NEVER HAMMER, STRIKE OR PRY ON ANY TYPE OF TIRE/RIM
ASSEMBLY WHILE THE TIRE CONTAINS INFLATION PRESSURE. DO
NOT ATTEMPT TO SEAT ANY PART WHILE THE TIRE CONTAINS ANY
INFLATION PRESSURE. THIS COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY
OR DEATH.
126
SECTION IV WHEELS
WARNING:
NEVER INFLATE BEYOND 35 POUNDS OF PRESSURE TO SEAT
BEADS.
NEVER STAND, LEAN OR REACH OVER THE ASSEMBLY DURING
INFLATION.
INSPECT BOTH SIDES OF THE TIRE TO BE SURE THAT THE BEADS
ARE EVENLY SEATED. IF TIRE IS MOUNTED ON A MACHINE THAT
DOES NOT HAVE A POSITIVE LOCK-DOWN DEVICE TO HOLD THE
WHEEL, INFLATION SHOULD BE DONE IN A SAFETY CAGE OR
OTHER RESTRAINING DEVICE. IF BOTH BEADS ARE NOT
P R O P E R LY S E AT E D W H E N P R E S S U R E R E A C H E S 3 5 P S I ,
COMPLETELY DEFLATE THE ASSEMBLY, REPOSITION THE TIRE
AND/OR TUBE ON THE RIM, RELUBRICATE AND REINFLATE.
INFLATING BEYOND 35 PSI AIR PRESSURE WHEN TRYING TO SEAT
THE BEADS IS A DANGEROUS PRACTICE THAT MAY BREAK A TIRE
BEAD (OR EVEN THE RIM) WITH EXPLOSIVE FORCE, POSSIBLY
RESULTING IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH. AFTER THE BEADS
ARE FULLY SEATED, PRESSURE MAY BE INCREASED ABOVE 35
PSI TO OPERATING PRESSURES, NOT TO EXCEED THE MAXIMUM
MOLDED ON THE TIRE SIDEWALL.
WARNING:
STAY OUT OF THE TRAJECTORY AS INDICATED BY SHADED AREA.
ALWAYS USE A SAFETY CAGE OR OTHER RESTRAINING DEVICE IN
COMPLIANCE WITH OSHA REGULATIONS.
NOTE: UNDER SOME CIRCUMSTANCES, THE TRAJECTORY MAY
DEVIATE FROM ITS EXPECTED PATH

C A U S E I N JU RY O R D E AT H . M A K E S U R E F R O N T F R A M E
127
SECTION IV WHEELS
50
100
150
200
Min - Max
Front wheel track adjustment (2-W.D. Tractor)
Tyres for 2-wheel drive tractors
Front Rear
7.50-16 (track width min/max- 1164/1369) 420/70R24”

7.50-16 (track width min/max- 1164/1369) 16.9R24”
7.50-16 (track width min/max- 1164/1369) 14.9R28”
128
SECTION IV WHEELS
Ballast
Front ballast plates

The ballast weight is supplied on request for tractors without a front lift and
consists of 2 blocks of cast iron each weighing 35 kg (77 lb).
The ballast weight has to be mounted on the front support using the
special studs as shown in the figure below.
To ballast
– do not exceed the permissible loads per axle and the total permissible
weight
– do not exceed the permissible tyre pressure
– load the front axle sufficiently to ensure safe steering
CAUTION: ALWAYS FASTEN YOUR SEAT BELT. THE USE OF A SEAT

BELT REDUCES THE RISK OF SERIOUS INJURY IN CASE OF AN
ACCIDENT.
129
SECTION IV WHEELS
Ballasting by filling the tyres with water + antifreeze solution

To prevent the water from freezing and damaging the tyres, use additives
to obtain a neutralised solution of calcium chloride.
Proceed as follows: pour the required quantity of water into a container
and then slowly pour in calcium chloride in the proportion of approx. 30 kg
(66.1 lb) to every 100 litres (26.4 U.S. gal) of water.
N.B. - Add calcium chloride to the water, not vice versa, to prevent the risk
of a violent chemical reaction.
The amount of liquid in the tyre must not exceed 75% of the total tyre
volume.
CAUTION: ON BALLASTING THE TRACTOR, VERIFY THAT THE

FRONT AXLE WEIGHT IS AT LEAST THE 20% OF THE TOTAL
TRACTOR WEIGHT. IT’S TO GUARANTEE A SAFE STEERING.
WARNING: REMEMBER THAT STEERING, BRAKING AND TRACTOR

PERFORMANCE IN GENERAL WILL BE GREATLY AFFECTED BY
THE IMPLEMENTS ATTACHED, THE TRAILERS TOWED OR THE
BALLAST APPLIED.
Warning: the antifreeze solution does not offer protection at

temperatures below -20°C (68°F).
Further information is obtainable from the tire trade. The antifreeze is to be
added to the water under constant stirring until it is completely dissolved.
After having filled the tires, flush all equipment with water, as the solution is
highly aggressive.
The liquid must be introduced into

the tyre using a special adapter
speci f i cal l y desi gned f or t hi s
purpose.
(These adapters are supplied by

tyre manufacturers).
130
SECTION IV WHEELS
Filling the tyre with water

Jack up tractor. Rotate wheel so
that the inner-tube tire valve is in
upper position. Screw out valve 1
insert. Screw water filling valve
into the tire valve. Connect water
hose. Connect the water hose 2
and fill until the water starts to
1
come out of the breather at the
bottom of the valve. Screw off 2
water filling valve. Refit valve
insert. Inflate tire to specified
pressure.
1 - AIR
2 - WATER
CAUTION: WHILE MIXING THE ANTIFREEZE SOLUTION AND

FILLING THE TYRE, IT IS ESSENTIAL TO WEAR SAFETY GOGGLES
AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING. ADD CALCIUM TO THE WATER, NOT
VICE VERSA, TO PREVENT THE RISK OF A VIOLENT CHEMICAL
REACTION.
Draining water from the tyre

Jack up tractor. Rotate wheel so
that the inner-tube tire valve
comes down. Screw out tire
valve insert. Allow water to drain.
Screw on combined valve.
Inflate tire. The air pressure will
force out any remaining water
through the bleeder bore. Screw
off combined valve. Refit tire
valve insert. Inflate tire t o
specified pressure.
CAUTION: DURING TRACTOR REFUELING, ALWAYS TURN THE

ENGINE OFF AND CLEAN ANY FUEL SPILLED ON THE TRACTOR.
131
SECTION IV WHEELS
Hydraulic trailer braking

The tractor may be equipped with an optional hydraulic trailer braking
system.
The oil used by the system is diverted from the main hydraulic system by a
directional control valve.
This directional control valve is operated by a valve that is connected
hydraulically to the hydrostatic control of the tractor brakes.
For trailers with a safety brake, the system is equipped with a specific
directional control valve. This control valve has an ON-OFFcontrol that
allows the valve to be connected hydraulically (ON position) or excluded
(OFF position).
With the key in the ignition switch, when the control is in the OFF position,
a warning light will illuminate on the instrument panel. This same light also
illuminates to indicate insufficient pressure to operate the trailer brake.
The control valve is also connected to the handbrake, so that the trailer
brake is applied when the handbrake is operated.
N.B. - For any adjustment of the braking system, contact your authorized
service centre.
Directional control valve for

hydraulic trailer braking
1 - Directional control valve

2 - Manual control lever
132
SECTION V MAINTENANCE
SECTION 5 - MAINTENANCE
OPERATIONS
This section of the manual deals with the lubrication and general
maintenance of the tractor.


DECALS.
CAUTION: ALWAYS MAINTAIN THE TRACTOR IN GOOD WORKING

CONDITION. LACK OF MAINTENANCE CAN CAUSE NEEDLESS
DOWN TIME AND CAN INFLUENCE NEGATIVELY ON THE DURATION
OF ITS WORK LIFE.

DANGER: NEVER START THE ENGINE BY SHORT-CIRCUITING THE

STARTER ENGINE’S TERMINALS. THIS MAY CAUSE SUDDEN
TAKE-OFFS WHICH COULD BE VERY DANGEROUS TO THE
OPERATOR.
133

CAUTION: IT IS IMPORTANT TO ALWAYS HAVE FIRST-AID

EQUIPMENT READ-ILY
AVAILABLE:
- FIRST-AID KIT WITH MEDICAMENTS;
- FIRE EXTINGUISHER;
- EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBERS ON HAND (DOCTOR,
HOSPITAL, AMBULANCE, FIREMEN).
WARNING: DO NOT ALLOW ANYONE TO CARRY OUT ANY

MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS ON THE TRACTOR OR AN ATTACHED
IMPLEMENT UNLESS THE ENGINE IS SWITCHED OFF, THE
GEARBOX IS IN NEUTRAL, THE PTO IS DISENGAGED, THE
HANDBRAKE IS APPLIED AND ANY ATTACHED IMPLEMENT IS
LOWERED TO THE GROUND.

For information regarding the quantities and qualities of lubricant and

fluids, refer to the “Prescribed lubricants and furnishments” on page 135.
134
PRESCRIEBED LUBRICANTS AND FUELS FRUTTETO II 55 - 70 - 75 - 90 - 100
Part to be supplied Litres Product Specifications Change
(U.S. gal) SDFG hours
SECTION V
6.7** SAE 15W40 SAE 10W30

Engine 3 cylinders (FRUTTETO II 55 - 70) (1.77)** ACEA E 3-96
AKROS TURBO API CF SDFG OM-1991
11** 300*
MIL-L-2104 E level
Engine 4 cylinders (FRUTTETO II 75 - 90 - 100) (2.90)** MB 228.3 level
Gearbox and Rear axle, Hydraulic powerlift, 41 SAE 10W30

Auxiliary system and Hydrostatic steering (10.80) SAE 20W30
AKROS MULTI 1200
UTTO / API GL4 /
Front PTO 2.5
(0.66) SDFG OT1891
Central axle 6 (1.58) SAE 10W30

AKROS MULTI FCT UTTO / API GL4 / 1200
Side reductions 1.5 (0.40)x2 SDFG OT1891-A
ATF DEXRON II D /
Brakes and clutch control MAX AKROS MATIC SDFG OF 1691
NLGI 2
Lubrication points AKROS GREASE T2 50
SDFG GR-1202 L
Radiator antifreeze 11 (2.90) AKROS FREEZE SDFG EC-1599 A 1200
(*) 1° replace after 50 hours (**) With filter + 1 l.

MAINTENANCE
135
Maintenance intervals
The recommended maintenance intervals apply to normal operating
conditions.
CAUTION: BEFORE STARTING THE TRACTOR, CHECK ITS

CONDITION FOR OPERATING SAFETLY ON THE PUBLIC HIGHWAY.
If the tractor is subjected to extreme working conditions and/or dusty

environments, the intervals between maintenance operations will have to
be reduced accordingly.
Scrupulously observe the recommended maintenance intervals and only

use recommended lubricants and fluids.
Using inferior quality lubricants in order to save money can result in
serious damage to the tractor.
Failure to have the tractor serviced at the recommended maintenance

intervals and to use the prescribed lubricants will invalidate the
manufacturer’s warranty.
DANGER: TO AVOID EYE INJURY, NEVER EXPOSE EYES TO WAVE

EMISSION ZONES WHEN RADAR IS IN OPERATION. DO THE RADAR
MAINTENANCE ONLY AFTER ENGINE TURNED OFF AND IGNITION
KEY IN STOP POSITION.
136
Important notes
– Ensure that any containers used to store lubricants are perfectly cle-
an. Funnels and measuring cups must be covered to prevent dust set-
tling on them.
– Clean the areas adjacent to the parts to be lubricated.
– Grease parts when warm so that the grease flows more easily.
– Clean all plugs and caps before replacing them.
– Fuel tank capacities are indicated in the table on the opposite page.
– Carry out all operations in accordance with the instructions given and
the applicable safety regulations.
– Before starting work on the tractor, make sure the engine is switched off,
the key is removed from the ignition and the handbrake is applied.
– Only work with the engine running when this is specifically indicated in
the instructions.

ASPHYXIATION.

WATER.
137
Maintenance and inspection schedule

* If the fuel used contains more than 0.5% of sulphur, service intervals must be halved.
** At least 2 hours after stopping the engine.
Operating hour
After Every
Deli-
50 ho- 50 ho- 300 600 900 1200
very
urs urs
1 Engine
Check engine oil level (for type of oil see table on
1.1 • At the start of each workday or every 50 hours.
page 135)
Change engine oil (at least once a year - for type of
1.2 • • • • •
oil see table on page 135)
1.3 Renew oil filter element • • • • •
1.4 Check valve clearances** • • •
1.5 Check injectors • •
1.6 Check starter motor •
1.7 Check injection pump •
1.8 Check coolant level • Periodically
1.9 Change coolant •

1.10 Check tension of drive belt/s • • • • • • •
1.11 Renew fuel filter • • • •
1.12 Drain water from fuel filter • • • • • •
1.13 Check that air filter is clean When the warning light illuminates
Renew element at least once a year or after 6
1.14 Renew air filter element
cleaning
Replace inner safety filter after ever 3 cleanings
1.15 Renew air filter inner safety element
of the outer filter
Check cleanliness of oil cooler located in front engi-
1.16 • • • • •
ne compartment
2 Transmission and hydraulic system
2.1 Check transmission oil level • • • • • •
Change oil at least once a year - for type of oil
2.2 Change gearbox oil
see table on page 135
Change the filters after 50 and 150 operating
Change gear oil suction filter on hydrostatic stee-
hours and whenever the warning light comes on
2.3 ring, electrohydraulic controls, auxiliary control val-
or the oil is changed (every 300 operating ho-
ves and lift circuit.
urs).
Check cleanliness of the oil cooler in the front engi-
2.4 • • • • •
ne compartment
3 Front P.T.O.
3.1 Check oil level • • • • •
Change the P.T.O. oil (effective P.T.O. operating Change the oil at least once a year - for type of
3.2
hours) oil see table on page 135
3.3 Renew oil filter element •
3.4 Clean wire mesh filter •
4 Front axle
Check oil level of differential and epicyclic reduction
4.1 • •
unit
138
Operating hour
After Every
Deli-
50 ho- 50 ho- 300 600 900 1200
very
urs urs
4WD - Checking the oil level in the differential and
4.2 • • • • • •
epicyclic reduction units
4WD - Change oil in differential and epicyclic reduc- Change the oil at least once a year - for type of
4.3
tion unit oil see table on page 135
4.4 4WD - Check oil level in hubs • • • • • •
Change the oil at least once a year - for type of
4.5 4WD - Change hub oil
oil see table on page 135
4.6 Check front wheel toe-in • •
5 Clutch
Check oil level in reservoir (whenever the warning
5.1 light illuminates and at the recommended intervals - • • • • • •
for type of oil see table on page 135)
6 Brakes
Check oil level in reservoir (whenever the warning
6.1 light illuminates and at the recommended intervals - • • • • • •
for type of oil see table on page 135)
6.2 Check braking action • • • • • •
6.3 Check free play in brake pedals and handbrake • • • • • •
6.4 Check braking system with safety brakes valves • • • • •
7 Differential locks
7.1 Check differential locking system • • • • •
8 Hydrostatic steering
8.1 Check oil lines • • • • • •
9 Climate control system
9.1 Check cleanliness of climate control system filters • • • • •
9.2 Change refrigerant •
10 Greasing
10.1 Grease steering cylinder (2x2) Every 50 hours
•
10.2 Grease lifting rods (2) Every 50 hours
•
10.3 Grease stabiliser tie-rods (2) Every 50 hours
10.4 Grease steering joint bearings (2x2) Every 50 hours
•
10.5 Grease front support of front axle (1) Every 50 hours
•
10.6 Grease rear support of front axle (1) Every 50 hours
•
10.7 Grease rear half-shaft bearings (2) Every 50 hours
•
10.8 2WD-Greasing the axle pivot bearings Every 50 hours
•
10.9 2WD-Greasing the steering pins Every 50 hours
•
11 Electrical system
Check system operation (lights - direction indicators -
11.1 • • • • • •
warning lights - control units)
11.2 Check battery • • • • • •
12 Tightening torques
12.1 Check tightness of front and rear wheel bolts • • • • • •
139
CAUTION: DISCONNECT THE BATTERY CABLES, BEFORE TO

VERIFY OR REPAIR THE ELECTRICAL WIRING OR BEFORE TO
START WELDING OPERATIONS ON TRACTOR OR ON ATTACHED
IMPLEMENTS.

WARNING: WEAR EYE PROTECTION WHEN CHARGING OR

BOOSTING BATTERY.
WARNING: CONNECT ONLY TO A 12 VOLT SUPPLY TO BOOST

BATTERY.
CAUTION: IT’S IMPORTANT TO RESPECT THE ENVIROMENT AND

TO FOLLOW THE ANTI-POLLUTION RULES. ANY FLUID (OIL, FUEL,
COOLANT) OR FILTERS AND BATTERIES HAVE TO BE WASTED, BY
FOLLOWING THE LOCAL RULES.
140
Fuel storage

FLAMMABLE MATERIAL.
The conditions of fuel storage are very important. The interiors of the
storage containers must be free of rust or any sediment, as any such
material could cause serious damage to the injection system.
Refueling
The tractor fuel gauge indicates the exact level of fuel in the fuel tanks.
Be careful not to run out of diesel fuel when operating the tractor,
otherwise it will be necessary to bleed the air from fuel injection system.
If the tractor is equipped with an auxiliary fuel tank, carry out these same
operations also for the auxiliary tank.
Refueling at the end of the day

The tractor fuel tanks should always be filled at the end of the day.
This is to avoid condensation forming in the tanks overnight.
Empty space in the fuel tank is a major cause of water in the fuel system.
CAUTION: DO NOT OPERATATE ENGINE UNTIL FUEL TANK IS

ENPTY. IF ENGINE IS RUN OUT OF FUEL, IT WILL BECOME
NECESSARY TO BLEED AIR FROM FUEL SYSTEM.
WARNING: DO NOT FILL FUEL TANK WHILE ENGINE IS RUNNING,

HOT, NEAR OPEN FLAME OR WHILE SMOKING. TRACTOR
REFUELING SHOULD BE PERFORMED WITH THE ENGINE TURNED
OFF AND IN OPEN AIR.
141
FUEL TANKS (standard and auxiliary)

Fuel tank A (standard) is located at the rear of the tractor.
The capacity of the fuel tank is 39 litres (10.30 U.S. gal).
If the tractor is also equipped with an auxiliary fuel tank B (capacity 30

litres (7.92 U.S. gal)), located under the central part of the tractor, both
tanks will have to be refuelled and the fuel is drawn up by the auxiliary tank
fuel lift pump.
When the fuel in the auxiliary tank falls below level E, the warning light on
the instrument panel will illuminate.
If the auxiliary tank is not needed or if it obstructs the kind of work the
tractor has to do, it can be removed.
To remove the tank, shut off cock C and disconnect the fuel intake pipe
with quick-action coupling D.
If there is fuel in the tank, drain it off through tube E into a suitable
container.
When the tank is removed, the tank B filler cap with bleed valve will have to
be moved to the main tank, and vice versa for the tank A filler cap, which
will have to be moved to the auxiliary tank.
Important: if the tank caps are not switched over the fuel pump will not be
able to suck in the fuel.
C D I
F
G
A
H
39 l.
B E 32 l.
L
A - Main tank F - To injection pumps
B - Auxiliary tank G - Injector leak-off pipe
C - Fuel prefilter H - Transfer pipe
D - Fuel pump I - Fuel filter
E - Minimum level L - Cock
142
Engine maintenance
CAUTION: WITH A COLD ENGINE YOU MAY NOTICE ABNORMAL

COMBUSTION. THIS SHOULD CLEAR UP ONCE THE ENGINE HAS
REACHED NORMAL OPERATING TEMPERATURE.
Before carrying out any work on the engine, wait until it has cooled down.
WARNING: ALWAYS SWITCH THE ENGINE OFF BEFORE CARRYING

OUT ANY MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS. FOR ADDITIONAL SAFETY,
REMOVE THE KEY FROM THE IGNITION.

C A U S E I N J U RY O R D E AT H . M A K E S U R E F R O N T F R A M E
During maintenance operations, apply the handbrake and position the

chock under one of the wheels.
On completion of the work, replace all guards and covers, refit the side
panels and close the hood.
WARNING: FLUIDS THAT FACILITATE ENGINE STARTING ARE

HIGHLY FLAMMABLE. WHEN USING THEM, KEEP AWAY FROM
SPARK SOURCES (BATTERIES, CONNECTORS, ETC). THESE
FLUIDS SHOULD BE KEPT IN COOL AREAS AND THE CONTAINERS
PROPERLY STORED.
143
Raising the engine hood
Press the front release button, raise the hood and support on the strut.
To close the hood, push it down until you feel the catch engage.
Removal of the side panels

The side panels can only be removed when the hood is raised.
Grip the front of the side panel and pull it upwards to release it from its
retaining catch. Then pull the panel towards the front of the tractor to
remove it.
DANGER: WHEN HANDLING BATTERIES:

- AVOID BREATHING IN FUMES PRODUCED BY THE ACID
SOLUTION (if the acid is accidentally swallowed, drink plenty of wa-
ter or milk, then drink beaten eggs or vegetal oil; seek medical atten-
tion immediately)
- USE THE APPROPRIATE PROCEDURE WHEN CHARGING
- CLEAN ALL PARTS WHERE ACID SOLUTION MIGHT HAVE
SPILLED. IF IT SPILLS ON THE HANDS, NEUTRALIZE IT WITH
HYDRATED LIME OR SODIUM BICARBONATE. IF IT HITS THE EYES,
RINSE REPEATEDLY FOR 10-15 MINUTES, THEN SEEK MEDICAL
ATTENTION IMMEDIATELY.
144
Cleaning the front grille

For the engine cooling system to function correctly, the front grille should
always be kept clean.
WARNING: BEFORE CARRYING OUT ANY WORK ON THE ENGINE,

WAIT UNTIL IT HAS COOLED DOWN.
DURING MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS, APPLY THE HANDBRAKE
AND POSITION THE CHOCK UNDER ONE OF THE WHEELS.
ON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, REPLACE ALL GUARDS AND
COVERS, REFIT THE SIDE PANELS AND CLOSE THE HOOD.
145
Checking the engine oil level

Start the engine and allow it to run for few minutes; then switch the engine
off, wait for about one minute, then check the oil level.
Pull the dipstick out, wipe it

with a clean, lint-free cloth,
reinsert it and pull it out
once again to read the oil
level.
If the level lies between the

t w o not ches on t he
dispstick, it is correct.
If the oil requires topping up,

unscrew the oil filler cap and
t op up w i t h oi l of t he
specified quality to the top
notch on the dipstick.
DANGER: RISK OF BURNS WHEN THE ENGINE IS HOT; ALLOW THE

E N G I N E TO C O O L B E F O R E S E RV I C E , I N S P E C T I O N O R
ADJUSTMENT.
Changing the engine oil

NOTE: Take care when draining oil from the engine sump, as hot oil can
cause serious burns.
Collect and store used oil in suitable containers before taking it to an
authorized collection centre.
146
DANGER: FLUIDS THAT ARE UNDER PRESSURE CAN PENETRATE

HUMAN TISSUE CAUSING SERIOUS INJURY. IT IS RECOMMENDED
TO ALWAYS STOP THE ENGINE AND RELIEVE THE PRESSURE
BEFORE CONNECTING OR DISCONNECTING LINES.
Proceed as follows:
Unscrew the oil drain plug

located on the sump under
the filler cap.
Renew the engine oil filters following the instructions given below.
• When all the oil has drained from the sump, inspect the drain plug
seal and, if necessary, renew it before replacing the drain plug.
• Pour oil of the prescribed quality into the sump through the oil filler
until the level reaches the upper notch on the dipstick.
• Run the engine for a few minutes and check the seals around the
oil drain plug and the new oil filter.
• Check the oil level again and top up if necessary.
DANGER: TAKE CARE WHEN DRAINING OIL FROM THE ENGINE

SUMP, AS HOT OIL CAN CAUSE SERIOUS BURNS.
WARNING: COLLECT AND STORE USED OIL IN SUITABLE

C O N TA I N E R S B E F O R E TA K I N G I T TO A N A U T H O R I Z E D
COLLECTION CENTRE.
147
Changing the engine oil filters

• Position a suitable re-
ceptacle under the fil-
ters.
• Unscrew the two filter
cartridges.
• Oil the new filter car-
tridges using the same
oil as that used in the
engine.
• Screw the new cartrid-
ges on by hand.
• On starting the engine,
check for leaks around
the cartridge seals.
• Check the engine oil le-
vel.
Changing the fuel filters
• Position a suitable recep-

tacle/container under the
filters.
• Unscrew the cartridges
and replace with new ori-
ginal cartridges of the
same type.
• Check that the seal bet-
ween the new cartridges
and the cover is perfect.
NOTE: Before mounting the preliminary or fine fuel filter, ensure that it is
filled with diesel fuel.
148
Draining water from the fuel filter

Always drain the water from the fuel filter before putting the tractor back
into service after the winter season.
Proceed as follows:
Place a suitable container under the filter and operate the drain valve on
the bottom of the filter bowl by pressing it sideways; allow the liquid to drain
until clean fuel appears.
149
Draining the water from the fuel prefilter

Always drain the water from the fuel prefilter before putting the tractor back
into service after winter storage.
Proceed as follows:
• Place a container under the

filter.
• Undo screw C and allow all
the water in trap B to drain
out.
• Re-tighten screw C.
Bleeding air from the fuel system

This operation must be carried out when air has entered the fuel circuits as
a result of the disassembly of fuel system components, running out of fuel
or leaks around fuel line fittings.
When air is in the fuel system, the engine either fails to start completely or
stops once it has started.
To bleed the air from the system, loosen off the screw located on top of the
fuel filter and operate the fuel pump manually until the fuel that appears is
free from air bubbles.
WARNING on no account loosen the unions of the fuel lines connecting

the pumps and the injectors, as these need to be retightened to a specific
torque setting against the special copper seals, which must be renewed
whenever the fittings are disconnected.
150
WARNING: THE SHOCK ADSORBERS HAVE INSIDE GAS OR OIL

UNDER PRESSURE. BEFORE ANY REPAIR OPERATION, READ
CAREFULLY THE WORKSHOP MANUAL OF THE MAKER.
N.B. - The fuel pump lever should offer some resistance when operated by
hand. If not, turn over the starter motor in order to determine the pump
priming position (cams on camshaft at top dead centre).
The fuel feed pump, mounted on the timing cover, does not normally
require any maintenance; in case of fuel supply problems, remove and
clean (or renew) the internal filter and the valves.
WARNING: DO NOT SMOKE OR LIGHT MATCHES WHEN SERVICING

OR BLEEDING FUEL SYSTEM.
151
WA R N I N G : «PA P E R » F I LT E R I S N O T S U I TA B L E F O R T H E
TREATMENT OF PESTICIDES AND SO MUST BE REPLACED BY AN
«ACTIVE CARBON» FILTER AVAILABLE OPTIONALLY.
Fuel
We recommend that you use only commercial brands of diesel fuel which
have a sulphur content of 0.5% or less.
If you use a fuel with a sulphur content that exceeds 0.5%, the oil change
intervals indicated in this manual must be halved.
Fuel lift pump

(to operate the pump manually, press in the position indicated by the
arrow)
152
Air filter
Air filtering occurs by means of a folded paper element protected by a
container and held in a sheet metal cylinder.
WARNING: the internal cartridge of the filter does not perform any
filtration function. Its function is to prevent solid particles from entering the
inlet manifold when the filter cartridge is removed. The inner safety
element should never be cleaned but only replaced every three cleanings
of the main cartridge.
Periodically: check the efficiency of the air filter dust exhausting valve.
Front engine compartment - right-hand side

1 - Air cleaner
2 - Dust exhauster valve
3 - Engine cooling system radiator
NOTE: Check regularly that the engine air cleaner casing and element are
not damaged. Do not wash or brush the element.
NOTE: Periodically inspect air cleaner housing and element.
NOTE: The small inner secondary safety filter must never be used without
the larger outer primary filter being in place. The purpose of the secondary
safety filter is to serve as a backup to the primary and prevent dust or other
items from entering while the primary is being cleaned or replaced.
153
Cleaning the air filter

Clean the filtering element whenever the air filter warning light
comes on.
Important
It is important to make sure that the warning light is always working
correctly. To check its operation, start the engine and temporarily obstruct
the air filter intake tube (do not use your hands). The filtering element must
always be in perfect working order; if not, clean, wash or replace it.
Cleaning the filter using compressed air

This is the correct cleaning method to use when the filter is clogged with
dust. Direct a jet of compressed air (max. pressure 6.8 bar/98 psi) from the
inside to the outside of the element, moving the jet along the pleats in the
paper until all the dust is removed.
Washing the filter element in water

This cleaning method is particularly recommended when the the filter
element is clogged with oil substances. Wash the element using a jet of
clean water (max. pressure 2.9 bar/42 psi) directed from the inside to the
outside of the element. Leave the element to dry in a dust free
environment for 24 hours.
Refitting the element

Wipe out the air filter casing with a dry rag, and check that the element is
not deformed. Hold a light inside the paper element to check for tears or
holes in the paper fabric.
The filter element must be replaced after being cleaned 6 times, unless
any small holes or tears are detected sooner, in which case it must be
renewed immediately.
The inner safety element must never be cleaned. It must, however, be
replaced after the main element has been cleaned 3 times.
NOTE: Never use gasoline (petrol), kerosene or cleaning solvents to clean

the element.
- do not attempt to blow the main element clean using tractor exhaust gases.
- never add oil to the dry air filter element.
- filter must be serviced when warning indicator pilot light comes on,
otherwise engine could lose power and damage to engine could occur.
- never use a filter that shows sign of damage.
If in doubt, replace the filter.
154
Washing the filter element 7188-33
Cleaning the filter element using

compressed air
7188-34
Eliminating any residue from the

element using a water jet
7188-35
Inspecting the paper element for holes

or tears using a light.
7188-36
155
Engine cooling system

REQUIRED.
Checking the level of coolant in the expansion tank
The coolant level should be

about halfway up the side of
the expansion tank, never
below the minimum mark.
We recommend the use of
l i qui d cool ant AKR O S
FREEZE.
N.B.- The cooling circuit operates under pressure; the pressure is

controlled by way of the radiator cap which should never be removed
when the engine is hot.
Excess pressure is removed by turning the radiator cap to the first position
and then removing it completely.
AKROS FREEZE liquid coolant

Coolant/antifreeze mixture.
This mixture, in addition to preventing freezing at temperatures down to
-38°C (-36.4°F), offers protection against oxidisation, corrosion, foaming
and encrustation.
The quantity of coolant and antifreeze mixture contained in the

cooling system is 11 litres (2,9 U.S. gal).
WARNING: ALWAYS USE THE 100% OF PERMANENT TYPE

ANTI-FREEZE “AKROS FREEZE” AVAILABLE FROM YOUR
DEALER, NEVER THE ALCOHOL TYPE ANTI-FREEZE.
156
Changing the coolant/antifreeze mixture and flushing the cooling

system
Clean the cooling system using a specific detergent.
Proceed as follows:
– Drain the engine coo-

ling system by ope-
ning the drain cock on
the left-hand side of
the engine;
– Drain the radiator by removing the the drain plug on the bottom left-hand
side;
– Fill the system with the detergent mixture (if the tractor is equipped
with a cab heater, this should be set to maximum heating so that the
detergent mixture also circulates through the heat exchanger);
– Start the engine and allow to it run for approx. one and a half hours.
– Drain the system and then fill it with water; then start the engine again,
bring it up to a speed of approx. 1000 rpm and leave it running for 5 mi-
nutes.
– Drain the system once again.
– Refill with AKROS FREEZE, run the engine for a few minutes and
then top up the system.
Thermostat
There are two thermostats in the cooling system that prevent the
coolant from circulating in the radiator until it has reached a sufficiently
high temperature (approx. 85°C/185°F).
If you are in any doubt as to whether a thermostat is functioning correctly,
have it checked by qualified personnel.
WARNING: DO NOT REMOVE RADIATOR CAP WHILE ENGINE IS

HOT. RADIATOR IS PRESSURIZED AND IF OPENED WHILE HOT,
STEAM AND BOILING LIQUID WILL BE SPRAYED OUT, WHICH MAY
INJURY YOU AND OTHERS WHICH MAY BE CLOSE BY. THERE CAN
ALSO BE A EXCESSIVE AMOUNT OF COOLANT LOSS.
157
Cleaning the oil cooler

The oil cooler can be cleaned with a compressed air jet, or, if necessary, a
steam jet (max. pressure 6 bar/87 psi) or a water jet.
If the engine is to be cleaned at the same time, protect the air filter, the
alternator and the starter motor.
Once all the components have been replaced, run the engine for a few
minutes so that it heats up and dries any parts still wet.
Cleaning with detergents
If you use detergents to clean the oil cooler, use commercial products that
dissolve oil.
The detegrent can be mixed with water for application by spray gun or
brush.
After applying the solution, wait after few minutes, then rinse off with clean
water.
Cleaning with compressed air
This operation is only suitable for removing dust. When cleaning the grilles
or cab filter screens, make sure that the compressed air jet is directed in
the opposite direction to the normal air flow.
Important: failure to keep the oil cooler clean can lead to overheating of
the lubricated parts.
Warning: every time you clean the tractor, observe the applicable
regulations for environmental protection.
158
CHAPITRE V ENTRETIEN
Front engine compartment

1 - Air cleaner pressure switch
2 - Turbocharger (70 - 90 - 100HP)
3 - Gearbox oil filter
4 - Engine coolant radiator
5 - Battery
Front engine compartment

1 - Engine coolant reservoir
2 - Alternator
3 - Cab air conditioning compressor
4 - Ventilation system
159
Adjusting belt tension

To adjust the tension of the drivebelts, use the screw indicated in the figure
below as follows:
Turn the adjusting screws until to obtain the belt settling, exerting finger
pressure to the middle of the longest section; the belt should deflect
approximately 15 mm (0,59 in) for belts with reference.
NOTE - measure deflection at the mid-point of the longest belt run.
CAUTION: INSPECT THE DRIVE BELTS OVER THEIR ENTIRE

LENGTH. IF DAMAGED OR CRACKED, RENEW IMMEDIATELY.
CAUTION: IF THE BELT IS BROKEN DO NOT RUN THE ENGINE AS

THE COOLING FAN IS INOPERATIVE.
160
Clutch maintenance
The hydrostatic clutch control system eliminates all need for clutch pedal
adjustment.
The level of the clutch fluid in the

reservoir is indicated by a warning light
on the instrument console.
When the low fluid level warning light

illuminates, remove the filler cap and
top up to the MAX mark.
Important: the same fluid reservoir

is also used by the braking system.
In case of clutch malfunction, contact your authorized service centre.
Bleeding air from the hydraulic clutch circuit
If clutch does not work properly, consult one of our Service Centres or
check whether there is air within the hydraulic circuit by proceeding as
follows:
– After removing the dust cap,

loosen the bleed screw,
slowly depress then hold
down the clutch pedal and
immediately tighten the ble-
ed screw.
– Release the pedal.
– This operation should be re-
peated until the oil flows out
of the bleeding valve without
any air bubbles.
161
Maintenance of the gearbox, differential and rear reduc-

tion units
Every 150 hours: check gearbox oil level through the dipstik placed in the
gearbox rear side.
Every 1200 hours: replace the oil.
On the left-hand side of the tractor there is a filter with an interchangeable

cartridge.
This filter cartridge should be renewed:
• après les 150 premières heures de travail.
• after the first 1200 operating hours;
(together with an oil change)
• always change the filter when the warning light switches on
WARNING: when the filter clogged warning light , comes on,

change the oil filters.
If warning light continues to stay on after changing filter(s), contact a

authorized service centre. It is normal for the light to stay on for a few
minutes immediately after starting the engine.
Gearbox oil filter
162
Procedure for changing the transmission oil filters

– Position a suitable receptacle underneath the filter.
– Unscrew the cartridge.
– Oil the new cartridge using the same oil as that used in the transmis-
sion.
– Screw on cartridge, tightening by hand only.
– On starting the engine, check for leaks around the cartridge sealing ring.
– Check the transmission oil level.
Underside view of the gearbox

1 - Gearbox oil drain plug
2 - Shaft grease nipple for lift arms.
NOTE: If noises occur in hydraulic pumps at operating temperature, a dirty

oil filter could be the cause. in this case change the oil filter for the operating
hydraulics immediately.
163
Checking the transmission oil level

• The tractor must be parked on a flat, horizontal surface.
• The engine must have been switched off for at least 5 minutes and
the handbrake must be on.
• The rear power lift must be lowered and the arms of the front po-
wer lift (if present) in the raised position.
• The control levers of the remote service control valves must be in

neutral position.
– The oil level can be checked instantly via the transparent plug on the
rear right-hand side of the gearbox (see figure on page 165).
– If necessary, top up with oil of the prescribed quality so that the oil
level is up to the upper notch on the dipstick.
– Re-start and run the engine for a few minutes, then check the oil level
again.
– Top up the level again if necessary.
NOTE: When working on steep gradients, take care to ensure that all moving
parts receive adequate lubrication.
NOTE: Always park the tractor on a level surface when changing the oil or
checking the level.
WARNING: HYDRAULIC FLUID UNDER PRESSURE CAN PENTRATE

THE SKIN OR EYES AND CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY, BLINDNESS OR
DEATH. FLUID LEAKS UNDER PRESSURE, MAY NOT BE VISIBLE.
LOOSEN CONNECTIONS SLOWLY, KEEPING HANDS AND FINGERS
CLEAR OF LOOSENED FITTINGS. USE A PIECE OF CARDBOARD
OR WOOD TO LOCATE LEAKS, DO NOT USE YOUR FINGERS OR
HANDS. WEAR SAFETY GOGGLES FOR EYE PROTECTION. IF ANY
FULID IS INJECTED INTO THE SKIN, SEEK MEDICAL ATTENTION
IMMEDIATELY.
164
Changing the oil

The gearbox oil also feeds all the tractor’s hydraulic services: hydrostatic
steering, power-lift and hydraulic distributors.
When changing the oil it will also be necessary to drain the oil from the
auxiliary control valves circuit by moving the control levers and hydrostatic
steering circuit lever in both directions and slackening the connectors on
the cylinder and turning the steering wheel in both directions.
After changing the oil, bleed the circuit by rotating the steering wheel in
both directions with the engine running until oil free of bubbles flows out of
the loosened fittings. Then tighten the fittings once again.
Also, have the filter changed on the tractor hydraulic circuit (see figure,
page 162).
Transparent plug for checking gearbox oil level.
165
To change the oil, proceed as follows:
– Remove the plug A.

– Remove the plug B located
under the rear gearbox and the
plug C located under the front
gearbox, after placing a basin
under both of them.
– Remove the oil level inspection A
E
plug D.
– Change the oil filter on the
left-hand side of the gearbox.
– Screw down the drain plugs B
and C and pour oil into the
gearbox through the hole A
(approximately 33 litres (8,71
U.S. gal) and anyhow to reach
the level and until oil comes out
of the hole D.
– Close the hole D with the
relevant plug.
– Close the oil filler hole A with the
relevant plug and turn the
engine for a few minutes.
– Check the oil level by removing
the oil level inspection plug D,
and top up if necessary
Warning: take care when draining oil; hot oil can cause severe burns.
Used oil should be collected in suitable containers prior to being taken to a

specialised disposal centre.
C B D
166
Maintenance of the rear axle

Greasing
Every 50 hours: grease the rear halfshaft bearings
(one per side as shown in the figure).
Maintenance of the hydrostatic power steering

Inspect the pipes for cracks or breaks and check for leaks around the pipe
fittings and the control valve.
WARNING: KEEP THE TRACTOR LOCKED, USING A CHOCK, WHEN

PARKING ON SLEEP GROUND, REPAIRING OR MAINTENANCE
OPERATING.
167
Bleeding air from the hydraulic system

When necessary, bleed the
air from the steering system
by loosening the two fittings
on the steering cylinder and
then turning the steering
wheel in both directions (with
the engine running) until the
oil flowing from the fittings is
free of air bubbles.
Re-tighten the fittings and
top up the transmission oil
through the filler on the
right-hand side at the rear of
the transmission casing.
N.B. - even just a few minutes operation without oil can cause the pump to
seize.
WARNING: FOR THE WHEELS REPLACEMENT AND FOR SOME

MAINTAINING OR REPAIRING OPERATIONS, THE TRACTOR MUST
LIFTED, USING SPECIFIC SAFETY SUPPORTS. NEVER USE AS
SUPPORT THE IMPLEMENTS ATTACHED TO THE TRACTOR. DO
NOT ALLOW ANYONE TO GET ON THE TRACTOR, WHEN LIFTED
FR O M TH E G R O U N D F O R M A I N T E N A N C E O R R E PA I R
OPERATIONS.
Greasing the steering cylinders
Inject grease using a grease

pump through the grease
nipples (two per cylinder)
located on the cylinder pivot
pins.
168
Front axle 2wd
Axle oscillation bushings

Inject grease using a
grease pump.
Hub reduction units

Every 1200 hours:
disassemble the bearings
and wash them with diesel
fuel, then reassemble
them, half-filling each hub
with grease.
Steering knuckle pins

Every 50 hours: carry out
greasing.
grease pump.
Steering cylinders
grease pump through the
grease nipples (two per
cylinder) located on the
cylinder pivot pins.
WA R N I N G : FO R W H E E L S D I S A S S E M B L I N G A N D F O R
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR, LIFT THE TRACTOR, USING SPECIFIC
TOOLS ONLY.
169
Maintenance of the front driving axle

Differential
Checking the oil level

Remove the oil filler/level
plug to check the oil level.
Changing the oil

Drain the oil from drain hole
located under the centre of
the front axle
and fill through the hole on

the right-hand side until the
oil level is up to the lower
edge of the hole.
170
Hub reduction units
Checking the oil level

Rotate the hub so that
filler/level plug is aligned
horizontallly with the centre of
the hub, and remove the
plug.
The oil level should be up to
the lower edge of the hole.
Changing the oil

Drain the used oil from the
drain hole located at the
bottom of the hub.
Fill through the filler/level

hole until the oil level is up
to the lower edge of the
hole.
Important: collect used oil

in suitable containers prior
to taking it to an authorized
disposal centre.
171
Greasing
Inject grease using a grease pump through the grease nipples (2 per hub)
located on the hub pivot pins.
Front axle oscillation bushings

Greasing
Inject grease through the two grease nipples using a grease pump.
Checking operation of the differential lock controls

Operate the controls and check that the differential lock is engaged and
disengaged correctly.
172
Maintenance of the front and rear brakes

The hydrostatic brake control system does away with any need to adjust
the positions of the brake pedals.
Checking the braking action

The user should operate the brakes to test the braking action. If the brakes
do not function correctly, contact your authorized service centre.
Bleeding air from the hydraulic braking system (to be carried out in
the workshop)
In the case of poor braking action, either contact an authorized service
centre or check for air in the hydraulic circuit as follows:
• separate the two bra-

ke pedals by deta-
ching the connecting
bolt
• Set the “SEPARATE

BRAKES” valve con-
trol to OFF position.
CAUTION: APPLY THE PARKING BRAKE AFTER THE ENGINE HAS

STOPPED AND BEFORE LEAVING THE TRACTOR.
173
• operate the right-hand brake pe-

dal several times in quick suc-
cession;
• then, keeping the pedal fully de-

pressed, slightly unscrew and
immediately re-close the air ble-
ed screw for the rear
right-hand brake.
Repeat this operation as many
times as necessary until clean
hydraulic fluid, free of any air
bubbles, can be seen flowing
out of the bleed screw.
• Repeat this procedure on the

bleed screw for the front
right-hand brake.
• Repeat the procedure on the ble-

ed screws for left-hand front and
rear brakes.
CAUTION: ALL IMPLEMENTS MOUNTED TO THE TRACTOR MUST

BE SAFELY ATTACHED.
174
The level of fluid in the brake fluid

reservoir is indicated by a
warning light on the instrument
panel ; if the low brake fluid
level warning light illuminates,

remove the filler cap and add
fluid to bring the level up to the
MAX mark.
Important: the brake f l ui d
reservoir also supplies the clutch
system.
Warning: when driving the tractor on roads, insert the connecting bolt to
lock the two brake pedals together.
CAUTION: INSPECT PERIODICALLY THE BRAKE FLUID LEVEL IN

THE TANK. THE BRAKE FLUID TANK MUST BE ALWAYS FULL.
Front axle right-hand side (with front brakes)

1 - Front axle
2 - Oil pipe for front brakes
3 - Air bleed screw, brake circuit
4 - Oil drain plug, brake housing
175
Adjusting the handbrake

Turn the adjuster screw A to reach the required level.
60 mm
DANGER: THE DRIVEN IMPLEMENTS COULD ROTATE FOR SOME

TIME AFTER P.T.O. HAS BEEN DISENGAGED. PLEASE STOP THE
TRACTOR ENGINE AND WAIT UNTIL ALL THE MOVING PARTS OF
IMPLEMENT HAVE COME TO A COMPLETE STANDSTILL, BEFORE
TO START ANY SERVICING OPERATION.
DANGER: DO NOT CONNECT, DISCONNECT OR ADJUST PTO WITH

THE ENGINE RUNNING.
176
P.T.O. CLUTCH
Periodically: operate the control and verify that engagement occurs
correctly.
Otherwise turn to one of our Authorized Service Workshops and have it
adjusted.
Check the free travel of the P.T.O. control lever.
Adjusting the free travel of the P.T.O. control lever - Model with me-
chanical control
This travel should be about
20 mm (0,79 in) an d
measured as illustrated in
figure below.
Otherwise loosen screw A, 20 mm

operate plate B as indicated
by arrow until feeling the f
clutch is beginning t o
disengage.
B
Place the control lever in
A
such a way it has completed a
travel of approximately 20
mm (0,79 in). Finally tighten
screw A.
Adjusting the free travel of the P.T.O. control lever - Model with
hydrostatic control
Operate as follows:
Move lever A by hand in the

direction indicated by the
arrow, until the cluth begins to
disengage;
Use a sliding gauge to make

sure that dimension B is 23 to
24 mm (0,91 - 0,95 in) .
Otherwise turn screw C to
restore this dimension.
177
Maintenance of the front P.T.O.

Checking the oil level (see the figure on the next page)
Check the oil level by way of the level plug C located on the front left of the
P.T.O. case.
If necessary, top up through the filler hole A located on top of the P.T.O. case.
Changing the oil

• Position a suitable receptacle under the drain hole.
• To drain the oil, remove drain plug D located on the undeside of
the front P.T.O. case (to access the drain plug, first remove the co-
ver located under the front P.T.O.).
• Remove the wire mesh filter E, wash it thoroughly in diesel fuel
and then dry it with compressed air.
• Replace wire mesh filter E.
• Unscrew filter cartridge B and fit a new cartridge; apply oil of the
same type as that used in the P.T.O. to the new cartridge before fit-
ting it.
• Replace drain plug D and fill the P.T.O. case with oil up to the level
marked on level plug C.
• Replace filler plug A.
A - Oil filler plug.
B - P.T.O. oil filter cartridge.

(wire mesh filter to be
cleaned whenever
operating irregularities
B are noted and to be
A renewed every 2400
hours).
C C - Oil level indicator plug.
D Is positioned on the right
E side of the box of the
P.T.O.
D - Oil drain plug.

To access, remove the
cover located under
the front carrier
E - Filter, wire mesh.
178
Hydraulic power-lift
When the clogging pilot lamp lights up: change the transmission-lift oil
filters installed on the middle section of the suction pipe on the right-hand
side of the gearbox (loosen the two retaining bands with rubber sleeves).
Rear view of tractor

A - Oil filler plug for gearbox/lift/steering and hydraulic services oil
B - Grease nipples for lifting rods
Mechanical stabilisers have two grease nipples (one on each side) for
lubricating the adjustment screw.
DANGER: BEFORE DOING ANY JOB ON THE P.T.O. DRIVE LINE AND
P.T.O. END SHAFT, ENSURE THAT PTO IS DISENGAGED, THE
ENGINE SHUT OFF AND THE KEY REMOVED.
WARNING: THE IMPLEMENTS MUST ALWAYS BE LOWERED TO

THE GROUND WHENEVER THE TRACTOR IS NOT OPERATING OR
WHEN ADJUSTMENT, MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR OPERATIONS
ARE TO BE CARRIED OUT.
179
Maintenance of the 3-point linkage
Rear 3-point linkage

Furthermore, the two lifting rods and the
stabiliser tie-rods must be greased at the
¦
intervals specified in the maintenance
schedule.
Greasing
Inject grease at the grease nipples using
a grease pump.
¦
¦
Tool box
NOTE: When adjusting the length of the top link of the 3-point hitch, take
care that it does not come apart and ensure that a sufficient length of the
threaded end of the turnbuckle is screwed into the turnbuckle housing to
withstand the tractive force applied when working.
180
Adjusting the power-lift maximum height
6 5 4 3
8 7 SITI 2
9
P O ON 1 1 - W i t h engi ne st opped pl ace t he
“POSITION” control as shown in figure -1-
10
O
(position no. 10 of the field corresponding
to the lowest position of the lower link
field).
A 2 - Operate the control by pressing the

lock key A downwards while tipping over
the control key B.
B
(It is recommended to position the
controls as indicated above, also when
the tractor is not to be used for a long
time).
6 5 4 3
8 7 SITI 2
9
PO
ON 1 3 - Unhook the fork A from the lifting arm B
10
and position the control as shown in the

O
f i gur e ( posi t i on 0 of t he sect or

corresponding to the highest position of
the sector of the lifting arms).
D C 4 - Adjust the length of the rod

A C, using the fork A, so that the
arms at “FULL LIFT” are a
distance of E = 5 to 2 mm (0,2
to 0,08 in) from the mount D.
B
181
Windscreen washer
Check the level of

windscreen washer fluid in
the plastic reservoir located
at the rear of the tractor.
Clean plugged windscreen washer jets using a pin. Adjust the direction of
the jets so that the spray hits the windscreen at the top of the arc described
by the wiper blade.
During winter, it is advisable to add a suitable antifreeze or methyl alcohol

to the windscreen washer fluid.
IMPORTANT: Always keep all the cab windows clean. Mirrors must also
be kept clean and correctly positioned.
Windscreen and rear screen wipers
The wiper blades have a bayonet fitting. To remove the blade, raise the tab
of the centre clip.
182
Maintenance of the climate control system

When switching on the system, always make sure the air intake ducts and
the diffusers are not blocked.
IMPORTANT: Never attempt to carry out any work on the heating system
with engine running.
If the air does not start coming out of the outlets right away as soon as the
system is set at work, immediately switch system off and identify the fault.
• Check the belt tension (see instructions on page 186)

• Furthermore verify that the pulleys are prefectly aligned.
• Make sure the heater alternator is firmly secured to tractor.
• If the system fails to work, check the fuse in the terminal block in
the roof.
• Ascertain, by removing a heating muff, that there is no dirt inside
the thermoconvector which could prevent its normal operation.
After any type of work is performed on the thermoconvector, it is a good

rule to always make sure that:
– The heater is clean and free of foreign deposits.
– The air ducts are not blocked.
Never turn on the heating system in dusty environments when the doors
are open.
N.B. The checks listed above will have to be performed more frequently
when working in dusty environments.
CAUTION: REPAIRS TO THE AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM MUST

ONLY BE CARRIED OUT BY A SPECIALIZED SERVICE CENTRE.
183
Cab air filter

Cleaning the filter
Periodically (according to the conditions of use).
E
To access the filter it i s
necessary to detach the front
grille from the side clips.
Then loosen knob and
remove the filter.
Clean the filters as follows:

• Blow compressed air (max 6 bar/87 psi) through the filter in the op-
posite direction to the normal air flow in order to comletely remove
all dust;
• Wash with a solution of water and detergent solution at 40°C
(104°F) for about 15 minutes.
• Rinse with running water;
• Leave to dry at ambient temperature.
IMPORTANT: the filter must be replaced if damaged and, in any case, after 6
washes.
When refitting the filter, make sure that it reaches up to the top and bottom
edges of the filter housing.
Active carbon air filter

The procedures for removal and refitting are the same as for ordinary
filters.
• The filter does not provide total protection against toxic substances
• Fit this filter on the cab in place of the standard dust filter.
• Wear protective gloves when changing the filter.
• After each use, the filter must be removed and the standard dust
filter fitted in its place.
• The filter must be replaced in its original packaging and carefully
sealed.
184
• It is important that the filter is removed during use of the tractor for
any applications other than pesticide spraying; dust will clog the fil-
ter in a very short time.
• This filter, if used correctly and for no longer than a total of 200 ho-
urs, has a maximum life of 36 months from the moment the packa-
ging is opened (the date of manufacture is indicated on the filter).
• Do not wash the filter or clean it with compressed air.
• Used filters must be disposed of at specialised waste disposal cen-
tres.
Always follow the manufacturer’s instructions.
DANGER: REPLACE THE “ACTIVE CARBON” FILTER AFTER 200

WORKING HOURS OR AFTER 36 MONTHS. IF YOU NOTICE SMELL
OF PESTICIDE INSIDE THE CAB, REPLACE IMMEDIATELY THE
FILTER AND LET CHECKED THE CAB GASKETS.
Maintenance of the air conditioning system

The system is made up of three units:
1 Fan-evaporator unit, placed under the cab ceiling;
2 Power supply unit, consisting of a motor-driven compressor.
3 Condenser and fan unit mounted on cab roof.
Inspecting the radiator-condenser

Remove the safety grille and check that the radiator- condenser is not
dirty or clogged. The fins should always be kept clean.
Clean with a water jet or air jet directed from the inside out (take care not to
damage the fins - straighten any bent fins using special fin comb).
N.B. - Should any of the fittings of the air conditioning circuit become
loose, the system will have to be recharged using special equipment.
Have the system recharged at a specialised service centre.
Should the air conditioning system require further servicing or repair,

contact your SAME service centre.
185
Air conditioning system check

• to be carried out every year at a specialised service centre
Any air and water in the refrigerant circuit will impair the efficiency of the
system:
– the air is compressed unnecessarily and does not produce any
refrigerating effect.
– water tends to freeze in the coldest parts of the circuit and thereby
create obstructions that impair the cooling action.
The system check begins by

inspecting the condition of the
refrigerant through the inspection
window on top of t he
receiver-drier.
The refrigerant, as seen through
the inspection window, should be
clear and free of bubbles.
Check the drivebelt

tension; the belt should
deflect a maximum of 15
mm (0,59 in) when thumb
pressure is applied at the
mid-point between the two
pulleys.
If necessary, adjust by
turning screw A on the
tensioner.
Check that the compressor is firmly fixed to the tractor and that the pulleys
are perfectly aligned.
IMPORTANT - Should it be necessary to remove the receiver-drier or the

air conditioning unit, immediately plug the ends of the inlet and outlet pipes
to prevent the ingress of dust or humidity.
186
Air conditioning system compressor

The compressor must be securely fixed to the tractor.
The refrigerant circuit is pressurized and therefore must never be opened

except by specialized service technician.
The ecological refrigerant R 134a is non-toxic and odourless, and is not

inflammable.
However, there are certain essential safety precautions when handling

refrigerant:
• Avoid direct contact with skin, as this can cause lesions similare to
frostbite.
• Avoid contact with eyes; should the refrigerant enter your eyes,
seek medical assistance immediately.
• Any welding either directly on the refrigerant circuit or in the imme-
diate vicinity is strictly prohibited. The refrigerant must not be be
exposed to temperatures in excess of 80°C (176°F).
Service valves of the air

conditioning system
All servicing or charging of
the air conditioning system is
to be performed at a
specialized service centre.
WARNING: CONTACT WITH REFRIGERANT CAN CAUSE SEVERE

SKIN LESIONS. IN CASE OF CONTACT WITH THE EYES, DO NOT
RUB EYES, SEEK IMMEDIATE MEDICAL ASSISTANCE.
DANGER: WHILE MIXING THE ANTIFREEZE SOLUTION AND

FILLING THE TYRE, IT IS ESSENTIAL TO WEAR SAFETY GOGGLES
AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING. STAY CLEAR OF RAISED BOOM AND
BUCKET
187
General cleaning of the tractor
Clean the tractor with a steam or water jet (do not exceed 6 bar/87 psi).
Protect all the decals containing safety or service information. Should any
of the decals become illegible, have them replaced immediately.
If you intend to clean the engine at the same time, protect the air filter,
alternator and starter motor.
After replacing any parts you removed prior to cleaning, run the engine for
a few minutes to dry off any wet components.
188
Cleaning with detergents

Choose commercial products that dissolve oil.
The detergent/water solution can be applied by spray gun or brush.
After applying the solution, wait a few minutes then rinse with clean water.
Cleaning with compressed air

This cleaning method is only suitable for removing dust.
When cleaning the grilles in the engine compartment or the cab filters,
always direct the air jet in the opposite direction to the normal air flow.
189
SECTION VI ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
SECTION 6 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Always disconnect the battery before carrying out any work on the
electrical system. Before any welding operations, disconnect the battery
and all the connectors of the electronic control units.
Battery
DANGER: BATTERIES PRODUCE EXPLOSIVE GASES. KEEP

FLAMES, SPARKS AND SMOKING MATERIAL AWAY FROM
BATTERIES. VENTILATION IS REQUIRED, WHEN CHARGING OR
STORING BATTERIES. AVOID CONTACT BETWEEN ACID AND SKIN
OR CLOTHES.
Checking the battery
The battery is of the maintenance-free type

The electrolyte level should be between the
minimum and maximum marks.
Check the battery charge level at the start of the
winter season. Re-charge if necessary.

CAUTION: DISCONNECT THE BATTERY CABLES, BEFORE TO

VERIFY OR REPAIR THE ELECTRICAL WIRING OR BEFORE TO
START WELDING OPERATIONS ON TRACTOR OR ON ATTACHED
IMPLEMENTS.
190
To remove the battery from the tractor, proceed as follows:

Battery located at the front of the bonnet
1 - Unhook and lift the bonnet (see page 101)
2 - Remove the side panels (see page 101)
3 - Remove the grille (see page 145)
Loosen the 2 screws of the retaining brackets and remove the battery from
its support.
Always keep the battery terminals clean; smear them with vaseline to
protect them agianst corrosion.
When refitting the battery, always connect the positive lead first and then
the earth lead.
Important: Check frequently that the battery is securely anchored to its

support.

191
Fuse box
Left-hand side of the instrument panel: fuse holder
To access, remove the panel on the left-hand side of the instrument panel.
Always switch off the ignition and all electrical equipment before changing
a fuse or a relay. The fuses and relays can be identified from the diagram
on the inside of the fuse box cover.
Before changing a blown fuse, switch off the electrical power at the ignition
switch, eliminate the problem which caused the fuse to blow, and then
replace the fuse with a new one of the same rating.
DANGER: WHEN HANDLING BATTERIES:

- AVOID BREATHING IN FUMES PRODUCED BY THE ACID
SOLUTION (if the acid is accidentally swallowed, drink plenty of wa-
ter or milk, then drink beaten eggs or vegetal oil; seek medical atten-
tion immediately)
- USE THE APPROPRIATE PROCEDURE WHEN CHARGING
- CLEAN ALL PARTS WHERE ACID SOLUTION MIGHT HAVE
SPILLED. IF IT SPILLS ON THE HANDS, NEUTRALIZE IT WITH
HYDRATED LIME OR SODIUM BICARBONATE. IF IT HITS THE EYES,
RINSE REPEATEDLY FOR 10-15 MINUTES, THEN SEEK MEDICAL
ATTENTION IMMEDIATELY.
192


FLAMMABLE MATERIAL.
Right side of the instrument panel: preheating control unit
NOTE: Always switch off the engine before checking or replacing fuses and
relays.
NOTE: Only use original fuses. The electrical system could be irreparably
damaged by fitting an unsuitable fuse.
193
Fuse box
F7
7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 15 A 15 A
F1
25 A 10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A 15 A
F2 F8
F3 F9
F4 F10
F5 CABIN F11
F6 50 F12
5A
HR 1 VN 0.5
VN 1
15 A MB 1 VN 1 15 A
12
12
6
HR 1
RV 1 HN 1
15 A 10 A
11
11
5
HR 1 HR 1 HN 1
H1
7.5 A HR 1 10 A HN 1.5
10
10
4
HR 1 LR 1
GN 1
HR 1 7.5 A LR 1 10 A
3
GN 1
7.5A G 1.5
HR 1 MR 1 10 A GN 1
2
M1 R1.5
M 1.5 R 2.5
5A R 1.5 25 A
7
7
1
F1 - Electro-hydraulic services F7 - Main beam

F2 - STOP, Electro-pneumatic seat F8 - Dipped beam
F3 - Flashers, Preheating lamp F9 - Dipped beam
F4 - Various services F10 - Side/tail lights
F5 - Cab F11 - Side/tail lights
F6 - Preheating (12+ starting) F12 - Dashboard lights
194
H A8
M
I 200 PR
IND.TEMPERATURA INT.CONS.AVVIAMENTO
IND.LIV.CARBURANTE START CONSENT SWITCH PRERISCALDO
ILL.CONTAORE TEMPERATURE IND.
195
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Electrical system diagram (central part) for tractors with electronic

FUEL LEVEL IND. COLD START
HOURCOUNTER LIGHT A1 OLIO FRENI
D BRAKES OIL
ANTERIORE
30
170
170
250
250
300
270
1
2
50
A 3
4
5 A5
6
7
8
CHECK PANEL
A9
250
RELE' CONSENSO
1 START CONSENT RELAY FM
2
B 3
4
5 A6
450 6
200
7 MAXIFUSE MTA 30A

8
MTA 03.00390+03.00391
250 CA MTA 17.07660
FUSE MTA 06.00910
CONTROPARTE SIGILLATA 1
2
C 3
S 4
300 5
A7
CABL.SOLLEV. ANT. 6
FRONT LIFT WIRING 7
8
70 PULSANTE PU
L
50
CABL.REG.ELETTR.
ELECTR.REGULATOR WIR.
70
M 1.5
MB 1
HR 1
HR 1
MR 1
RV 1
LR 1
LR 1
B
12 11 10 9 8 7
CABIN
7.5 A
7.5 A
7.5A
15 A
15 A
5A
50
15 A 15 A 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 5A 6 5 4 3 2 1 200 200

140 N INT.IND.DIREZIONE O INT.COM.LUCI
DIRECTIONS COM.SWITCH LIGHTS COM.SWITCH
HR 1
HR 1
NASTRO TELATO
HR 1
HR 1
HR 1
HR 1
E
M1
INT.AVVIAMENTO
START SWITCH
190
180
80
350
HN 1.5
GN 1
GN 1
R 2.5
HN 1
VN 1
A
12 11 10 9 8 7
400 ø 8.5
10 A
10 A
25 A
R
10 A
10 A
15 A
25 A 10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A 15 A 6 5 4 3 2 1
GTR MASSA
200
GROUND
VN 0.5
G 1.5
GN 1
R 1.5
HN 1
VN 1
R1.5
H1
A4
COMPUTER DI BORDO P
NASTRO TELATO
BOARD COMPUTER
INT.EMERGENZA
200
EMERGENCY SWITCH
T
130
A INT.PTO ANTERIORE
FRONT PTO SWITCH
250
300
Q
LAMEGGIATORE
FLASHING LIGHT
PASSACAVO - FAIRLED
ELETTROZUBEHOR DG29 260
instrument panel.
U
R
14
INT.FRIZ.PTO POST.
Aø
BACK PTO CLUTCH SWITCH
AIN
250
GU
SECTION VI
0
20
15
0
500
TUBO CORR. TAGL. ø 7,5
A2
220
GTR
+12VCC ø8
A
500
UA
IN
DF
GU
200
200
G
AIN
V
Aø
DT
TABELLA COLORI / COLOURS TABLE
8
INT.BLOCC.DIFF. M Marrone/Brown C Arancio/Orange
Z DIFF.LOCK SWITCH V Verde/Green A Azzurro/Blue
280
Z Viola/Violet B Bianco/White
150
1 2 INT. D.T. N Nero/Black L Blu/Dark Blue
1 2 3 4 5
4 WH.DRIVE SWITCH S Rosa/Pink G Giallo/Yellow
AMP
X R Rosso/Red H Grigio/Gray
AMP
Y K
MR1
VN1.5
LA J
CABLAGGIO SOTTOSTRUTTURA
ALLA CABINA CABL.FAN.ANTERIORI SUBSTRUCTURE WIRING
FRONT LIGHTS WIRING
A8
H
I INT.CONS.AVVIAMENTO
M START CONSENT SWITCH 200 PR
Electrical system diagram (central part) for tractors with mechanical

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
IND.TEMPERATURA
ILL.CONTAORE TEMPERATURE IND. IND.LIV.CARBURANTE PRERISCALDO
HOURCOUNTER LIGHT FUEL LEVEL IND. A1 COLD START
OLIO FRENI
D BRAKES OIL
ANTERIORE
30
170
170
300
250
250
270
1
2
50
A 3
4
5 A5
6
7
8
CHECK PANEL
A9
250
RELE' CONSENSO
1 START CONSENT RELAY FM
2
B 3
4
5 A6
450 6
200
7 MAXIFUSE MTA 30A

8
MTA 03.00390+03.00391
250 CA MTA 17.07660
FUSE MTA 06.00910
CONTROPARTE SIGILLATA 1
2
S C 3
4
300 5
A7
CABL.SOLLEV. ANT. 6
FRONT LIFT WIRING 7
8
70 PULSANTE PU
50
M 1.5
MB 1
HR 1
HR 1
MR 1
RV 1
LR 1
LR 1
B
12 11 10 9 8 7
CABIN
7.5 A
7.5 A
15 A
7.5A
15 A
5A
50
15 A 15 A 7.5A 7.5A 7.5A 5A 6 5 4 3 2 1 200 200

140 N INT.IND.DIREZIONE O INT.COM.LUCI
DIRECTIONS COM.SWITCH LIGHTS COM.SWITCH
HR 1
HR 1
HR 1
HR 1
HR 1
NASTRO TELATO
HR 1
E
M1
INT.AVVIAMENTO
START SWITCH
190
180
80
350
HN 1.5
GN 1
GN 1
R 2.5
HN 1
VN 1
A
12 11 10 9 8 7
400 ø 8.5
10 A
10 A
25 A
15 A
10 A
10 A
R
25 A 10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A 15 A 6 5 4 3 2 1
200 GTR
MASSA
VN 0.5
GROUND
G 1.5
GN 1
R 1.5
HN 1
VN 1
R1.5
H1
NASTRO TELATO
INT.EMERGENZA
EMERGENCY SWITCH
T
130
A INT.PTO ANTERIORE
FRONT PTO SWITCH
250
300
Q
LAMEGGIATORE
FLASHING LIGHT
PASSACAVO - FAIRLED
ELETTROZUBEHOR DG29 260
instrument panel.
U
R
14
INT.FRIZ.PTO POST.
Aø
BACK PTO CLUTCH SWITCH
AIN
250
GU
SECTION VI
0
15
TUBO CORR. TAGL. ø 7,5
A2
+12VCC GTR
500 ø8
A
IN
UA
GU
200
200
G
AIN
Aø
8
M Marrone/Brown C Arancio/Orange
V Verde/Green A Azzurro/Blue
280
150
196
1 2 N Nero/Black L Blu/Dark Blue
1 2 3 4 5
S Rosa/Pink G Giallo/Yellow
AMP
X R Rosso/Red H Grigio/Gray
AMP
Y K
MR1
VN1.5
LA J
CABLAGGIO SOTTOSTRUTTURA
ALLA CABINA CABL.FAN.ANTERIORI SUBSTRUCTURE WIRING
FRONT LIGHTS WIRING
Parts list of electrical system

A - Fuse box
B - Fuse box
D - Brake fluid
E - Starting switch
H - Temperature gauge
I - Fuel gauge
L - Electronic governor wiring
M - Hour counter light
N - Turn indicator switch
O - Light control switch
P - Emergency switch
Q - Flasher
R - Earth
S - Front lift wiring
T - Front P.T.O. switch
U - Rear P.T.O. clutch switch
V - Differential lock switch
Z - DT engaging switch
A1 - Alternator
A2 - +12VCC
A4 - Computer
A5 - Check panel
A6 - Check panel
A7 - Check panel
A8 - Starting signal switch
A9 - Starting signal relay
FM - Starting max fuse
PR - Preheating
PU - Button
LA - To the cab
J - Front light wiring
X - Substructure wiring
Y - Substructure wiring
Z - Substructure wiring
WARNING: WEAR EYE PROTECTION WHEN CHARGING OR

BOOSTING BATTERY.
197
SENS.INT.OLIO TRASM.
OBSTR.OIL FILTER SENS.
198
PRESS.OLIO MOTORE
FILTRO ARIA
ENGINE OIL PRESS.
6 PROIETTORE SX PRERISCALDO
P1
4
1 3 CA. 394
COPR. 826
HG1
N1
4 8 MASSA
9 14 N4
2 1 2
15 20 CA. 470 10
100
COPR. 37
21 25
SECTION VI
AMP
26 29
50
B1
VN
1
N1
2 1
HN1
GUAINA TERMO
30
50
N1
A
600
6
170
250
7.5
pa6
CABL.ANTERIORE
4.5
FRONT WIRING
GUAINA
260
4.5
BL1
TEMPERATURE 1
M05
ENGINE OIL PRESS. 2
B05
AIR FILTER 3
4 BR05 PPMOD
RPM GENERATOR
PPMOD
L05
PPMOD
GENERATOR 5
HORN 6 Z1
H1 540
DIPPED HEAD LIGHTS 7
CORRUGATO
8 HN1 320
DIPPED HEAD LIGHTS
V1
FULL BEAM HEAD LIGHTS 9
CORRUGATO TAGLIATO
10 V1
FULL BEAM HEAD LIGHTS
CORRUGATO TAGLIATO
CV1
Electrical system diagram (front).

CHECK PRERISCALDO 11 30 gtr 24X60
GH1 PTO TAPPO
RELE' PRERISCALDO 12 ppmod chiuso CORRUGATO 13 pa6
CORRUGATO 13 CORRUGATO 13 pa6
TAPPO 13 GUAINA 7 GR1
2
AMP
2
GR1 3 N1
1
1
FRONT PTO 14
15 VN1.5
COMPRESSOR 180 40
20
TAPPO 16 570 450
TAPPO 17
pa6
MOLLETTA RAYMOND 108124.853.921 PTO ANTERIORE
TAPPO 18 NASTRARE SUL CAVO ALLE QUOTE INDICATE
TAPPO 19 ATUM 24X60
4.5
20 BN05
INT.FILTRO OLIO
GU
pa6
TAPPO 21
AIN
A
TAPPO 22
7.5
d.i 10
7.5
TAPPO 23
300
6
TAPPO 24 HV1.5
AVVIAMENTO 25
20
HV1.5
CORRUGATO ARNITEL
0
PPMOD
AVVIAMENTO 26
GND TEMPERATURE 27 N1
220
AN 1 gtr
TEMP.CHECK 28
PPMOD
300
CV
TAPPO 29
CORRUGATO
1
CORRUGATO TAGLIATO
20
0
1
25
250
IT EL
AM
P
10 ARN
GA
d.i. TO
Z1
RU
N1
R
30
CO
CORRUGATO TAGLIATO
1
V1
50
gtr
BR
.5
L1
P2
d.i 7.5
d.i 7.5
250
PRERISCALDO
CORRUGATO ARNITEL
CORRUGATO ARNITEL
5
V1
250
50
d.i 4.5
N1
H1
CORRUGATO ARNITEL
1 2
7 8 9 AVVISATORE
ACUSTICO
d.i 7.5
"W" "D+" COMPRESSORE
350
300
d.i 7.5
GTR
ALTERNATORE
CORRUGATO ARNITEL
ST2 ST1
1
600
CORRUGATO ARNITEL
1
ø 4.3 PROIETTORE DX
A3
AMP
1
AMP
A1
START
TEMPERATURE SENS. 1
TEMPERATURE SENS. 2
SENS.TEMPERATURA 1
AVVIAMENTO
SENS.TEMPERATURA 2
PO
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
F.to A1
SECTION VI
FANALE POSTERIORE SX FANALINO SX LUCE TARGA PRESA LAMP. FARO LAVORO

PRESA RIMORCHIO CAVETTI FANALINI ANTERIORI
40
F. MANO GN 1 530 (POSIZIONI)
GV 0.5 2200 GN 1 530 (POSIZIONI)
RN 1 2260 (STOP) A 1 530 (DIREZIONE DX) 2
M 1 2200 A 1 530 (DIREZIONE DX) 3
MG 1 1250 8 1
RN 1 1210 (STOP) N 1 530 (GND)
MG 1 2200 INSERIMENTO PTO N 1 530 (GND)
AN 1 2480 (DIREZ. SX) PTO 540/1000 80 400 30
M 1 2200
2
GN 1 2480 (POSIZIONI)
7
N 1 1530 (GND)
3
6
4
N 1 1210 (GND) 1
2 SENSORE FRIZ. PTO
G 1 530 (POSIZIONI)
10
A 1 2480 (DIREZIONI DX)
0
3
AMP
G 1 530 (POSIZIONI)
60
2
80
30
0
4 AN 1 530 (DIREZIONE SX)
0
G 1 2480 (POSIZIONI) 20 5 0 AN 1 530 (DIREZIONE SX) 3
40 1
N 1 530
MR 1 3210
3 2 1 14 1 N 1 530 (GND)
1
G 1 2670
N 1 530 (GND)
AG 1 3400
N 1 530
N 1 2450
N 1 2670
AN 1 2670
N N 50
AN 1 3170 (DIREZ.)
RN 1 1210 (STOP)
N 1 1070
N 1 1210
N 1 1070
GN 1 1070
0
N 0.5 107
N 1 123
20
24 5 5 80 400 30
RN 1 221
470
1 12
30
V 1
G G1 SENSORE DT
M 2
3
30
20 4
12 70
40
0.5 10 230
30 N 0.5 2
VN 0.5 2390
N 0.5 1220
HN 0.5 2390
N 05
350
BR
0
70
0
50
50
300
600
500
15
0
100
T M 1 2200 (CONS PTO)
1
690 7
GND 0 M 1 2200 (CONS PTO) AL CENTRALE
2
17
350
N 1 1450
200
N 1 1230
N 1 1120 (G.B)
N 1 2550
Electrical system diagram (rear).

R 1.5 1420 (+12VCC STOP) 1
N 1 1530 A 1 2480 2
N 1 2450 A 1 2920 (DIR DX) 2
N 1.5 2380 AN 1 3170 (DIR SX) 3 AL CENTRALE
N 1.5 2250 AN 1 2480 3
G 1 2920 (POSIZ) 5
100 450 550 G 1 2480 (POSIZ) 5
AG 1 3400 (FARO LAV) 6
9 6 3
8 5 2
7 4 1
HN 0.5 2390 (PTO --) 9

RN 1 2210 (F.MANO) 8
470 30 100
11
10
12
MR 1 3210 (LAMPEGG.) 12
ZB 1 2150 (FRENO R.) 11
R 1.5 1200 VN 0.5 2390 (PTO --) 10
N 1.5 2250 SEDILE ELETTRICO GV 0.5 2200 (SPIA PTO) 7
300
GN 1 3170 (POSIZ) 4
GN 1 2480 4
CONTROPARTE SIGILLATA
300 500 650 1100 GV 1 1760 (EV PTO) 4
GV 1 2450 (SPIA FRIZ. PTO) 4
MB 1 1400 (+12VCC) 1
AB 1 1760 (EV DT) 2
AR 1 1870 (EV DIFF) 3 AL CENTRALE
AR 1 1760 (SPIA DIFF) 3
H 1 1720 (VEL.RUOTE) 5
H 1 1720 (VEL.RUOTE) 6
GIUNZ.C MG 1 2200 (FRIZ.PTO NC) 8
9 6 3
8 5 2
7 4 1
BR 0.5 2230 (SPIA DT) 9

ZB 1 2150 AL CENTRALE
50
F. RIMORCHIO N 1 860 (G.B) (FANALINI POST) N 1.5 2380 (GND E) 7
250 50
30 60 GIUNZ.B
N 1 2930 (GND)
AN 1 2930 (DIREZ. SX)
360 6 3
200
A 1 2670 (DIR DX)
5 2
H 1 1720 N 1 2670 (GND)
200
VELOCITA' 4 1
RUOTE H 1 1720 GN 1 2670 (POSIZIONI)
G 1 2930 (POSIZIONI)
30 80
100
MB 1 330 (G.C) GIUNZIONE C
+12VCC +GTR
VR. STEGOLI AMP N 1 220 (G.B) MB 1 400
1 2
MB 1 400
80
30
MB 1 1400 MB 1 400
MB 1 400
MB 1 330
40
A 1 2920 (DIREZIONI)
G 1 2920 (POSIZIONI)
RN 1 2690 (+STOP)
N 1 2550
Z 1 630
N 1 360 (G.B)
GN 1 2670
A 1 2670
N 1 2670
GIUNZIONE B
2 1 +GTR
N 1 380
N 1 1120 N 1 220
N 1 860
AMP
N 1 360
900
50
250
FANALE POSTERIORE dx FANALINO dx
P T D L LEVA HI-LO
30
40
M Marrone/Brown C Arancio/Orange
20
V Verde/Green A Azzurro/Blue
GV 1 1760
AB 1 1760
AR 1 1760
Z 1 630
MB 1 400 (G.C)
MB 1 400 (G.C)
MB 1 400 (G.C)
MB 1 400 (G.C)
R 1 1200
RN 1 2260
RN 1 2690
N Nero/Black L Blu/Dark Blue

1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 S Rosa/Pink G Giallo/Yellow
R Rosso/Red H Grigio/Gray
AR 1 1870
N 1 380 (G.B)
AMP
AMP
AMP
AMP
IDROSTOP
4
2
1
PTO DT DIFF LO
SENSORE DIFF
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
199
200
R IF E R IM E N T I C O N N E T T O R I E C O M P O N E N T I
diagram.
CRUSCOTTO
C A B IN A
5 C A .O C C H .ƒ Ó 6 .5
ALTER N ATO R E 2 C O N .P O T E N Z A F E M M . M T A 4 4 .4 0 1 0 0 + 1 1 .0 7 6 7 0
1 C A P P .S .S . 1 V IA F .M .D .I. 1 2 1 3 9
SECTION VI
GTR
C A P P U C C IO C O N N .S .S . 1 V IA P .F .A M P 2 8 2 0 7 9 -2
GTR
CK5 R IF .C A .F E M M . A M P 2 8 2 1 1 0 -1
N
-1
R IF .G O M M . P E R C A .S .S . G IA L L O A M P 2 8 1 9 3 4 -2
N
0-
C
-1
O
90
0-
0
-1
R
R T Y C O V 2 3 1 3 2 -A 2 0 0 1 -X 0 2 32 .7 6 5 9 .2 4 0 .0 /1 0 R ELE' 1 3 0 A
R
80
6-
U
0
10
G
P /F U S .M T A 0 3 .0 0 3 6 0 + C N T . M T A 1 7 .0 8 2 5 0 O C C H .ƒ Ó 5
00
AT
F 1 -F 2
O
F U S .M ID I 5 0 A M T A 0 6 .0 2 0 5 0
F 3 -F 4
10
C
+ F U S .M ID I 1 0 0 A M T A 0 6 .0 2 1 0 0 + F U S .M ID I 1 2 5 A M T A 0 7 .0 2 1 2 5
PA
R
6
R
U
6 D AD O M 6 C O N R O N D ELLA
C
AT
O
3 C A .O C C H .ƒ Ó 6 .7 A M P 1 8 1 3 0 3 -2
R
S C A L D IG L IA
R
C
U
4 C A. O C C H . ƒÓ 6 C EM BR E A5M 6
8 .5
O
G
R
N
AT
R
PA
-1
O
6
U
7 C A . O C C H . ƒ Ó 8 .4 C E M B R E A 1 0 M 8
G
6-
65
AT
8 .5
0
PA
6
P A R T IC O L A R E A S E E A
10
PA
6
GTR
G
G
G
G
TEST +12VC C
TR
TR
TR
TR
C V 1 .5
1 K OHM
1 /2 W A T T
GTR
1N 4007
CORRUGATO
N -1 6 -1 2 5 0
G U A IN A D 4
10
GTR
12
50
50
A
0A
RELE' 12V 130A
5A
10 PA 6
GTR GTR GTR GTR
C V 1 .5
F3 F4
C
O UT +12VCC CK5
C
R
O
R
C
R
C
U
O
G
R
GTR
R
G
AT
(Components located in front engine compartment).

U
O
U
AT
G
O
10
AT
AT
O
O
PP
8 .5
GTR
M
N -1 6 -6 0 0
8 .5
OD
PP
10
100 M M
M
PP
PP
M
OD
M
+ B A T T E R IA
OD
OD
CK5 N -1 0 -6 3 0
GTR
N -1 0 -6 6 0
+ B A T T E R IA
N -1 6 -6 9 0
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Engine preheating system and instrument panel, cab and alternator relays
GENERATORE
Generator
ƒÓ6
SCALDIGLIA
ƒÓ6
CHECK PRERISCALDO
P
AMP
1
40 A
1N 4007
1 Kohm
1/2 Watt
125A
RELE' 12V 130A

MOTORINO AVV.
Start Engine
Wiring diagram of preheating system
WARNING: CONNECT ONLY TO A 12 VOLT SUPPLY TO BOOST

BATTERY.
201
Colours
M - Brown
V - Green
N - Black
R - Red
A - Light blue
G - Yellow
H - Grey
Cab electrical system
202
Cab electrical system

Legend
1 - Fuse box
2 - To the courtesy light
3 - To the rear worklight switch
4 - To the front worklight switch
5 - To the rear window washer button
6 - To the rear window washer
7 - To the front window washer
8 - To the rear window wiper switch
9 - To the front window wiper switch
10 - To the front window washer button
11 - To the window washer switch
12 - To the starter motor
13 - To the cab
14 - To the front window wiper motor
15 - Block for optional items
16 - Power supply
17 - To the rear window wiper wiring
18 - Cab power supply
19 - To the electric heating rheostat
Cab fuse box
1 3
2 4
6 8
5 7
1 - Fuse location
2 - 7.5 A fuse for front windscreen wiper and washer pump control
3 - 7.5 A fuse for rear windscreen wiper and washer pump control
4 - 10 A fuse for front working lamps
5 - Fuse location
6 - 20 A fuse for condenser fan motor
7 - 10 A fuse for rear working lamps
8 - 10 A fuse for heating control unit
203
Electrical diagram - cab air conditioning unit
Key to air conditioning components
E Electronic heater control unit

N NTC temperature sensor
P Blower speed control resistor
C Blower speed selector
RA Heater relay
RC Air conditioner relay
A Electric heater alternator
P Heater resistance
F Power supply fuse
T Air conditioning pressure switch
CO Compressor
S Thermostat
204
Lights
Cleaning the headlights and sidelights
Clean with water or specific commercial products. We recommend that you
switch off the lights before cleaning.
Bulb replacement
Front headlights H4 12V 60/55W double filament bulb
The headlights have double- filament bulbs for main and dipped beam
ilumination.
To replace the bulbs, remove the front grille and proceed as follows:
– detach connector 1 from the

base of the bulb.
– Peel back and remove the
rubber cover 2.
– Turn slightly the spring clip
3 that holds the bulb base 4
in position and detach it
from the reflector.
WARNING: avoid touching the

inner surface of the reflector.
Make sure no foreign material
gets inside the reflector.
– Insert the new bulb so that

the locator tabs engage the
notches in the rim of the
reflctor 5.
– Replace the ruber cover 2,
making sure that it fits
snugly against the edge of
the reflector.
– Push connector 1 onto the
terminals on the bulb base.
205
Rear light assemblies
The tractor is equipped with two rear light assemblies on each fender (right
and left) comprising the following lights:
A - red tail light.

Bulb: DIN 72601-R5W 12V 5W
B - brake light.
Bulb: DIN 72601-P21 12V 21W
C - direction indicator light.

Bulb: DIN 72601-P21 12V 21W
To replace any of these bulbs, proceed as follows:
– Remove the two screws 1 securing the red or yellow-red lens 2.

– Gently remove the lens 2 to access the bulb.
– Turn the defective bulb counter-clockwise under slight pressure as far
as it will go.
– Remove the bulb.
– Insert the new bulb and turn clockwise under slight pressure as far as
it will go.
– Replace the lens 2 and secure with the screws 1.
206
Front sidelights and direction indicators mounted on the sides of the

cab
The light clusters mounted on each side of the tractor contain two bulbs:
A - sidelights B - direction indicators.
Bulb: DIN 72601-R5W 12V 5W - sidelight

Bulb: DIN 72601-P21 12V 21W - direction indicator
To replace either of the bulbs, proceed as follows:

– Remove the two screws securing the yellow-white lens.
– Gently remove the lens to access the bulb.
– Apply light pressure and turn the defective bulb counter-clockwise as
far as it will go.
– Remove the bulb.
– Insert the new bulb, apply light pressure and turn it clockwise as far as
it will go.
– Replace the lens and the two retaining screws.
NOTE: Switch off the front and rear lights before cleaning them.
207
Front and rear working lights in cab roof

Bulbs: DIN 72601-H3 12V 55W -front (4) and rear (4)
To replace the bulbs, proceed as follows:

– Carefully clean the outside of the light unit to avoid the risk of dirt
getting on the reflector during bulb replacement.
– Using your hands only (tools could easily damage the components)
unscrew the two screws securing the rear cover and access the bulb
as follows:
– Detach the connector from the bulb base.
– Slightly rotate the spring clip that holds the bulb base in position, and
detach it from the reflector, disconnecting also the lead conected
directly to the bulb.
WARNING: avoid touching the inner surface of the reflector. Make sure no
foreign material gets inside the reflector.
– Insert the new bulb, engaging the locating tabs with the notches on the
reflector rim.
– Connect the bulb lead.
– Push connector onto the terminals on the bulb base.
n
Interior light
Interior courtesy light
DIN 72601-K 12V 10W
208
IMPORTANT
For tractors with cab platform,

the front sidelights on the
fender are fixed to a mobile
support.
This support must be
positioned as indicated in the
figure when driving on the
public highway.
When necessary, the sidelight

supports can be turned back
to prevent them getting caught
on overhanging branches, as
shown in the figure.
Remember to return t he
sidelights to their working
position (i.e. turned forwards)
before driving on the public
highway, in observance of the
Highway Code.

209
Headlight alignment
The tractor must be in normal road-going conditions and parked on a level
surface at a distance of 10 m (32.8 ft) from a wall (tyres must be inflated to
the correct pressures and the front wheels must be positioned for travel in
a straight line).
Switch on the dipped beam headlights.
1 - points on the wall corresponding to the centres of the headlights

A - distance apart of headlights
H - height of headlights
h - distance of the centre of the beam from the horizontal axis
X - distance between headlights and wall
210
Turn the adjuster screws indicated by the arrows in the figure to move the
beam in a vertical or horizontal direction.
NOTE: in order to determine the points on the wall corresponding to the

centres of the headlights, we recommend that you bring the tractor up to
the wall with the dipped headlights on, mark the centres on the wall and
then move back to a distance of 10 m (32.8 ft) from the wall.
Horizontal adjustment
With the headlights switched on, the centres of the beams should be apart
the distance A indicated in the figure.
Vertical adjustment
With the headlights on, the lines delimiting the light and dark zones on the
wall should 10cm (3.9 in) apart as shown in the figure.
IMPORTANT: The figure refers to headlight alignment for driving on the

right-hand side of the road. For driving on the left-hand side of the road, the
dark beam zone projected on the wall must be symmetrical to that shown
in the figure (i.e. the points of the dark zone that penetrate the light zone
must always be directed towards the edge of the road).
211
SECTION VII STORAGE OF THE TRACTOR
SECTION 7 - STORAGE OF THE

TRACTOR
Operations prior to garaging the tractor for a long period
for example, before winter
If the tractor is not to be used for a long period, we recommend that you
carry out the following operations to prevent certain components from
deteriorating during storage.
– Run engine to thoroughly warm oil in crankcase. Drain oil and install
new filter element. Refill crankcase with fresh oil as recommended in
Specification section.
– Top up the cooling system radiator with the prescribed coolant with
anti-freeze and anti-corrosion properties.
– Fill the fuel tank completely to prevent the condensation forming insi-
de the tank.
– Start the engine and check that the fuel system and the injection
system are functioning correctly.
– Check that the fuel filters are clean.
– Slightly loosen the fuel filler cap and the radiator cap so that the relati-
ve seals are not kept under pressure.
– Clean the air filter element. Lubricate the tractor as specified in the
maintenance schedule.
– Remove the battery from the tractor and clean the two terminals (posi-
tive/negative).
– The battery should be charged and then stored in a cool, dry place.

DECALS.
212
SECTION VII STORAGE OF THE TRACTOR
– Cover the exhaust pipe with a plastic sheet held in place with adhesive
tape. The tractor must be completely clean; touch-up any scratches in
the paintwork to prevent rust from forming.
– Apply a layer of grease to exposed metal surfaces as a protection aga-

inst rust.
The tractor should be stored in a suitable garage, and preferably not

exposed to dust. If the tractor has to be stored outside, cover it with a
sheet.
IMPORTANT: do not leave the tractor idle for a long period without having
first carried out the operations listed above.
Preparing the tractor for use after a long period of storage
– Remove the tractor from the wheel stands (if used).
– Remove the cover sheet (if any);
– Remove the cover from the exhaust.
– Charge and refit the battery (follow the instructions given in this ma-
nual).
– Start the engine and allow to tick over slowly for a few minutes.
– Do not use the throttle until you are sure that the engine is running cor-
rectly.
– Carry out all the operations prescribed in this manual for the start of
the working season; the tractor will then be ready to be put back into
service.
213
SECTION VIII TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
SECTION 8 - TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
X = Standard o = Optional
Description 55HP 70HP

Engine
Type 1000.3-W 1000.3-WT
EURO II EURO II
Cylinders / Displacement n°/cc 3/3000 3/3000
Turbo - x
Max. homologated power
(ECE R24.03) cv/kW 52/38,5 67/49,5
(2000 25/CE) cv/kW 55/40,5 70/51,5
Rated engine speed rpm 2350 2350
Maximum torque Nm 205 260
Revs. at maximum torque rpm 1400-1600 1400-1600
Torque rise % 23 22
Low idling speed rpm 650-700 650-700
Peak speed rpm 2300-2360 2300-2360
Engine governor mechanical/electronic
Oil cooler x x
Cooling system water/oil water/oil
Air cleaner
(dry with safety cartridge) 8" 8"
Underhood silencer with vertical exhaust pipe
Fuel tank capacity
- tank forward of engine l (U.S. gal) 39 (10.3) 39 (10.3)
- tank under platform (o) I (U.S. gal) 32 (8.5) 32 (8.5)

DECALS.
214
Description 75HP 90HP 100HP

Engine
Type 1000.4-W 1000.4-WT 1000.4-WT
EURO II EURO II EURO II
Cylinders / Displacement n°/cc 4/4000 4/4000 4/4000
Turbo - x x
(ECE R24.03) cv/kW 70/51,5 83/61 90/66
(2000 25/CE) cv/kW 74/54,5 87/64 95/70
Rated engine speed rpm 2350 2350 2350
Maximum torque Nm 257 348 377
Revs. at maximum torque
rpm 1400-1600 1400-1600 1400-1600
Torque rise % 15 31 31
Low idling speed rpm 650-700 650-700 650-700
Peak speed rpm 2330-2360 2330-2360 2330-2360
Engine governor mechanical/electronic
Oil cooler x x x
Cooling system water/oil water/oil water/oil
Air cleaner
(dry with safety cartridge) 8" 8" 8"
Underhood silencer with vertical exhaust pipe
Fuel tank capacity
- tank forward of engine l 39 39 39
- tank under platform (o) I 32 32 32
Description 55 - 70 HP 75HP 90 - 100 HP

Gearbox and P.T.O. clutch
The clutch is the two-stage type, one for the gearbox and the other for the P.T.O.
Gearbox clutch disc

- with circular friction lining x x
- with friction plates in cerametallik x
diameter of the disc inches/mm 11” (280)
with mechanical pedal control x x x
Power take-off clutch disc

- with circular friction lining x x x
diameter of the disc inches/mm 11” (280)
with mechanical handlever control x x x
with electro-hydraulic control o o o
215
Gearbox
- 12 FWD+12 REV
Mechanical synchronized 4-speed gearbox with 2 ranges
- 16 FWD+16 REV
Mechanical synchronized 4-speed gearbox with 2 ranges with creeper
- 24 FWD+24 REV
Gearbox with Syncropower (2 change-on-the-move ratios) 4-speed synchronized with 3
ranges
- 32FWD+32 REV
Gearbox with Syncropower (2 change-on-the-move ratios) 4-speed synchronized with 3
ranges and mini-reduction gearbox
Forced lubrication
Rear P.T.O.
Rear terminal 1 3/8" with 6 splines (540 r.p.m. - 775 r.p.m.)
Rear terminal 1 3/8" with 21 splines (1000 r.p.m.)
Synchronized with engine with ratio:
– 3.8125 for 540 r.p.m.
– 2.2727 for 1000 r.p.m. (upon request)
– 3.1765 for 775 r.p.m. (upon request)
Engine r.p.m. P.T.O. shaft r.p.m.

540 1000 775
2461 - - 775
2350 616 1034 739
2300 603 1012 724
2272 - 1000 -
2200 577 968 692
2100 551 924 661
2058 540 - -
2000 526 880 629
1900 498 836 598
1800 472 792 567
1700 446 748 535
1600 420 704 504
1500 393 660 472
1400 367 616 440
Front P.T.O.
Oil-immersed disc clutch with electrohydraulic control
Power take-off is by RING-FEEDER type rings and with interposed flexing coupling.
Disk diameter: mm/(in) 124,5 (4,9)
Number of disks: 4
Outlet terminal: 1.3/8’’ with 21 splines
P.T.O./engine r.p.m. ratio: 1/2.400
216
SYNCHRONIZED P.T.O.
Outlet terminal with 6 splines ∅ = (1" 3/8)
FRUTTETO II 55 - 70
Tyres 30 Km/h (18.6 mph) 40 Km/h (24.8 mph)
540 775 1000 540 775 1000
P.T.O. r.p.m. for meter travel
360/70-24 3,41 4,09 5,72 2,78 3,33 4,66
13.6 R24 3,29 3,95 5,52 2,68 3,21 4,49
14.9 R24 3,12 3,75 5,23 2,54 3,05 4,26
13.6 R28 3,02 3,62 5,06 2,46 2,95 4,12
FRUTTETO 75 II
Tyres 30 Km/h (18.6 mph) 40 Km/h (24.8mph)
540 775 1000 540 775 1000
380/70-24 3,29 3,95 5,52 2,68 3,21 4,49
420/70-24 3,12 3,75 5,23 2,54 3,05 4,26
14.9 R24 3,12 3,75 5,23 2,54 3,05 4,26
380/70-28 3,02 3,62 5,06 2,46 2,95 4,12
16.9 R24 2,97 3,56 4,98 2,42 2,90 4,05
420/70-28 2,88 3,45 4,83 2,34 2,81 3,93
14.9 R28 2,88 3,45 4,83 2,34 2,81 3,93
FRUTTETO II 90 - 100
Tyres 30 Km/h (18.6 mph) 40 Km/h (24.8 mph)
540 775 1000 540 775 1000
380/70-24 3,29 3,95 5,52 2,68 3,21 4,49
420/70-24 3,12 3,75 5,23 2,54 3,05 4,26
380/70-28 3,02 3,62 5,06 2,46 2,95 4,12
16.9 R24 2,97 3,56 4,98 2,42 2,90 4,05
420/70-28 2,88 3,45 4,83 2,34 2,81 3,93
217
Front axle
Description 55 - 70 - 75 - 90 - 100 HP
Front and rear diff. lock
with electro-hydraulic operation x
Transmission ratio:
front wheel revs. for
each wheel wheel rev.
- 30 Km/h (18.6 mph) 1,4706
- 40 Km/h (24.8 mph) 1,4794
Brakes
Integral braking on all 4 wheels
with hydrostatic operation x
Oil immersed front and rear disks x
Disk diameters
front mm/(in) 224 (8.8)
rear mm/(in) 180 (7.1)
Parking brake independent
Hydraulic trailer brake valve o
Steering
Hydrostatic with angle and reach adjustable
steering wheel x
Pump capacity l/min(Gpm) 33 (8.7)
Steering angle
2WD n° 70
4WD n° 60
218
Rear hydraulic lift

Description 55 - 70 - 75 - 90 - 100 HP
Load sensing” hydraulic lift
Max. lifting capacity (lifting capacity with load concentrated
on link arm ball ends at height for rear wheel centres)
- with quick-hitch ends kg (lb) 2450 (5401)
- with fixed hitching balls kg (lb) 2700 (5952)
Hydraulic rh lifting rod and top link o
Automatic coupling links o
Max. pump flow rate
at full power l/min (Gpm) 52 (13.7)
Front lift
Front lift with electronic control o
Max. lifting capacity kg (lb) 1000 (2204)
Hydraulic system
The circuit is equipped with:
• a hydraulic pump with a delivery of 35 l/min. (9.2 Gpm) for 2 or 4
way versions
• two hydraulic pumps with a delivery of 56 l/min. (14.8 Gpm) for 6
or 10 way versions
The hydraulic system is equipped with filter with an interchangeable
cartridge installed in the first section of the suction line There is also a
second 15 micron filter with interchangeable cartridge installed on the
hydrostatic steering pump delivery line
Driving position
Flat platform suspended on silent block x
Folding ROPS frame x
Instrument panel with digital display x
Driver’s seat x
with mechanical adjustment x
With air suspension and safety belt x
219
Cab
Description 55 - 70 - 75 - 90 - 100 HP
Platform suspended on silent blocks
with safety frame o
Digital multimeter x
Safety frame x
Cab x
Ventilation and heating x
Air conditioning x
Driver’s seat with pneumatic suspension x
Work lights n° 4
Rear screen wiper o
The maximum noise level, measured at the ear of the driver in accordance
with the test method described in Addendum II to the European Directive
EEC 77/311 is the following:
CAB ROLL BAR

Model Maximum noise level measured at the Maximum noise level me-
Type of driver’s seat with doors and windows Type of
asured at the driver’s seat
cab roll bar
open* db(A) closed db(A) db(A)
55HP C34 81,9 81,1 T85 86

70HP C34 82 81,9 T85 85
75HP C34 82,9 81,6 T85 86
90HP C34 84,5 82,9 T85 85
100HP C34 83,3 82,1 T85 85
* Roof hatch and rear window open
Warning! If the noise level with continuous tractor operation turns out to
be equal to or greater than 85 dB(A), the user needs to take the
appropriate precautions, as stated in the Italian Legislative Decree DL no.
277 dated 15/08/1991, in articles 41, 42, 43 and 44.
Electrical system
Battery
- standard 12V 85Ah 490A
- for cold climates 12V 100Ah 450A
Alternator 14V 65A

Starter motor 2,6 kW (55 - 70HP)
3 kW (75 - 90 - 100HP)
220
Dimensions and weights

55HP 70HP
4WD 2WD 4WD
Rear tyres 360/70R24 360/70R24 360/70R24
Max. Length
- without linkage (A) mm (in) 3040 (119.8) 3040 (119.8) 3040 (119.8)
Min.-max. Width (B) mm (in) 1450-1740 1450-1740 1450-1740
(57.1-68.6) (57.1-68.6) (57.1-68.6)
Max. height
- at safety frame/cab (C) mm (in) 2130 (83.9) 2130 (83.9) 2130 (83.9)
- at hood (D) mm (in) 1120 (44.1) 1120 (44.1) 1120 (44.1)
- at steering wheel (E) mm (in) 1220 (48.1) 1220 (48.1) 1220 (48.1)
Ground clearance
- beneath front axle (F) mm (in) 385 (15.2) 385 (15.2) 385 (15.2)
Wheel base (G) mm (in) 1950 (76.8) 1950 (76.8) 1950 (76.8)
Front track (H)
- min. mm (in) 1210 (47.7) 1080 (42.6) 1210 (47.7)
- max. mm (in) 1380 (54.4) 1280 (50.4) 1380 (54.4)
Rear track (H)
- min. mm (in) 1090 (42.9) 1090 (42.9) 1090 (42.9)
- max. mm (in) 1380 (54.4) 1380 (54.4) 1380 (54.4)
Min. turning radius
- without brakes mm (in) 3560 (140.3) 3275 (129.0) 3560 (140.3)
Operating weight
- with safety frame kg (lb) 2315 (5104) 2160 (4762) 2380 (5247)
- with safety frame kg (lb) 2160 (4762) 2010 (4431) 2230 (4916)
221

75HP
2WD 4WD
Rear tyres 380/70R24 380/70R24
Max. Length
- without linkage (A) mm (in) 3190 (125.7) 3190 (125.7)
Min.-max. Width (B) mm (in) 1470-1760 1470-1760
(57.9-69.3) (57.9-69.3)
Max. height
- at safety frame/cab (C) mm (in) 2140 (84.3) 2140 (84.3)
- at hood (D) mm (in) 1145 (45.1) 1145 (45.1)
- at steering wheel (E) mm (in) 1240 (48.9) 1240 (48.9)
Ground clearance
- beneath front axle (F) mm (in) 395 (15.6) 395 (15.6)
Wheel base (G) mm (in) 2080 (82.0) 2080 (82.0)
Front track (H)
- min. mm (in) 1080 (42.6) 1210 (47.7)
- max. mm (in) 1280 (50.4) 1380 (54.4)
Rear track (H)
- min. mm (in) 1090 (42.9) 1090 (42.9)
- max. mm (in) 1380 (54.4) 1380 (54.4)
Min. turning radius
- without brakes mm (in) 3400 (134.0) 3760 (148.1)
Operating weight
- with safety frame kg (lb) 2300 (5071) 2480 (5467)
222

90HP 100HP
4WD 4WD
Rear tyres 380/70R24 420/70R24
Max. Length
- without linkage (A) mm (in) 3190 (125.7) 3205 (126.3)
Min.-max. Width (B) mm (in) 1470-1760 1562-1960
(57.9-69.3) (61.5-77.2)
Max. height
- at safety frame/cab (C) mm (in) 2140 (84.3) 2155 (84.9)
- at hood (D) mm (in) 1045 (41.2) 1160 (45.7)
- at steering wheel (E) mm (in) 1240 (48.9) 1260 (49.6)
Ground clearance
- beneath front axle (F) mm (in) 395 (15.6) 410 (16.2)
Wheel base (G) mm (in) 2080 (82.0) 2080 (82.0)
Front track (H)
- min. mm (in) 1210 (47.7) 1040 (41.0)
- max. mm (in) 1380 (54.4) 1045 (41.2)
Rear track (H)
- min. mm (in) 1090 (42.9) 1142 (45.0)
- max. mm (in) 1380 (54.4) 1542 (60.8)
Min. turning radius
- without brakes mm (in) 3760 (148.1) 3800 (149.7)
Operating weight
- with safety frame kg (lb) 2505 (5523) 2560 (5644)
223
Unladen weight of tractor (without ballast)
WEIGHT OF TRACTOR WITH FRAME Kg (lb)

Front Rear TOTAL
55HP 4WD 980 (2161) 1550 (3417) 2530 (5578)
2WD 870 (1918) 1500 (3307) 2370 (5225)
70HP
4WD 980 (2161) 1550 (3417) 2530 (5578)
2WD 870 (1918) 1500 (3307) 2370 (5225)
75HP
4WD 1100 (2425) 1600 (3527) 2700 (5952)
90HP 4WD 1100 (2425) 1600 (3527) 2700 (5952)
100HP 4WD 1100 (2425) 1600 (3527) 2700 (5952)
Unladen weight of tractor (with ballast)
WEIGHT OF TRACTOR WITH FRAME Kg (lb)

Front Rear TOTAL
55HP 4WD 1095 (2414) 1515 (3340) 2600 (5732)
2WD 980 (2161) 1470 (3241) 2440 (5379)
70HP
4WD 1035 (2282) 1515 (3340) 2600 (5732)
2WD 980 (2161) 1470 (3241) 2440 (5379)
75HP
4WD 1230 (2712) 1570 (3461) 2770 (6107)
90HP 4WD 1230 (2712) 1570 (3461) 2770 (6107)
100HP 4WD 1230 (2712) 1570 (3461) 2770 (6107)
224
Maximum permissible loads
MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE LOADS Kg (lb)

Front Rear TOTAL
55HP 4WD 2000 (4409) 2900 (6393) 4900 (10803)
2WD 1200 (2646) 2900 (6393) 4100 (9039)
70HP
4WD 2000 (4409) 2900 (6393) 4900 (10803)
2WD 1200 (2646) 2900 (6393) 4100 (9039)
75HP
4WD 2000 (4409) 2900 (6393) 4900 (10803)
90HP 4WD 2000 (4409) 2900 (6393) 4900 (10803)
100HP 4WD 2000 (4409) 2900 (6393) 4900 (10803)
N.B.: the above data are dependent on use of the tyre sizes recommen-
ded for each model
Maximum trailerable loads
– Tow implements WITHOUT BRAKES as follows:

- DO NOT exceed 30 km/h (18.6 mph)
- the weight of the towed implement, when fully laden, must NOT ex-
ceed the weight of the towing tractor.
– Tow implements with MECHANICAL BRAKES as follows:

- the weight of the towed implement, when fully laden, must NOT
exceed 5000 kg (11023 lb).
– Tow implements with PNEUMATIC or HYDRAULIC BRAKES activa-

ted from the tractor as follows:
- the weight of the towed implement, when fully laden, must NOT ex-
ceed 4 times the weight of the towing tractor, with a maximum limit of
20000 kg (44092 lb).
NOTE: the tractor should be equipped with a suitable automatic dual air
and hydraulic trailer braking system that must be connected to the trailer’s
hydraulic or air braking system.
225
Ballast weights
FRONT BALLAST
PROFILED
Material metal
Position overhung
Fixing bolts
Number 2
Unit mass Kg (lb) 40 (88)
Total mass Kg (lb) 80 (176)
Ballast support -
Speed tables
WARNING
The abbreviated definitions in the speed tables are to be interpreted
as follows:
L Slow
M Medium
V Normal
m Mini-reduction gear unit
High (with syncropower gearbox)
Mean (with syncropower gearbox) In the specifications

table these speeds are indicated with “m” - mini-
creeper.
Note: to convert Km/h in mph multiply by: 0.6214

Es: Km/h 0,28 x 0.6214 = 0.17 mph
226
Speed tables FRUTTETO II 55
Forward speed at 2350 engine r.p.m. Version 30 Km/h (18.6 mph)

12 FWD + 12 REV/24 FWD + 24 REV with mini reduction
380/70R20 360/70R24 11,2R24 14,9R24 13,6R28

Forward gear
1L m. 0.652 0.684 0.658 0.747 0.772

1L 1L 0.782 0.820 0.790 0.896 0.927
2L m. 1.006 1.055 1.016 1.152 1.191
2L 2L 1.207 1.266 1.219 1.383 1.430
3L m. 1.520 1.594 1.535 1.741 1.800
3L 3L 1.824 1.912 1.842 2.090 2.160
1M m. 1.956 2.051 1.975 2.241 2.317
4L m. 2.291 2.402 2.313 2.625 2.714
1M 1M 2.347 2.461 2.370 2.689 2.780
4L 4L 2.749 2.883 2.776 3.150 3.257
2M m. 3.017 3.164 3.047 3.457 3.574
2M 2M 3.621 3.797 3.657 4.148 4.289
3M m. 4.560 4.781 4.605 5.224 5.401
3M 3M 5.472 5.737 5.526 6.269 6.481
1V m. 5.867 6.152 5.925 6.722 6.950
4M m. 6.874 7.207 6.941 7.875 8.141
1V 1V 7.041 7.383 7.110 8.066 8.340
4M 4M 8.248 8.649 8.329 9.449 9.770
2V m. 9.052 9.492 9.141 10.371 10.722
2V 2V 10.863 11.390 10.970 12.445 12.867
3V m. 13.680 14.344 13.814 15.672 16.203
3V 3V 16.416 17.212 16.577 18.806 19.444
4V m. 20.621 21.622 20.823 23.624 24.424
4V 4V 24.745 25.946 24.988 28.348 29.309
227
380/70R20 360/70R24 11,2R24 14,9R24 13,6R28

Reverse gear
1L m. 0.638 0.669 0.644 0.731 0.755

1L 1L 0.765 0.802 0.773 0.877 0.906
2L m. 0.984 1.032 0.994 1.127 1.165
2L 2L 1.181 1.238 1.193 1.352 1.389
3L m. 1.487 1.559 1.502 1.703 1.761
3L 3L 1.784 1.871 1.801 2.044 2.113
1M m. 1.913 2.006 1.932 2.192 2.266
4L m. 2.241 2.350 2.263 2.567 2.654
1M 1M 2.296 2.407 2.319 2.630 2.719
4L 4L 2.689 2.820 2.715 3.081 3.158
2M m. 2.951 3.095 2.980 3.381 3.496
2M 2M 3.542 3.714 3.577 4.057 4.195
3M m. 4.460 4.676 4.504 5.109 5.283
3M 3M 5.352 5.612 5.404 6.131 6.339
1V m. 5.739 6.017 5.795 6.575 6.797
4M m. 6.723 7.049 6.789 7.702 7.963
1V 1V 6.887 7.221 6.955 7.890 8.157
4M 4M 8.068 8.459 8.147 9.242 9.556
2V m. 8.854 9.284 8.941 10.143 10.487
2V 2V 10.625 11.141 10.729 12.172 12.585
3V m. 13.380 14.029 13.511 15.328 15.848
3V 3V 16.056 16.835 16.213 18.394 19.018
4V m. 20.169 21.148 20.367 23.106 23.889
4V 4V 24.203 25.377 24.440 27.727 28.667
228

380/70R20 360/70R24 11,2R24 14,9R24 13,6R28

Forward gear
1R m. 0.217 0.228 0.219 0.249 0.257

1R 1R 0.261 0.273 0.264 0.299 0.309
2R m. 0.335 0.352 0.338 0.384 0.397
2R 2R 0.402 0.422 0.406 0.461 0.477
3R m. 0.507 0.531 0.512 0.580 0.600
3R 3R 0.608 0.637 0.614 0.697 0.720
1L m. 0.652 0.684 0.658 0.747 0.772
4R m. 0.764 0.801 0.771 0.875 0.905
1L 1L 0.782 0.820 0.790 0.896 0.927
4R 4R 0.916 0.961 0.925 1.050 1.086
2L m. 1.006 1.055 1.016 1.152 1.191
2L 2L 1.207 1.266 1.219 1.383 1.430
3L m. 1.520 1.594 1.535 1.741 1.800
3L 3L 1.824 1.912 1.842 2.090 2.160
1M m. 1.956 2.051 1.975 2.241 2.317
4L m. 2.291 2.402 2.313 2.625 2.714
1M 1M 2.347 2.461 2.370 2.689 2.780
4L 4L 2.749 2.883 2.776 3.150 3.257
2M m. 3.017 3.164 3.047 3.457 3.574
2M 2M 3.621 3.797 3.657 4.148 4.289
3M m. 4.560 4.781 4.605 5.224 5.401
3M 3M 5.472 5.737 5.526 6.269 6.481
1V m. 5.867 6.152 5.925 6.722 6.950
4M m. 6.874 7.207 6.941 7.875 8.141
1V 1V 7.041 7.383 7.110 8.066 8.340
4M 4M 8.248 8.649 8.329 9.449 9.770
2V m. 9.052 9.492 9.141 10.371 10.722
2V 2V 10.863 11.390 10.970 12.445 12.867
3V m. 13.680 14.344 13.814 15.672 16.203
3V 3V 16.416 17.212 16.577 18.806 19.444
4V m. 20.621 21.622 20.823 23.624 24.424
4V 4V 24.745 25.946 24.988 28.348 29.309
229
380/70R20 360/70R24 11,2R24 14,9R24 13,6R28

Reverse gear
1R m. 0.213 0.223 0.215 0.244 0.252
1R 1R 0.255 0.267 0.258 0.292 0.302
2R m. 0.328 0.344 0.331 0.376 0.388
2R 2R 0.394 0.413 0.398 0.451 0.466
3R m. 0.496 0.520 0.501 0.568 0.587
3R 3R 0.595 0.624 0.601 0.681 0.704
1L m. 0.638 0.669 0.644 0.731 0.755
4R m. 0.747 0.783 0.754 0.856 0.885
1L 1L 0.765 0.802 0.773 0.877 0.906
4R 4R 0.896 0.940 0.905 1.027 1.062
2L m. 0.984 1.032 0.994 1.127 1.165
2L 2L 1.181 1.238 1.193 1.352 1.389
3L m. 1.487 1.559 1.502 1.703 1.761
3L 3L 1.784 1.871 1.801 2.044 2.113
1M m. 1.913 2.006 1.932 2.192 2.266
4L m. 2.241 2.350 2.263 2.567 2.654
1M 1M 2.296 2.407 2.319 2.630 2.719
4L 4L 2.689 2.820 2.715 3.081 3.158
2M m. 2.951 3.095 2.980 3.381 3.496
2M 2M 3.542 3.714 3.577 4.057 4.195
3M m. 4.460 4.676 4.504 5.109 5.283
3M 3M 5.352 5.612 5.404 6.131 6.339
1V m. 5.739 6.017 5.795 6.575 6.797
4M m. 6.723 7.049 6.789 7.702 7.963
1V 1V 6.887 7.221 6.955 7.890 8.157
4M 4M 8.068 8.459 8.147 9.242 9.556
2V m. 8.854 9.284 8.941 10.143 10.487
2V 2V 10.625 11.141 10.729 12.172 12.585
3V m. 13.380 14.029 13.511 15.328 15.848
3V 3V 16.056 16.835 16.213 18.394 19.018
4V m. 20.169 21.148 20.367 23.106 23.889
4V 4V 24.203 25.377 24.440 27.727 28.667
230

380/70R20 360/70R24 11,2R24 14,9R24 13,6R28

Forward gear
1L m. 0.817 0.857 0.825 0.936 0.968

1L 1L 0.981 1.028 0.991 1.124 1.162
2L m. 1.261 1.322 1.273 1.444 1.493
2L 2L 1.513 1.586 1.528 1.733 1.792
3L m. 1.905 1.998 1.924 2.183 2.257
3L 3L 2.286 2.397 2.308 2.619 2.708
1M m. 2.452 2.571 2.476 2.809 2.904
4L m. 2.872 3.012 2.900 3.290 3.402
1M 1M 2.942 3.085 2.971 3.371 3.485
4L 4L 3.447 3.614 3.481 3.949 4.082
2M m. 3.783 3.966 3.820 4.333 4.480
2M 2M 4.539 4.759 4.584 5.200 5.376
3M m. 5.716 5.994 5.772 6.549 6.771
3M 3M 6.859 7.192 6.926 7.858 8.125
1V m. 7.355 7.712 7.427 8.426 8.712
4M m. 8.616 9.035 8.700 9.871 10.206
1V 1V 8.826 9.255 8.913 10.112 10.454
4M 4M 10.340 10.842 10.441 11.846 12.247
2V m. 11.348 11.899 11.459 13.000 13.441
2V 2V 13.617 14.278 13.751 15.600 16.129
3V m. 17.148 17.981 17.316 19.646 20.312
3V 3V 20.578 21.577 20.780 23.575 24.374
4V m. 25.849 27.104 26.102 29.614 30.618
4V 4V 31.019 32.525 31.323 35.537 36.741
231
380/70R20 360/70R24 11,2R24 14,9R24 13,6R28

Reverse gear
1L m. 0.799 0.838 0.807 0.916 0.947

1L 1L 0.959 1.006 0.968 1.099 1.136
2L m. 1.233 1.293 1.245 1.413 1.461
2L 2L 1.480 1.552 1.495 1.695 1.753
3L m. 1.864 1.954 1.882 2.135 2.207
3L 3L 2.236 2.345 2.258 2.562 2.649
1M m. 2.398 2.514 2.422 2.747 2.840
4L m. 2.809 2.946 2.837 3.218 3.327
1M 1M 2.878 3.017 2.906 3.297 3.408
4L 4L 3.371 3.535 3.404 3.862 3.993
2M m. 3.700 3.879 3.736 4.238 4.382
2M 2M 4.440 4.655 4.484 5.086 5.259
3M m. 5.591 5.862 5.646 6.405 6.622
3M 3M 6.709 7.035 6.775 7.586 7.947
1V m. 7.194 7.543 7.265 8.242 8.521
4M m. 8.428 8.837 8.511 9.655 9.982
1V 1V 8.633 9.052 8.718 9.890 10.225
4M 4M 10.113 10.604 10.212 11.586 11.979
2V m. 11.099 11.638 11.208 12.715 13.146
2V 2V 13.319 13.965 13.450 15.259 15.776
3V m. 16.773 17.587 16.937 19.215 19.867
3V 3V 20.127 21.104 20.324 23.058 23.840
4V m. 25.283 26.510 25.531 28.965 29.947
4V 4V 30.340 31.812 30.637 34.758 35.936
232

380/70R20 360/70R24 11,2R24 14,9R24 13,6R28

Forward gear
1R m. 0.272 0.286 0.275 0.312 0.323

1R 1R 0.327 0.343 0.330 0.375 0.387
2R m. 0.420 0.441 0.424 0.481 0.498
2R 2R 0.504 0.529 0.509 0.578 0.597
3R m. 0.635 0.666 0.641 0.728 0.752
3R 3R 0.762 0.799 0.769 0.873 0.903
1L m. 0.817 0.857 0.825 0.936 0.968
4R m. 0.957 1.004 0.966 1.097 1.134
1L 1L 0.981 1.028 0.991 1.124 1.162
4R 4R 1.149 1.205 1.160 1.316 1.361
2L m. 1.261 1.322 1.273 1.444 1.493
2L 2L 1.513 1.586 1.528 1.733 1.792
3L m. 1.905 1.998 1.924 2.183 2.257
3L 3L 2.286 2.397 2.308 2.619 2.708
1M m. 2.452 2.571 2.476 2.809 2.904
4L m. 2.872 3.012 2.900 3.290 3.402
1M 1M 2.942 3.085 2.971 3.371 3.485
4L 4L 3.447 3.614 3.481 3.949 4.082
2M m. 3.783 3.966 3.820 4.333 4.480
2M 2M 4.539 4.759 4.584 5.200 5.376
3M m. 5.716 5.994 5.772 6.549 6.771
3M 3M 6.859 7.192 6.926 7.858 8.125
1V m. 7.355 7.712 7.427 8.426 8.712
4M m. 8.616 9.035 8.700 9.871 10.206
1V 1V 8.826 9.255 8.913 10.112 10.454
4M 4M 10.340 10.842 10.441 11.846 12.247
2V m. 11.348 11.899 11.459 13.000 13.441
2V 2V 13.617 14.278 13.751 15.600 16.129
3V m. 17.148 17.981 17.316 19.646 20.312
3V 3V 20.578 21.577 20.780 23.575 24.374
4V m. 25.849 27.104 26.102 29.614 30.618
4V 4V 31.019 32.525 31.323 35.537 36.741
233
380/70R20 360/70R24 11,2R24 14,9R24 13,6R28

Reverse gear
1R m. 0.266 0.279 0.269 0.305 0.316

1R 1R 0.320 0.335 0.323 0.366 0.379
2R m. 0.411 0.431 0.415 0.471 0.487
2R 2R 0.493 0.517 0.498 0.565 0.584
3R m. 0.621 0.651 0.627 0.712 0.736
3R 3R 0.745 0.782 0.752 0.854 0.883
1L m. 0.799 0.838 0.807 0.916 0.947
4R m. 0.936 0.982 0.945 1.073 1.109
1L 1L 0.959 1.006 0.968 1.099 1.136
4R 4R 1.124 1.178 1.135 1.287 1.331
2L m. 1.233 1.293 1.245 1.413 1.461
2L 2L 1.480 1.552 1.495 1.695 1.753
3L m. 1.864 1.954 1.882 2.135 2.207
3L 3L 2.236 2.345 2.258 2.562 2.649
1M m. 2.398 2.514 2.422 2.747 2.840
4L m. 2.809 2.946 2.837 3.218 3.327
1M 1M 2.878 3.017 2.906 3.297 3.408
4L 4L 3.371 3.535 3.404 3.862 3.993
2M m. 3.700 3.879 3.736 4.238 4.382
2M 2M 4.440 4.655 4.484 5.086 5.259
3M m. 5.591 5.862 5.646 6.405 6.622
3M 3M 6.709 7.035 6.775 7.586 7.947
1V m. 7.194 7.543 7.265 8.242 8.521
4M m. 8.428 8.837 8.511 9.655 9.982
1V 1V 8.633 9.052 8.718 9.890 10.225
4M 4M 10.113 10.604 10.212 11.586 11.979
2V m. 11.099 11.638 11.208 12.715 13.146
2V 2V 13.319 13.965 13.450 15.259 15.776
3V m. 16.773 17.587 16.937 19.215 19.867
3V 3V 20.127 21.104 20.324 23.058 23.840
4V m. 25.283 26.510 25.531 28.965 29.947
4V 4V 30.340 31.812 30.637 34.758 35.936
234
Speed tables FRUTTETO II 70 - 75

380/70R24 420/70R24 380/70R28 16,9R24 420/70R28 380/70R20

14,9R24 13,6R28 14,9R28
Forward gear
1L m. 0.709 0.747 0.772 0.785 0.810 0.646

1L 1L 0.851 0.896 0.927 0.942 0.972 0.775
2L m. 1.094 1.152 1.191 1.211 1.250 0.996
2L 2L 1.312 1.383 1.430 1.453 1.500 1.195
3L m. 1.653 1.741 1.800 1.830 1.889 1.505
3L 3L 1.983 2.090 2.160 2.196 2.267 1.806
1M m. 2.127 2.241 2.317 2.355 2.431 1.937
4L m. 2.491 2.625 2.714 2.758 2.847 2.269
1M 1M 2.552 2.689 2.780 2.825 2.917 2.324
4L 4L 2.990 3.150 3.257 3.310 3.417 2.723
2M m. 3.281 3.457 3.574 3.633 3.750 2.988
2M 2M 3.937 4.148 4.289 4.359 4.500 3.585
3M m. 4.958 5.224 5.401 5.490 5.667 4.515
3M 3M 5.950 6.269 6.481 6.587 6.800 5.419
1V m. 6.380 6.722 6.950 7.064 7.292 5.810
4M m. 7.474 7.875 8.141 8.275 8.542 6.807
1V 1V 7.656 8.066 8.340 8.476 8.750 6.972
4M 4M 8.969 9.449 9.770 9.930 10.250 8.168
2V m. 9.843 10.371 10.722 10.898 11.249 8.964
2V 2V 11.812 12.445 12.867 13.078 13.499 10.757
3V m. 14.875 15.672 16.203 16.469 17.000 13.547
3V 3V 17.850 18.806 19.444 19.762 20.400 16.256
4V m. 22.422 23.624 24.424 24.825 25.626 20.420
4V 4V 26.907 28.348 29.309 29.790 30.751 24.505
235
380/70R24 420/70R24 380/70R28 16,9R24 420/70R28 380/70R20

14,9R24 13,6R28 14,9R28
Reverse gear
1L m. 0.693 0.731 0.755 0.768 0.792 0.631

1L 1L 0.832 0.877 0.906 0.921 0.951 0.758
4R 4R 0.975 1.027 1.062 1.079 1.114 0.888
2L m. 1.070 1.127 1.165 1.184 1.223 0.974
2L 2L 1.284 1.352 1.398 1.421 1.467 1.169
3L m. 1.617 1.703 1.761 1.790 1.847 1.473
3L 3L 1.940 2.044 2.113 2.148 2.217 1.767
1M m. 2.080 2.192 2.266 2.303 2.377 1.894
4L m. 2.437 2.567 2.654 2.698 2.785 2.219
1M 1M 2.496 2.630 2.719 2.764 2.853 2.273
4L 4L 2.924 3.081 3.185 3.237 3.342 2.663
2M m. 3.209 3.381 3.496 3.553 3.668 2.922
2M 2M 3.851 4.057 4.195 4.264 4.401 3.507
3M m. 4.850 5.109 5.283 5.369 5.542 4.417
3M 3M 5.820 6.131 6.339 6.443 6.651 5.300
1V m. 6.240 6.575 6.797 6.909 7.132 5.683
4M m. 7.310 7.702 7.963 8.094 8.355 6.657
1V 1V 7.488 7.890 8.157 8.291 8.558 6.819
4M 4M 8.772 9.242 9.556 9.712 10.026 7.989
2V m. 9.628 10.143 10.487 10.659 11.003 8.768
2V 2V 11.553 12.172 12.585 12.791 13.204 10.521
3V m. 14.549 15.328 15.848 16.108 16.627 13.250
3V 3V 17.459 18.394 19.018 19.329 19.953 15.900
4V m. 21.931 23.106 23.889 24.281 25.064 19.973
4V 4V 26.317 27.727 28.667 29.137 30.077 23.967
236

380/70R24 420/70R24 380/70R28 16,9R24 420/70R28 380/70R20

14,9R24 13,6R28 14,9R28
Forward gear
1R m. 0.236 0.249 0.257 0.262 0.270 0.215

1R 1R 0.284 0.299 0.309 0.314 0.324 0.259
2R m. 0.365 0.384 0.397 0.404 0.417 0.332
2R 2R 0.437 0.461 0.477 0.484 0.500 0.398
3R m. 0.551 0.580 0.600 0.610 0.630 0.502
3R 3R 0.661 0.697 0.720 0.732 0.756 0.602
1L m. 0.709 0.747 0.772 0.785 0.810 0.646
4R m. 0.830 0.875 0.905 0.919 0.949 0.756
1L 1L 0.851 0.896 0.927 0.942 0.972 0.775
4R 4R 0.997 1.050 1.086 1.103 1.139 0.908
2L m. 1.094 1.152 1.191 1.211 1.250 0.996
2L 2L 1.312 1.383 1.430 1.453 1.500 1.195
3L m. 1.653 1.741 1.800 1.830 1.889 1.505
3L 3L 1.983 2.090 2.160 2.196 2.267 1.806
1M m. 2.127 2.241 2.317 2.355 2.431 1.937
4L m. 2.491 2.625 2.714 2.758 2.847 2.269
1M 1M 2.552 2.689 2.780 2.825 2.917 2.324
4L 4L 2.990 3.150 3.257 3.310 3.417 2.723
2M m. 3.281 3.457 3.574 3.633 3.750 2.988
2M 2M 3.937 4.148 4.289 4.359 4.500 3.585
3M m. 4.958 5.224 5.401 5.490 5.667 4.515
3M 3M 5.950 6.269 6.481 6.587 6.800 5.419
1V m. 6.380 6.722 6.950 7.064 7.292 5.810
4M m. 7.474 7.875 8.141 8.275 8.542 6.807
1V 1V 7.656 8.066 8.340 8.476 8.750 6.972
4M 4M 8.969 9.449 9.770 9.930 10.250 8.168
2V m. 9.843 10.371 10.722 10.898 11.249 8.964
2V 2V 11.812 12.445 12.867 13.078 13.499 10.757
3V m. 14.875 15.672 16.203 16.469 17.000 13.547
3V 3V 17.850 18.806 19.444 19.762 20.400 16.256
4V m. 22.422 23.624 24.424 24.825 25.626 20.420
4V 4V 26.907 28.348 29.309 29.790 30.751 24.505
237
380/70R24 420/70R24 380/70R28 16,9R24 420/70R28 380/70R20

14,9R24 13,6R28 14,9R28
Reverse gear
1R m. 0.231 0.244 0.252 0.256 0.264 0.210

1R 1R 0.277 0.292 0.302 0.307 0.317 0.252
2R m. 0.357 0.376 0.388 0.395 0.408 0.325
2R 2R 0.428 0.451 0.466 0.474 0.489 0.390
3R m. 0.539 0.568 0.587 0.597 0.616 0.491
3R 3R 0.647 0.681 0.704 0.716 0.739 0.589
1L m. 0.693 0.731 0.755 0.768 0.792 0.631
4R m. 0.812 0.856 0.885 0.899 0.928 0.740
1L 1L 0.832 0.877 0.906 0.921 0.951 0.758
4R 4R 0.975 1.027 1.062 1.079 1.114 0.888
2L m. 1.070 1.127 1.165 1.184 1.223 0.974
2L 2L 1.284 1.352 1.398 1.421 1.467 1.169
3L m. 1.617 1.703 1.761 1.790 1.847 1.473
3L 3L 1.940 2.044 2.113 2.148 2.217 1.767
1M m. 2.080 2.192 2.266 2.303 2.377 1.894
4L m. 2.437 2.567 2.654 2.698 2.785 2.219
1M 1M 2.496 2.630 2.719 2.764 2.853 2.273
4L 4L 2.924 3.081 3.185 3.237 3.342 2.663
2M m. 3.209 3.381 3.496 3.553 3.668 2.922
2M 2M 3.851 4.057 4.195 4.264 4.401 3.507
3M m. 4.850 5.109 5.283 5.369 5.542 4.417
3M 3M 5.820 6.131 6.339 6.443 6.651 5.300
1V m. 6.240 6.575 6.797 6.909 7.132 5.683
4M m. 7.310 7.702 7.963 8.094 8.355 6.657
1V 1V 7.488 7.890 8.157 8.291 8.558 6.819
4M 4M 8.772 9.242 9.556 9.712 10.026 7.989
2V m. 9.628 10.143 10.487 10.659 11.003 8.768
2V 2V 11.553 12.172 12.585 12.791 13.204 10.521
3V m. 14.549 15.328 15.848 16.108 16.627 13.250
3V 3V 17.459 18.394 19.018 19.329 19.953 15.900
4V m. 21.931 23.106 23.889 24.281 25.064 19.973
4V 4V 26.317 27.727 28.667 29.137 30.077 23.967
238

380/70R24 420/70R24 380/70R28 16,9R24 420/70R28 380/70R20

14,9R24 13,6R28 14,9R28
Forward gear
1L m. 0.889 0.936 0.968 0.984 1.016 0.810

1L 1L 1.066 1.124 1.162 1.181 1.219 0.971
2L m. 1.371 1.444 1.493 1.518 1.567 1.249
2L 2L 1.645 1.733 1.792 1.822 1.880 1.498
3L m. 2.072 2.183 2.257 2.294 2.368 1.887
3L 3L 2.486 2.619 2.708 2.753 2.841 2.264
1M m. 2.666 2.809 2.904 2.952 3.047 2.428
4L m. 3.123 3.290 3.402 3.458 3.569 2.844
1M 1M 3.199 3.371 3.485 3.542 3.656 2.913
4L 4L 3.748 3.949 4.082 4.149 4.283 3.413
2M m. 4.113 4.333 4.480 4.554 4.701 3.746
2M 2M 4.936 5.200 5.376 5.465 5.641 4.495
3M m. 6.216 6.549 6.771 6.882 7.104 5.661
3M 3M 7.459 7.858 8.125 8.258 8.524 6.793
1V m. 7.998 8.426 8.712 8.855 9.140 7.284
4M m. 9.369 9.871 10.206 10.373 10.708 8.532
1V 1V 9.597 10.112 10.454 10.626 10.969 8.740
4M 4M 11.243 11.846 12.247 12.448 12.849 10.239
2V m. 12.339 13.000 13.441 13.661 14.102 11.237
2V 2V 14.807 15.600 16.129 16.394 16.922 13.485
3V m. 18.647 19.646 20.312 20.645 21.311 16.982
3V 3V 22.376 23.575 24.374 24.774 25.573 20.378
4V m. 28.108 29.614 30.618 31.120 32.123 25.598
4V 4V 33.730 35.537 36.741 37.343 38.548 30.718
239
380/70R24 420/70R24 380/70R28 16,9R24 420/70R28 380/70R20

14,9R24 13,6R28 14,9R28
Reverse gear
1L m. 0.869 0.916 0.947 0.962 0.993 0.791

1L 1L 1.043 1.099 1.136 1.155 1.192 0.950
4R 4R 1.222 1.287 1.331 1.353 1.396 1.113
2L m. 1.341 1.413 1.461 1.485 1.533 1.221
2L 2L 1.609 1.695 1.753 1.782 1.839 1.465
3L m. 2.026 2.135 2.207 2.244 2.316 1.845
3L 3L 2.432 2.562 2.649 2.692 2.779 2.215
1M m. 2.608 2.747 2.840 2.887 2.980 2.375
4L m. 3.055 3.218 3.327 3.382 3.491 2.782
1M 1M 3.129 3.297 3.408 3.464 3.576 2.850
4L 4L 3.666 3.862 3.993 4.058 4.189 3.339
2M m. 4.023 4.238 4.382 4.454 4.598 3.664
2M 2M 4.828 5.086 5.259 5.345 5.517 4.397
3M m. 6.079 6.405 6.622 6.731 6.948 5.536
3M 3M 7.295 7.686 7.947 8.077 8.337 6.644
1V m. 7.823 8.242 8.521 8.661 8.940 7.125
4M m. 9.164 9.655 9.982 10.146 10.473 8.346
1V 1V 9.387 9.890 10.225 10.393 10.728 8.549
4M 4M 10.997 11.586 11.979 12.175 12.568 10.015
2V m. 12.069 12.715 13.146 13.362 13.793 10.991
2V 2V 14.483 15.259 15.776 16.034 16.552 13.190
3V m. 18.238 19.215 19.867 20.192 20.844 16.610
3V 3V 21.886 23.058 23.840 24.231 25.012 19.932
4V m. 27.492 28.965 29.947 30.438 31.420 25.037
4V 4V 32.991 34.758 35.936 36.525 37.704 30.045
240

380/70R24 420/70R24 380/70R28 16,9R24 420/70R28 380/70R20

14,9R24 13,6R28 14,9R28
Forward gear
1R m. 0.296 0.312 0.323 0.328 0.339 0.270

1R 1R 0.355 0.375 0.387 0.394 0.406 0.323
2R m. 0.457 0.481 0.498 0.506 0.522 0.416
2R 2R 0.548 0.578 0.597 0.607 0.627 0.499
3R m. 0.691 0.728 0.752 0.765 0.789 0.629
3R 3R 0.829 0.873 0.903 0.918 0.947 0.755
1L m. 0.889 0.936 0.968 0.984 1.016 0.810
4R m. 1.041 1.097 1.134 1.153 1.190 0.948
1L 1L 1.066 1.124 1.162 1.181 1.219 0.971
4R 4R 1.249 1.316 1.361 1.383 1.428 1.137
2L m. 1.371 1.444 1.493 1.518 1.567 1.249
2L 2L 1.645 1.733 1.792 1.822 1.880 1.498
3L m. 2.072 2.183 2.257 2.294 2.368 1.887
3L 3L 2.486 2.619 2.708 2.753 2.841 2.264
1M m. 2.666 2.809 2.904 2.952 3.047 2.428
4L m. 3.123 3.290 3.402 3.458 3.569 2.844
1M 1M 3.199 3.371 3.485 3.542 3.656 2.913
4L 4L 3.748 3.949 4.082 4.149 4.283 3.413
2M m. 4.113 4.333 4.480 4.554 4.701 3.746
2M 2M 4.936 5.200 5.376 5.465 5.641 4.495
3M m. 6.216 6.549 6.771 6.882 7.104 5.661
3M 3M 7.459 7.858 8.125 8.258 8.524 6.793
1V m. 7.998 8.426 8.712 8.855 9.140 7.284
4M m. 9.369 9.871 10.206 10.373 10.708 8.532
1V 1V 9.597 10.112 10.454 10.626 10.969 8.740
4M 4M 11.243 11.846 12.247 12.448 12.849 10.239
2V m. 12.339 13.000 13.441 13.661 14.102 11.237
2V 2V 14.807 15.600 16.129 16.394 16.922 13.485
3V m. 18.647 19.646 20.312 20.645 21.311 16.982
3V 3V 22.376 23.575 24.374 24.774 25.573 20.378
4V m. 28.108 29.614 30.618 31.120 32.123 25.598
4V 4V 33.730 35.537 36.741 37.343 38.548 30.718
241
380/70R24 420/70R24 380/70R28 16,9R24 420/70R28 380/70R20

14,9R24 13,6R28 14,9R28
Reverse gear
1R m. 0.290 0.305 0.316 0.321 0.331 0.264

1R 1R 0.348 0.366 0.379 0.385 0.397 0.317
2R m. 0.447 0.471 0.487 0.495 0.511 0.407
2R 2R 0.536 0.565 0.584 0.594 0.613 0.488
3R m. 0.675 0.712 0.736 0.748 0.772 0.615
3R 3R 0.811 0.854 0.883 0.897 0.926 0.739
1L m. 0.869 0.916 0.947 0.962 0.993 0.791
4R m. 1.018 1.073 1.109 1.127 1.164 0.927
1L 1L 1.043 1.099 1.136 1.155 1.192 0.950
4R 4R 1.222 1.287 1.331 1.353 1.396 1.113
2L m. 1.341 1.413 1.461 1.485 1.533 1.221
2L 2L 1.609 1.695 1.753 1.782 1.839 1.465
3L m. 2.026 2.135 2.207 2.244 2.316 1.845
3L 3L 2.432 2.562 2.649 2.692 2.779 2.215
1M m. 2.608 2.747 2.840 2.887 2.980 2.375
4L m. 3.055 3.218 3.327 3.382 3.491 2.782
1M 1M 3.129 3.297 3.408 3.464 3.576 2.850
4L 4L 3.666 3.862 3.993 4.058 4.189 3.339
2M m. 4.023 4.238 4.382 4.454 4.598 3.664
2M 2M 4.828 5.086 5.259 5.345 5.517 4.397
3M m. 6.079 6.405 6.622 6.731 6.948 5.536
3M 3M 7.295 7.686 7.947 8.077 8.337 6.644
1V m. 7.823 8.242 8.521 8.661 8.940 7.125
4M m. 9.164 9.655 9.982 10.146 10.473 8.346
1V 1V 9.387 9.890 10.225 10.393 10.728 8.549
4M 4M 10.997 11.586 11.979 12.175 12.568 10.015
2V m. 12.069 12.715 13.146 13.362 13.793 10.991
2V 2V 14.483 15.259 15.776 16.034 16.552 13.190
3V m. 18.238 19.215 19.867 20.192 20.844 16.610
3V 3V 21.886 23.058 23.840 24.231 25.012 19.932
4V m. 27.492 28.965 29.947 30.438 31.420 25.037
4V 4V 32.991 34.758 35.936 36.525 37.704 30.045
242
Speed tables FRUTTETO II 90 - 100

380/70R24 420/70R24 16,9R24 420/70R28 380/70R20

14,9R28
Forward gear
1L m. 0.709 0.747 0.785 0.810 0.646

1L 1L 0.851 0.896 0.942 0.972 0.775
2L m. 1.094 1.152 1.211 1.250 0.996
2L 2L 1.312 1.383 1.453 1.500 1.195
3L m. 1.653 1.741 1.830 1.889 1.505
3L 3L 1.983 2.090 2.196 2.267 1.806
1M m. 2.127 2.241 2.355 2.431 1.937
4L m. 2.491 2.625 2.758 2.847 2.269
1M 1M 2.552 2.689 2.825 2.917 2.324
4L 4L 2.990 3.150 3.310 3.417 2.723
2M m. 3.281 3.457 3.633 3.750 2.988
2M 2M 3.937 4.148 4.359 4.500 3.585
3M m. 4.958 5.224 5.490 5.667 4.515
3M 3M 5.950 6.269 6.587 6.800 5.419
1V m. 6.380 6.722 7.064 7.292 5.810
4M m. 7.474 7.875 8.275 8.542 6.807
1V 1V 7.656 8.066 8.476 8.750 6.972
4M 4M 8.969 9.449 9.930 10.250 8.168
2V m. 9.843 10.371 10.898 11.249 8.964
2V 2V 11.812 12.445 13.078 13.499 10.757
3V m. 14.875 15.672 16.469 17.000 13.547
3V 3V 17.850 18.806 19.762 20.400 16.256
4V m. 22.422 23.624 24.825 25.626 20.420
4V 4V 26.907 28.348 29.790 30.751 24.505
243
380/70R24 420/70R24 16,9R24 420/70R28 380/70R20

14,9R28
Reverse gear
1L m. 0.693 0.731 0.768 0.792 0.631

1L 1L 0.832 0.877 0.921 0.951 0.758
4R 4R 0.975 1.027 1.079 1.114 0.888
2L m. 1.070 1.127 1.184 1.223 0.974
2L 2L 1.284 1.352 1.421 1.467 1.169
3L m. 1.617 1.703 1.790 1.847 1.473
3L 3L 1.940 2.044 2.148 2.217 1.767
1M m. 2.080 2.192 2.303 2.377 1.894
4L m. 2.437 2.567 2.698 2.785 2.219
1M 1M 2.496 2.630 2.764 2.853 2.273
4L 4L 2.924 3.081 3.237 3.342 2.663
2M m. 3.209 3.381 3.553 3.668 2.922
2M 2M 3.851 4.057 4.264 4.401 3.507
3M m. 4.850 5.109 5.369 5.542 4.417
3M 3M 5.820 6.131 6.443 6.651 5.300
1V m. 6.240 6.575 6.909 7.132 5.683
4M m. 7.310 7.702 8.094 8.355 6.657
1V 1V 7.488 7.890 8.291 8.558 6.819
4M 4M 8.772 9.242 9.712 10.026 7.989
2V m. 9.628 10.143 10.659 11.003 8.768
2V 2V 11.553 12.172 12.791 13.204 10.521
3V m. 14.549 15.328 16.108 16.627 13.250
3V 3V 17.459 18.394 19.329 19.953 15.900
4V m. 21.931 23.106 24.281 25.064 19.973
4V 4V 26.317 27.727 29.137 30.077 23.967
244

380/70R24 420/70R24 16,9R24 420/70R28 380/70R20

14,9R28
Forward gear
1R m. 0.236 0.249 0.262 0.270 0.215

1R 1R 0.284 0.299 0.314 0.324 0.259
2R m. 0.365 0.384 0.404 0.417 0.332
2R 2R 0.437 0.461 0.484 0.500 0.398
3R m. 0.551 0.580 0.610 0.630 0.502
3R 3R 0.661 0.697 0.732 0.756 0.602
1L m. 0.709 0.747 0.785 0.810 0.646
4R m. 0.830 0.875 0.919 0.949 0.756
1L 1L 0.851 0.896 0.942 0.972 0.775
4R 4R 0.997 1.050 1.103 1.139 0.908
2L m. 1.094 1.152 1.211 1.250 0.996
2L 2L 1.312 1.383 1.453 1.500 1.195
3L m. 1.653 1.741 1.830 1.889 1.505
3L 3L 1.983 2.090 2.196 2.267 1.806
1M m. 2.127 2.241 2.355 2.431 1.937
4L m. 2.491 2.625 2.758 2.847 2.269
1M 1M 2.552 2.689 2.825 2.917 2.324
4L 4L 2.990 3.150 3.310 3.417 2.723
2M m. 3.281 3.457 3.633 3.750 2.988
2M 2M 3.937 4.148 4.359 4.500 3.585
3M m. 4.958 5.224 5.490 5.667 4.515
3M 3M 5.950 6.269 6.587 6.800 5.419
1V m. 6.380 6.722 7.064 7.292 5.810
4M m. 7.474 7.875 8.275 8.542 6.807
1V 1V 7.656 8.066 8.476 8.750 6.972
4M 4M 8.969 9.449 9.930 10.250 8.168
2V m. 9.843 10.371 10.898 11.249 8.964
2V 2V 11.812 12.445 13.078 13.499 10.757
3V m. 14.875 15.672 16.469 17.000 13.547
3V 3V 17.850 18.806 19.762 20.400 16.256
4V m. 22.422 23.624 24.825 25.626 20.420
4V 4V 26.907 28.348 29.790 30.751 24.505
245
380/70R24 420/70R24 16,9R24 420/70R28 380/70R20

14,9R28
Reverse gear
1R m. 0.231 0.244 0.256 0.264 0.210

1R 1R 0.277 0.292 0.307 0.317 0.252
2R m. 0.357 0.376 0.395 0.408 0.325
2R 2R 0.428 0.451 0.474 0.489 0.390
3R m. 0.539 0.568 0.597 0.616 0.491
3R 3R 0.647 0.681 0.716 0.739 0.589
1L m. 0.693 0.731 0.768 0.792 0.631
4R m. 0.812 0.856 0.899 0.928 0.740
1L 1L 0.832 0.877 0.921 0.951 0.758
4R 4R 0.975 1.027 1.079 1.114 0.888
2L m. 1.070 1.127 1.184 1.223 0.974
2L 2L 1.284 1.352 1.421 1.467 1.169
3L m. 1.617 1.703 1.790 1.847 1.473
3L 3L 1.940 2.044 2.148 2.217 1.767
1M m. 2.080 2.192 2.303 2.377 1.894
4L m. 2.437 2.567 2.698 2.785 2.219
1M 1M 2.496 2.630 2.764 2.853 2.273
4L 4L 2.924 3.081 3.237 3.342 2.663
2M m. 3.209 3.381 3.553 3.668 2.922
2M 2M 3.851 4.057 4.264 4.401 3.507
3M m. 4.850 5.109 5.369 5.542 4.417
3M 3M 5.820 6.131 6.443 6.651 5.300
1V m. 6.240 6.575 6.909 7.132 5.683
4M m. 7.310 7.702 8.094 8.355 6.657
1V 1V 7.488 7.890 8.291 8.558 6.819
4M 4M 8.772 9.242 9.712 10.026 7.989
2V m. 9.628 10.143 10.659 11.003 8.768
2V 2V 11.553 12.172 12.791 13.204 10.521
3V m. 14.549 15.328 16.108 16.627 13.250
3V 3V 17.459 18.394 19.329 19.953 15.900
4V m. 21.931 23.106 24.281 25.064 19.973
4V 4V 26.317 27.727 29.137 30.077 23.967
246

380/70R24 420/70R24 16,9R24 420/70R28 380/70R20

14,9R28
Forward gear
1L m. 0.889 0.936 0.984 1.016 0.810

1L 1L 1.066 1.124 1.181 1.219 0.971
2L m. 1.371 1.444 1.518 1.567 1.249
2L 2L 1.645 1.733 1.822 1.880 1.498
3L m. 2.072 2.183 2.294 2.368 1.887
3L 3L 2.486 2.619 2.753 2.841 2.264
1M m. 2.666 2.809 2.952 3.047 2.428
4L m. 3.123 3.290 3.458 3.569 2.844
1M 1M 3.199 3.371 3.542 3.656 2.913
4L 4L 3.748 3.949 4.149 4.283 3.413
2M m. 4.113 4.333 4.554 4.701 3.746
2M 2M 4.936 5.200 5.465 5.641 4.495
3M m. 6.216 6.549 6.882 7.104 5.661
3M 3M 7.459 7.858 8.258 8.524 6.793
1V m. 7.998 8.426 8.855 9.140 7.284
4M m. 9.369 9.871 10.373 10.708 8.532
1V 1V 9.597 10.112 10.626 10.969 8.740
4M 4M 11.243 11.846 12.448 12.849 10.239
2V m. 12.339 13.000 13.661 14.102 11.237
2V 2V 14.807 15.600 16.394 16.922 13.485
3V m. 18.647 19.646 20.645 21.311 16.982
3V 3V 22.376 23.575 24.774 25.573 20.378
4V m. 28.108 29.614 31.120 32.123 25.598
4V 4V 33.730 35.537 37.343 38.548 30.718
247
380/70R24 420/70R24 16,9R24 420/70R28 380/70R20

14,9R28
Reverse gear
1L m. 0.869 0.916 0.962 0.993 0.791

1L 1L 1.043 1.099 1.155 1.192 0.950
4R 4R 1.222 1.287 1.353 1.396 1.113
2L m. 1.341 1.413 1.485 1.533 1.221
2L 2L 1.609 1.695 1.782 1.839 1.465
3L m. 2.026 2.135 2.244 2.316 1.845
3L 3L 2.432 2.562 2.692 2.779 2.215
1M m. 2.608 2.747 2.887 2.980 2.375
4L m. 3.055 3.218 3.382 3.491 2.782
1M 1M 3.129 3.297 3.464 3.576 2.850
4L 4L 3.666 3.862 4.058 4.189 3.339
2M m. 4.023 4.238 4.454 4.598 3.664
2M 2M 4.828 5.086 5.345 5.517 4.397
3M m. 6.079 6.405 6.731 6.948 5.536
3M 3M 7.295 7.686 8.077 8.337 6.644
1V m. 7.823 8.242 8.661 8.940 7.125
4M m. 9.164 9.655 10.146 10.473 8.346
1V 1V 9.387 9.890 10.393 10.728 8.549
4M 4M 10.997 11.586 12.175 12.568 10.015
2V m. 12.069 12.715 13.362 13.793 10.991
2V 2V 14.483 15.259 16.034 16.552 13.190
3V m. 18.238 19.215 20.192 20.844 16.610
3V 3V 21.886 23.058 24.231 25.012 19.932
4V m. 27.492 28.965 30.438 31.420 25.037
4V 4V 32.991 34.758 36.525 37.704 30.045
248

380/70R24 420/70R24 16,9R24 420/70R28 380/70R20

14,9R28
Forward gear
1R m. 0.296 0.312 0.328 0.339 0.270

1R 1R 0.355 0.375 0.394 0.406 0.323
2R m. 0.457 0.481 0.506 0.522 0.416
2R 2R 0.548 0.578 0.607 0.627 0.499
3R m. 0.691 0.728 0.765 0.789 0.629
3R 3R 0.829 0.873 0.918 0.947 0.755
1L m. 0.889 0.936 0.984 1.016 0.810
4R m. 1.041 1.097 1.153 1.190 0.948
1L 1L 1.066 1.124 1.181 1.219 0.971
4R 4R 1.249 1.316 1.383 1.428 1.137
2L m. 1.371 1.444 1.518 1.567 1.249
2L 2L 1.645 1.733 1.822 1.880 1.498
3L m. 2.072 2.183 2.294 2.368 1.887
3L 3L 2.486 2.619 2.753 2.841 2.264
1M m. 2.666 2.809 2.952 3.047 2.428
4L m. 3.123 3.290 3.458 3.569 2.844
1M 1M 3.199 3.371 3.542 3.656 2.913
4L 4L 3.748 3.949 4.149 4.283 3.413
2M m. 4.113 4.333 4.554 4.701 3.746
2M 2M 4.936 5.200 5.465 5.641 4.495
3M m. 6.216 6.549 6.882 7.104 5.661
3M 3M 7.459 7.858 8.258 8.524 6.793
1V m. 7.998 8.426 8.855 9.140 7.284
4M m. 9.369 9.871 10.373 10.708 8.532
1V 1V 9.597 10.112 10.626 10.969 8.740
4M 4M 11.243 11.846 12.448 12.849 10.239
2V m. 12.339 13.000 13.661 14.102 11.237
2V 2V 14.807 15.600 16.394 16.922 13.485
3V m. 18.647 19.646 20.645 21.311 16.982
3V 3V 22.376 23.575 24.774 25.573 20.378
4V m. 28.108 29.614 31.120 32.123 25.598
4V 4V 33.730 35.537 37.343 38.548 30.718
249
380/70R24 420/70R24 16,9R24 420/70R28 380/70R20

14,9R28
Reverse gear
1R m. 0.290 0.305 0.321 0.331 0.264

1R 1R 0.348 0.366 0.385 0.397 0.317
2R m. 0.447 0.471 0.495 0.511 0.407
2R 2R 0.536 0.565 0.594 0.613 0.488
3R m. 0.675 0.712 0.748 0.772 0.615
3R 3R 0.811 0.854 0.897 0.926 0.739
1L m. 0.869 0.916 0.962 0.993 0.791
4R m. 1.018 1.073 1.127 1.164 0.927
1L 1L 1.043 1.099 1.155 1.192 0.950
4R 4R 1.222 1.287 1.353 1.396 1.113
2L m. 1.341 1.413 1.485 1.533 1.221
2L 2L 1.609 1.695 1.782 1.839 1.465
3L m. 2.026 2.135 2.244 2.316 1.845
3L 3L 2.432 2.562 2.692 2.779 2.215
1M m. 2.608 2.747 2.887 2.980 2.375
4L m. 3.055 3.218 3.382 3.491 2.782
1M 1M 3.129 3.297 3.464 3.576 2.850
4L 4L 3.666 3.862 4.058 4.189 3.339
2M m. 4.023 4.238 4.454 4.598 3.664
2M 2M 4.828 5.086 5.345 5.517 4.397
3M m. 6.079 6.405 6.731 6.948 5.536
3M 3M 7.295 7.686 8.077 8.337 6.644
1V m. 7.823 8.242 8.661 8.940 7.125
4M m. 9.164 9.655 10.146 10.473 8.346
1V 1V 9.387 9.890 10.393 10.728 8.549
4M 4M 10.997 11.586 12.175 12.568 10.015
2V m. 12.069 12.715 13.362 13.793 10.991
2V 2V 14.483 15.259 16.034 16.552 13.190
3V m. 18.238 19.215 20.192 20.844 16.610
3V 3V 21.886 23.058 24.231 25.012 19.932
4V m. 27.492 28.965 30.438 31.420 25.037
4V 4V 32.991 34.758 36.525 37.704 30.045
250
Attachment of implements to the tractor
To allow full use in the widest possible range of applications, the structural
frame of the tractor has been designed to afford a solid, safe mounting for
agricultural or semi-industrial implements.
Before attaching particularly heavy implements to the tractor, please

consult your SAME service centre.
There may be special applications in which the tyres the tractor was
equipped with may not be suitable. In those special applications, it is
recommend that your SAME dealer be consulted before a different tyre
combination is installed other than what has been approved in the tyre
section of this manual.
Before attaching the implement, check that the tyres are capable of
supporting the load.
Check the markings on the walls of the tyres and consult the tyre
manufacturer’s load tables.
251
55 - 70 HP - 4WD - Implement attachment points
A B C D E F G H J K
N.2+2 FORI
N.2+2 FORI
N.1+1 FORI
N.3+3 FORI
N.2+2 FORI
N.4+4 FORI
N.4+4 FORI
N.6+6 FORI
PASSANTI
PASSANTI
N.12 FORI
PROF. 28
PROF. 24
PROF. 28
PROF. 28
PROF. 32
PROF. 26
PROF. 30
N.8 FORI
PRF. 28
0
D = 16
M 14
M 14
M 16
M 16
M 16
M 16
M 16
M 16
M14
1 2454 2345.5 1904 1754 1251.5 1069 50 20 296

2 5 5 22 13 5 60 80 50 75
3 50 50 62 181.5 130 5 55 365 50 25
4 60 210 230 158 435 100 125
5 120 10 225 208 150 75
6 10 155 175
7 135
8 135
252
70HP - 2WD - Implement attachment points
A B C D E F G H J K
N.2+2 FORI
N.2+2 FORI
N.1+1 FORI
N.3+3 FORI
N.4+4 FORI
N.2+2 FORI
N.4+4 FORI
N.4+4 FORI
PASSANTI
PASSANTI
PASSANTI
N.12 FORI
PROF. 28
PROF. 24
PROF. 30
PROF. 28
PROF. 32
PROF. 32
PROF. 30
N.8 FORI
0
D = 15
M 14
M 14
M 16
M 16
M 16
M 16
M 16
M 16
M14
1 2454 2345.5 1904 1754 1251.5 1069 1069 50 50 296

2 5 5 22 13 5 60 60 80 80 75
3 50 50 62 181.5 130 5 55 365 365 25
4 60 212 212 230 192 158 435 435 125
5 120 12 225 210 75
6 12 175
7 125
8 135
X 1210 Y 1220
253
75 HP - 2WD - Implement attachment points
A B C D E F G H J K L
N.2+2 FORI
N.2+2 FORI
N.1+1 FORI
N.3+3 FORI
N.4+4 FORI
N.2+2 FORI
N.4+4 FORI
N.4+4 FORI
N 2+2 FORI
PASSANTI
PASSANTI
N.12 FORI
PROF. 46
PROF. 28
PROF. 24
PROF. 30
PROF. 28
PROF. 32
PROF. 32
PROF. 30
PROF. 28
N.8 FORI
0
D = 15
M 14
M 14
M 16
M 16
M 16
M 16
M 16
M 16
M 14
M14
1 2584 2475.5 2034 1754 1251.5 1069 1069 50 50 296 1884

2 5 5 22 13 5 60 60 80 80 75 13
3 50 50 62 181.5 130 5 55 365 365 25 62
4 60 212 212 230 192 158 435 435 125 181.5
5 120 12 225 210 75
6 12 175
7 125
8 135
X 1210 Y 1220
254
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
5
A
10
60
50
N.8 FORI
120
2452
M14
PASSANTI
5
B
10
50
SECTION VIII
N.2+2 FORI
210
D =16
2343.5
PASSANTI
62
22
N.2+2 FORI
M 14
PROF. 28
13
N.1+1 FORI
M 14
181.5
PROF. 28
5
E
N.3+3 FORI
225
230
130
M 16
PROF. 24
5
F
N.2+2 FORI
208
M 16
PROF. 28
55
60
N.2+2 FORI
158
1069
M 16
PROF. 28
75 HP - 4WD - Implement attachment points
80
50
N.4+4 FORI
435
365
M 16
PROF. 32
50
50
20
N.4+4 FORI
155
150
100
M 16
PROF. 26
75
25
75
N.12 FORI
135
125
175
125
296
M 16
PROF. 30
62
13
N.2+2 FORI
1884
M 14
181.5
PROF. 28
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
255
90 - 100 HP 4WD - Implement attachment points
A B C D E F G H J K L
N.2+2 FORI
N.2+2 FORI
N.1+1 FORI
N.3+3 FORI
N.4+4 FORI
N.2+2 FORI
N.4+4 FORI
N.4+4 FORI
PASSANTI
PASSANTI
N.12 FORI
N.12 FORI
PROF. 46
PROF. 28
PROF. 24
PROF. 30
PROF. 28
PROF. 32
PROF. 32
PROF. 30
PROF. 28
N.8 FORI
0
D =15
M 14
M 14
M 16
M 16
M 16
M 16
M 16
M 16
M 14
M14
1 2584 2475.5 2034 1754 1251.5 1069 1069 50 50 296 1884

2 5 5 22 13 5 60 60 80 80 75 13
3 50 50 62 181.5 130 5 55 365 365 25 62
4 60 212 212 230 192 158 435 435 125 181.5
5 120 12 225 210 75
6 12 175
7 125
8 135
256
SECTION IX FAULT DIAGNOSIS
SECTION 9 - FAULT DIAGNOSIS

Engine
Engine fails to turn over when starter operated
– Check battery charge level:
• If discharged, re-charge, otherwise clean the terminals and check
that the battery is properly installed.
– Faulty starter motor; have the defective parts replaced by an auto

electrician.
Engine difficult to start, or fails to re-start once stopped

– Check fuel level; inspect fuel filter and renew if necessary.
– Injection system faulty:
• Check for air in the fuel system and bleed if necessary. If the pro-
blem persists, check the calibration of the injection pump and the in-
jectors.
– Check the thermostarter; clean or replace as necessary.
– Poor compression: (operations to be carried out by a specialised ser-

vice centre only) check the valve clearances (0.2 mm/0.008 in - for en-
gine with air cooling system - 0.3 mm/0.012 in - for engine with water
cooling system). Inspect the valves and grind or replace as necessary.
Check head gasket and piston rings. If necessary, replace pistons and
cylinder liners.
White smoke from exhaust

– Check injection pump timing (operation to be carried out by a speciali-
sed service centre). Check valve stem to valve guide clearance. If the
problem persists, check piston rings and cylinder liners for wear and
replace if necessary.
– Inspect injectors (operation to be carried out by a specialised service

centre).

DECALS.
257
Dark smoke from exhaust

– Check that the air filter element is clean:
• Clean or replace as necessary. Check the efficiency of the injec-
tors and calibrate if necessary. Check the calibration of the electro-
nic rpm control (operation to be carried out by a specialised
service centre).
Engine does not respond well to sudden acceleration

– Inspect the air filter element:
• Clean or replace as necessary.
– Inspect the fuel filter:
• Replace if necessary and bleed air from the system if necessary.
– Poor compression:
• Check valve clearances are (0.2 mm/0.008 in - for engine with air
cooling system - 0.3 mm/0.012 in - for engine with water cooling
system) in (operation to be carried out by a specialised service
centre); grind or replace valves as necessary. If the problem per-
sists, check piston rings and cylinder liners for wear and replace if
necesssary.
The engine does not run at a constant speed

– Check for water in the fuel system:
• Drain the fuel tanks and refill with clean fuel.
• Check the calibration of the injectors (operation to be carried out
by a specialised service centre).
Engine overheats
– Check drivebelt tensions:
• Adjust drivebelt tensions. Clean air intake grilles.
– Check the injection pump timing (operation to be carried out by a spe-
cialised service centre):
• Calibrate the pumps and, if necessary, the injectors.
• Check the pressure in the turbocharger outlet; clean the the turbo-
charger.
258
Gearbox
Difficulty in selecting and deselecting gears
– Check selection mechanism for wear:
• Adjust or replace worn parts (operation to be carried out at a spe-
cialised service centre).
Gears disengage during work

– Check that the gear lever travel is sufficient to engage the gear:
• Adjust gear lever travel (operation to be carried out by a speciali-
sed service centre).
– Check gears for wear:

• Replace worn parts (operation to be carried out by a specialised
service centre).
Noisy gearbox
– Check level and type of oil:
• Top up or change oil for recommended type.
– Check gear teeth and bearings for excessive wear:
• Replace worn parts (operation to be carried out by a specialised
service centre).
– Check backlash between crown wheel and pinion:

• Adjust backlash (operation to be carried out by a specialised servi-
ce centre).
Oil leaks
– Check that oil level is not too high:
• Restore correct level.
– Check that the breather valve is not blocked:
• Clean or replace as necessary.
– Check the oil seals for wear:
• Replace (operation to be carried out at a specialised service cen-
tre).
– Check gaskets:
• Replace (operation to be carried out at a specialised service cen-
tre).
259
Rear power take-off

(All checks of the front and rear P.T.O. must be carried by a specialised
service centre)
The clutch slips

– Check the clutch hydraulic system:
• Renew worn valve springs. Inspect and, if necessary, renew the
seal rings on the piston and the manifold. At the same time, check
that the piston slides freely.
– Inspect clutch disks for wear:

• Renew disks.
The clutch fails to disengage
– Check that the piston completes a full stroke:
• Check the control device, adjust or replace defective parts, inclu-
ding also the clutch disks if necessary.
– Piston stuck in housing:

• Remove any rough spots on the outer surface of the piston.
– P.T.O. fails to stop on disengaging the clutch:
• Poor sealing of piston; overhaul complete assembly.
Front driving axle

Excessive wear of universal joint cross journals
– Oil leaks:
• Oil breather clogged: clean. Check oil seals for wear and replace if
necessary (operations to be carried out by a specialised service
centre).
Worn tyres
– Check wheel toe-in (operation to be carried out by a specialised servi-
ce centre).
– Wheel oscillation:
• Check steering joints for wear and replace if necessary (operation
to be be carried out by a specialised service centre).
260
Brakes
Poor braking action
– Check for air in braking system:
• Bleed air and check adjustment of brake controls and disk wear
(adjustments to be carried out by a specialised service centre).
Braking action unbalanced

– Check for air in braking system:
• Bleed and check control adjustments
Brakes noisy
– Check adjustment:
• Adjust brakes and check that the brake fluid is of the specified type
Hydraulic lift
(All inspection and repairs of the hydraulic lift are to be carried out by a
specialised service centre)
The lift raises too slowly or fails to raise altogether

– Check that the lift is not overloaded.
– Check that the pump is functioning correctly:
• Check that the oil is of the specified type and that the oil level is
correct. Inspect pump and renew any worn parts. Check safety val-
ve settings.
The lift is only partially raised

– Check lift adjustments.
The lift is lowered too slowly
– Check that the “lowering” valve is not sticking.
The lift oscillates rhythmically
– Check adjustment and pressure relief valve settings.
261
When the lift arms are raised to maximum height, the pressure relief valve
discharges continuously
– Check adjustment.
– Control valve spool worn (with internal leaking).
Auxiliary hydraulic systems

Implements connected to the hydraulic system do not operate correctly
– Implements not suited to characteristics of the hydraulic system.
– Fault in the hydraulic lift system. See lift unit.
– Incorrect type/quantity of oil in the circuit: change and/or top up tran-

smission oil.
– Oil filters clogged: renew filters.
– Oil pump worn or defective: overhaul or replace as necessary (opera-

tions to be carried out by a specialised service centre).
– Safety valve setting incorrect:

• Check valve pressure setting and adjust if necessary (operations
to be carried out by a specialised service centre).
– Incorrect adjustment of control levers:

• Adjust (operations to be carried out by a specialised service centre).
Excessive noise from system (with vibration of system pipes )

– Air in system:
• Check tightness of fittings and seals.
– Interference between pipes (visual inspection):
• Move the pipes so that they are not in contact with other pipes or
components.
262
Oil leaks
– Pipe fittings worked loose: tighten.
– Seals defective: replace.
– Pipes damaged: replace.
Automatic centering device does not function correctly

– Internal components damaged or sticking:
• Overhaul the automatic centering device; replace any defective
parts (operations to be carried out by a specialised service centre).
Incorrect adjustment of control levers

– Adjust correctly (operations to be carried out by a specialised service
centre):
– Automatic centering device defective or incorrectly adjusted:

• Overhaul centering device (operation to be carried out by a specia-
lised service centre).
Important
Diagnostics socket
On the right-hand side of

the instrument panel there
is a socket to which the
speci al t est er may be
connected for electronic
system diagnostics.
This operation should be
carried out by a specialised
service centre.
263
APPENDIX
IMPORTANT! ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Combination of tractor and mounted implement
A
APPENDIX Combination of tractor and mounted implement

The mounting of implements on the front or rear
three point linkage shall not result in exceeding the
maximum permissible weight, the permissible axle
loads and the tyre load carrying capacities of the
tractor. The front axle of the tractor must always to
be loaded with at least 20% of the unladen weight of
the tractor.
Make sure before buying an implement that these
conditions are fulfilled by carrying out the following
calculations or by weighing the tractor/implement
combination.
Determination of the total weight, the axle loads, the tyre load car-
rying capacity and the necessary minimum ballasting
For the calculation you need the following data and see the table of page E:
TL [kg (lb)] Unladen weight of tractor
TV [kg (lb)] Front axle load of unladen tractor
TH [kg (lb)] Rear axle load of unladen tractor
GH [kg (lb)] Combined weight of rear mounted implement/rear ballast
GV [kg (lb)] Combined weight of front mounted implement/front ballast
a [mm (in)] Distance from centre of gravity for combined front
mounte dimplement/front ballast to front axle centre
b [mm (in)] Tractor wheelbase
c [mm (in)] Distance from rear axle centre to centre of lower link balls
d [mm (in)] Distance from centre of lower link balls to centre of gravity
for combined rear mounted implement/rear ballast
B
Consideration of rear mounted implement and front/rear combinations

1 ) Calculation of minimum ballasting at the front GV min
Record the calculated minimum ballasting which is needed at the front of

the tractor into the table.
Front mounted implement

2) Calculation of the minimum ballasting at the rear GH min
Record the calculated minimum ballasting which is needed at the rear of

the tractor into the table.
3) Calculation of the real front axle load TV tot

(If with the front mounted implement (GV) the required minimum front
ballasting (GV min), cannot be reached, the weight of the front mounted
implement has to be increased to the weight of the minimum ballasting at
the front!)
Record the calculated real front axle load and the permissible front axle
load of the tractor into the table.
4) Calculation of the real total weight Gtot

(If with the rear mounted implement (GH) the required minimum rear
ballasting (GH min) cannot be reached, the weight of the rear mounted
implements has to be increased to at least the weight of the minimum
ballasting at the rear!)
Record the calculated real and the permissible total weight given in the
instruction handbook for the tractor into the table.
C
5) Calculation of the real rear axle load TH tot
Record the calculated real and the permissible rear axle load given in the
instruction handbook for the tractor into the table.
6) Tyre load carrying capacity
Record double the value (two tyres) of the permissible load carrying
capacity into the table (see for instance documentation provided by the
tyre manufacturer).
Real value Permissible value Double permissible

TABLE according according to tyre load carrying
to calculation instruction handbook capacity (two tyres)
Minimum
Ballasting
Front/rear Kg --- ---
Total weight Kg Kg ---
Front axle load Kg Kg Kg
Rear axle load Kg Kg Kg
The minimum ballasting has to be attached to the tractor either in

form of a mounted implement or ballasting weight!
The calculated values must be less or equal (£) the permissible

values!
D
E
55 70 75 75DT 90 100
2RM DT 2RM DT 2RM DT
DT DT
T L
APPENDIX
with cab kg (lb) - 2530 (5578) 2370 (5225) 2530 (5578) 2370 (5225) 2700 (5952) 2700 (5952) 2700 (5952)
with platform kg (lb) - 2380 (5247) 2220 (4894) 2380 (5247) 2220 (4894) 2550 (5622) 2550 (5622) 2550 (5622)
T V kg (lb) - 980 (2161) 870 (1918) 980 (2161) 870 (1918) 1100 (2425) 1100 (2425) 1100 (2425)
T H kg (lb) 1550 (3417) 1550 (3417) 1580 (3483) 1500 (3307) 1600 (3527) 1600 (3527) 1600 (3527)
G H kg (lb) variable variable variable
G V kg (lb) variable variable variable
a mm (in) variable variable variable
b mm (in) 1950 (76.8) 1950 (76.8) 1950 (76.8) 2080 (82.0) 2080 (82.0) 2080 (82.0) 2080 (82.0)
c mm (in) 774 (30.5) 774 (30.5) 774 (30.5) 774 (30.5) 774 (30.5) 774 (30.5) 774 (30.5)
d mm (in) variable variable variable

Index
A
A Word to the Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XV
Accelerator pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Access flap providing an opening through which
cables for external equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Access to the driving position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Active carbon air filter (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Adjustable track wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Adjusting belt tension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Adjusting steering stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Adjusting the driver’s seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Adjusting the handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Adjusting the power-lift maximum height . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Adjusting the rearview mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Air conditioning system check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Air filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Air filter warning pilot lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
AKROS FREEZE liquid coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Alternator charge pilot lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Analogue multimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
APPENDIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A
Attachment of implements to the tractor . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Auxiliary fuel tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Auxiliary hydraulic services control valve . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Auxiliary hydraulic systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
B
Ballast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Ballast weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Ballasting by filling the tyres with water +
antifreeze solution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Battery disconnection switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Bleeding air from the fuel system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
“BOSTROM XH2 U5” seat type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
“BOSTROM XH2” seat type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Brake control pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Brakes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
C
Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXIV, 103
Cab air filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Cab ceiling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Cab ceiling lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Cab fuse box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Category 2 rear drawbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
CE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XII
Changing the engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Changing the engine oil filters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Changing the fuel filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Check the Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXVII
Checking operation of the differential lock controls . . . 172
Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7, 146
Checking the tractor prior to starting work . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Class “A” drawbar (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Class “C” towing hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Class “D" and ”D2" towing hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Clean the Tractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXIX
Cleaning the front grille . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Cleaning the headlights and sidelights . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Cleaning the oil cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Clutch control pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Clutch maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Cold starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Combination of tractor and mounted implement. . . . . . . . B
Connection of an implement to the auxiliary
hydraulic service couplers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Control levers of the side auxiliary hydraulic
control valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Control pedals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Controls to the left of the steering wheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Controls to the right of the steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Conversion tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVIII
Cramer towing hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
D
Damage to the ROPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXIV
Danger, Warning, Caution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XV
Decals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XVI
Diagnostics socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Differential lock engagement control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Differential lock engagement pilot lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Digital multimeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Direction indicators and flashing lights control . . . . . . . . 26
Directional control valve with lateral hydraulic ways . . . . 91
Draining the water from the fuel prefilter. . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Draining water from the fuel filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
E
Electrical diagram - cab air conditioning unit . . . . . . . . 204
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Electrohydraulic control for front power-lift . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Electronic rpm control - hand throttle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Emergency starting through auxiliary battery . . . . . . . . . 39
Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Engine - first 100 work hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Engine cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Engine maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Engine oil pressure pilot lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Engine serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Engine shut down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Engine shut-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Engine temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Example of connection to a single-acting cylinder . . . . . 89
F
FAULT DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Flashing light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Follow a Safety Programme. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XVII
Front and rear windscreen washer pump control . . . . . . 30
Front and rear working lights in cab roof . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Front axle 2wd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Front ballast plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Front door hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Front driving axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Front hydraulic power-lift. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Front P.T.O. clutch electro-hydraulic control. . . . . . . . . . 25
Front power take-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Front sidelights and direction indicators mounted
on the sides of the cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Front wheel track adjustment (2-W.D. Tractor). . . . . . . 128
Front windscreen-wiper control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Front-wheel drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Front-wheel drive engagment electro- hydraulic control . 25
Front-wheel drive pilot lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Fuel reserve pilot lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Fuel storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
FUEL TANKS (standard and auxiliary) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Fuse box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
G
Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Gearbox controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Gearbox SYNCROPOWER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
General cleaning of the tractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
General Operating Hazards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXXVIII
General safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XVII
“GRAMMER MS 93/8 ” type seat with pneumatic
suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
“GRAMMER MSG 83/8 type seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
H
Handbrake lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Hazard lights’ control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Hazard warning sign (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Headlight alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Heating system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Hydraulic lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Hydraulic power-lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Hydraulic services oil filter warning pilot lamp . . . . . . . . 24
Hydraulic trailer braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
I
Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Implement attachment points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
IMPORTANT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . X
Instrument panel with mechanical hour meter . . . . . . . . 19
Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
International symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LIV
Introduction to Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XV
K
KAB XH2 type seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Know Your Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXVI
L
Lamp indicating brake reservoir oil level low . . . . . . . . . 24
Lamp indicating engagement of P.T.O. ground-speed . . 24
Lighting on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Lighting on pilot lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Lights’ commutator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
M
Maintenance and inspection schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Maintenance intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Maintenance of the 3-point linkage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Maintenance of the air conditioning system . . . . . . . . . 185
Maintenance of the climate control system. . . . . . . . . . 183
Maintenance of the front and rear brakes . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Maintenance of the front driving axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Maintenance of the front P.T.O. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Maintenance of the gearbox, differential and rear
reduction units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Maintenance of the hydrostatic power steering . . . . . . 167
Maintenance of the rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Manual electronic throttle control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Maximum permissible loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Maximum trailerable loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Mechanical ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Mechanical ratio (front wheel revolutions /
rear wheel revolution) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Metric conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LVII
O
Operation of hydraulic devices that require a
constant flow of oil (e.g. hydraulic motors). . . . . . . . . . . 90
Operations prior to garaging the tractor for a
long period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Original replacement parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
P
P.T.O. CLUTCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Parking brake pilot lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Permissible tyre combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Pilot lights' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Power take-off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
PREFACE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . II
Prepare for Safe Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXV
Preparing the tractor for use after a long period
of storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Protect the Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXIX
Protective Structures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXIII
R
Raising the engine hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Rear and front differential lock (optional equipment
on platform models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Rear door hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Rear hydraulic power-lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Rear light assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Rear P.T.O. clutch electro-hydraulic control . . . . . . . . . . 25
Rear P.T.O. clutch engagement pilot lamp . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Rear P.T.O. indicator light. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Rear power take-off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59, 260
Rear window wiper control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Refueling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Refueling at the end of the day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Removal of the side panels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
REPLACEMENT PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Risk of Overturning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXXVI
Rocker switch for front lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Roll Over Protective Structures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXIII
Running direction of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
S
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XIV, XV
Safety Alert Symbol and Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XIV
Safety and operational decals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLV
Safety instructions for the installation of
supplementary equipment and/or electronic
components.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XLIV
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
SECTION 1 - Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XIV
SECTION 2 - REPLACEMENT PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
SECTION 3 - USE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SECTION 4 - WHEELS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
SECTION 5 - MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS . . . . . . . 133
SECTION 6 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
SECTION 7 - STORAGE OF THE TRACTOR . . . . . . . 212
SECTION 8 - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS . . . . . . 214
SECTION 9 - FAULT DIAGNOSIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Separate brakes valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Service valves of the air conditioning system . . . . . . . . 187
Servicing the Tractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXX
Speed tables FRUTTETO II 90 - 100 . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Speed tables FRUTTETO II 70 - 75. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Speed tables FRUTTETO II 55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Start Safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXXI
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXX, 36
Starting Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XXXII
Steering wheel adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
STORAGE OF THE TRACTOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Sun roll-up canvas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
T
Table of contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . III
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Thermostarter activation pilot lamp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Three-Point hitch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Three-point hitch with right tie rod and stabilizers
with hydraulic adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
To the owner of the new SAME tractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . XI
Towing hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Track adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Track width adjustment for wheels with
adjustable rims. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Tractor direction indicator and hazard lights pilot lamp. . 23
Tractor identification plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Tractor serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Transmission speed selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Turbocharging. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Tyre inflation pressures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
U
Unladen weight of tractor (with ballast). . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Unladen weight of tractor (without ballast) . . . . . . . . . . 224
USE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
V
Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
W
Wheel chock (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
WHEELS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Width of rear axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Width of the front axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Windscreen and rear screen wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Windscreen washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Worklights (front and rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Any reproduction, including partial, of the text and illustrations in this
publication is prohibited.
We reserve the right to modify the tractor at any time, while maintaining the
essential characteristics of the product. The data reported in this
publication are thus also subject to variation and consequently are not
binding.
09/2004 cod. 307.7220.3.0

By Personal Computing Technical Publications Dept.
307. 7220. 3. 0
09/2004

Frutteto 55-70-75-90-100 Ii

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Frutteto 55-70-75-90-100 Ii

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

FRUTTETO 100

USE AND MAINTENANCE

The manual describes options and equipment levels available throughout

• SECTION 1 - Safety · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · XIV

• SECTION 2 - REPLACEMENT PARTS· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 1

• SECTION 4 - WHEELS · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 115

• SECTION 5 - MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 133

• SECTION 6 - ELECTRICAL SYSTEM· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 190

• SECTION 7 - STORAGE OF THE TRACTOR· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 212

• SECTION 8 - TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 214

• SECTION 9 - FAULT DIAGNOSIS· · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 257

3 - If this tractor is to be lent or hired out to anyone, it is the owner’s

6 - These tractor are designed solely for use in customary agricultural

In accordance with the Company’s policy of continuous improvement to its

To the owner of the new SAME tractor

WARNING: IN SOME OF THE ILLUSTRATIONS USED IN THIS

CE - This symbol certifies that the tractor has undergone and

WARNING: A NATURALLY ASPIRATED ENGINE, WHEN WORKING,

Safety Alert Symbol and Terms

The safety alert symbol identifies important safety messages on

Why is SAFETY important to you?

Tractor and Implement Safety

A Word to the Operator

Danger, Warning, Caution

DANGER: This symbol together with

WARNING: This symbol together

CAUTION: This symbol together

IMPORTANT: The word IMPORTANT is used to identify special instructions or pro-

Follow a Safety Programme

WARNING: AN OPERATOR SHOULD NOT USE ALCOHOL OR

General safety rules

– DO NOT allow children or

– Securely fasten your seat

– Before starting the engine,

– ONLY operate the controls

– Always use the seat belt.

– Where possible, avoid operating the tractor near ditches, emban-

– Stay off slopes too steep for safe operation.

– DO NOT permit others to ride on the tractor or the implement unless

– DO NOT modify or remove any part of the equipment and DO NOT

– Before starting the tractor or PTO driven implements, ALWAYS check

– Only attach to the 3-point linkage those implements specifically desi-

– Use emergency lights when travelling on the public highway, both in

– All machinery driven by the PTO is a potential cause of serious and

– NEVER operate the tractor

– Fluids under pressure can

– DO NOT use explosive et-

– Incorrect connection of the battery terminals or between the battery

– DO NOT use elastic mate-

– NEVER attempt to weld or

– A runaway tractor can cau-

– NEVER refuel the tractor

– NEVER allow anyone to

– NEVER wear headphones or earphones to listen to the radio or music

– Certain tractor models are

at the device when it is ope-

– Keep heat well away from

Overturning a tractor without

Damage to the ROPS

DO NOT WELD, DRILL, BEND OR STRAIGHTEN THE ROPS.

If additional controls or displays are to be added to the operator’s area

– Always wear your seat belt-adjusted snugly.

WARNING: IF THE TRACTOR HAS TO OPERATE IN AREAS WITH